Home

USER MANUAL - Department of Environment, Land, Water and

1. e Elzkklel lt lel 1s s15 512 2 lale lelalalaalo lee Tie Cancel Figure 5 33 Sub Equations Editor Dialog Box Sub equation Calculation Calculation of sub equations is undertaken using the standard REALM equation syntax and rules Sub equations are calculated in the order shown in the dialog box ie starting at A then B through to ZZ with the primary equation calculated last and used to set the capacity of the carrier via the transformation table This is of importance when using sub equations to separate out complex parts of the overall carrier capacity Sub equations can directly reference any of the other sub equations which are calculated before them For example sub equation B can refer to sub equation A but sub equation A cannot refer to sub equation B Another example is shown in Figure 5 33 The sub equations represent parts of a more complex overall equation which allows these component parts to be documented and output separately The final sub equation F references sub 102 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 equations A to E and the primary equation references sub equation F Sub equation Cross Referencing In addition to referencing other sub equation results within the same carrier and same time step as described above it is also possible to reference th
2. EE C EEE 2 GBPDEM FLOW 999990 999990 February Re calculate Da jemo are ee fs osrnceoem ee fee d pr KE 7 GBPR5EDEM CAPC 0 a Eeer RSR ER a Es SR ER Geesse EE GBPR4FLOW FLOW H Add Previous Flow Solution to Capacity M Initialising Capacity at each Time Step 0 Figure 5 32 Edit Capacity Relationship Dialog Box The Sub Equations Editor dialog box is shown in Figure 5 33 The left hand side of the dialog box shows the same list of variable names and types from the main Edit Capacity Relationship dialog box This list can be edited in either the Sub Equations Editor or the Edit Capacity Relationship dialog box but will remain the same for both Up to 30 variable names and types can be entered Refer to Section 5 6 4 4 for more information on entering variables The Primary Equation is also shown in the Sub Equations Editor dialog box This is the same as the equation shown in the Equation field in the Edit Capacity Relationship dialog box and is the final calculation that sets the overall capacity of the carrier for each iteration of each time step The primary equation can be composed of variables referenced using the 1 to 30 labels and sub equations referenced using the A to ZZ labels 101 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 The sub equations are listed below the primary equation Up to 702 sub equati
3. 2 u 2400nn40nnnnennnnennnnnnnnnnennnnnnnnn nn 79 5 5 5 Stream Terminator Node ST 79 5 5 5 1 Basic Properties Details nreno iaa NAERAA EEAS 79 BR C7 laal E E E E EEN 80 5 6 1 Creating Editing Carriers sereset eniai ia i ea a ii aeiia 80 5 60 27 e Ree TEE 81 5 6 3 Deleting Undeleting Carter 82 5 6 4 River Carriers and Pipe Carriers 200unnnennnnnnnnennnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnennnnnnnnnnnnnnnnenannnnn nn 82 5 6 4 1 Basic Properti6s ur een en ae 82 5 6 4 2 RE dd HI Rn 83 5 6 4 3 Fixed Monthly Capacity Caiers nenn 83 5 6 4 4 Variable Capacity Carriers s eeseseseeeeeneeenesrnestreetrsstrsstnsstnsstnsstnnsrenstensrnnsstensrensnnnnnn nt 86 56 45 Seting p RE IG E e EE 97 5 0 4 6 Ee E ET 101 5 6 4 7 Carrier Water Quality Parameierg en 103 5 7 Demand ReStrictionS siiccisiscccssiisccescnsasiessesvisceasccisccdscnassassdecdsacnsecasesniwccsasannns 104 5 7 1 1 Restrictions and Demand Groupe 105 5 7132 gt Edit Demand Groups aa eise wh tie neta Eed ee Eeer andes 106 5 7 1 3 Urban Industrial DC1 Restrictions By Menus eesseesseesseesseesseessesssensrnssrrnennssnnees 106 5 7 1 4 Urban Industrial DC1 Restrictions By Carier nen 110 5 7 1 5 Irrigation demand restrictions By Menus 1 0 0 0 eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneaeeeteeeaeees 111 5 7 1 6 Irrigation Demand Restrictions By Carriere 115 5 8 Reservoir Targets sewesussegetesekgkzkebeudu egurugdebreger a aaa 116 5 8 1
4. 1 3 STRUCTURE OF REALM The REALM package is a suite of programs that creates input data files sets up a simulation run performs a simulation and processes output files The structure of REALM is shown in Figure 1 1 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 DEMAND SYSTEM DETAILS OPERATING RULES INPUT UTILITIES System Listing STREAMFLOW Simulation OUTPUT PROCESSING OUTPUT PROCESSING Using Commercial Software REALM Plotting Program eg Excel amp Other Utilities Figure 1 1 Basic Structure of REALM 1 3 1 INPUT FILES REALM requires three types of input files They are streamflow files demand files and system files The first two files can be created using a standard text editor such as Notepad in Windows The system file is created using the System Editor SE It is possible to have a number of streamflow demand and system files for a simulation run 1 3 2 SIMULATION Once the streamflow demand and system files are prepared the simulation involves running two separate programs Setup S and Run R Program S sets up all run time parameters required for the simulation and saves these parameters in a file called ans_file dat Program R reads this file and other input files Section 1 3 1 above and performs the simulation 1 3 3 PROCESSING OUTPUT REALM is capable of producing a number of output files They fall into different categories as given below e reservoir seven output options e demand
5. OBA ss es vs Es ss ss vs Es ds RRB BA BR BA ANNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNDN OD Figure 8 66 Annual Statistics Output File Showing Average of Multiple Replicate Data for ALL SITES 229 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 REPS REALM GETTING STARTED TUTORIAL EXAMPLE MONTHLY STATISTICS FROM MONTHLY REPS Time 06 05 Date 31 10 2005 5 12 2 5 YEAR SEASON INFLOW2 INFLOW2 INFLOW2 1996 1996 1996 1996 1996 1996 1996 1996 1996 1996 PRR Hrer CMOIDTUBRWNENFOODIAUBRWNHENFOODAIAUOHRWNE Figure 8 67 Monthly Statistics Output File Showing Average Minimum and Maximum of Multiple Replicate Data for One Column 230 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 REPS REALM GETTING STARTED TUTORIAL EXAMPLE ANNUAL STATISTICS FROM MONTHLY REPS lst MONTH WATER YEAR Time 06 05 Date 31 10 2005 t 4 12 2 4 YEAR INFLOW2 INFLOW2 INFLOW2 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 Figure 8 68 Annual Statistics Output File Showing Average Minimum and Maximum of Multiple Replicate Data for One Column 8 8 LP DUMP An LP dump is a useful output which can be used to identify the problems when REALM does not produce a solution for flows in the water supply network LP stands for Linear Program REALM uses a Network Linear Programming algorithm called RELAX to solve the network The LP dump contains information
6. Copy and paste only works for like elements For example the attributes of one urban demand node can be pasted onto another urban demand node but cannot be pasted onto a rural demand node When the attributes of one node carrier element A are copied and pasted onto another element B the unique identifiers of element B i e name number and size are not changed For this reason to check that a copy and paste has been successful the user is advised to go into the Edit dialog box for the relevant node carrier and examine the attributes of the node carrier To copy and paste Click on the element node or carrier with attributes that are to be copied Right click on the mouse and select Copy or Click on the Edit Copy menu item Click on the element node or carrier with attributes to be modified Right click on the mouse and select Paste or Click on the Edit Paste menu item Note that the standard keyboard shortcuts for cut and paste i e Control o and Control c also can be used to perform these tasks 5 2 2 FIND Find is a useful function for locating carriers and nodes particularly in large complex models 40 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 To find a carrier or node Click on the Edit Find menu item to display the Find dialog box Figure 5 3 Click on the Carrier radio button Note that at this stage the drop down box contains a list of all the carrie
7. c Select a site and a replicate to extract one replicate at one site Replicate number to extract ALLREPS e Site to extract INFLOW2 Figure 8 58 Replicate Extraction Dialog Box Showing the Selection of All Replicates at One Site 8 7 1 2 ALL REPLICATES AT ONE SITE Select ALL REPS and the site to extract INFLOW2 in Figure 8 58 as in Figure 8 58 and click This displays an additional dialog box Figure 8 59 for the user to select the output as one column per replicate or all replicates in one column Tick the appropriate selection In Figure 8 59 the One column per replicate option is selected Click to display the output file corresponding to this selection A part of the output file is shown in Figure 8 60 which corresponds to the selection in Figure 8 59 and input data file of Figure 8 54 Select Output Format Select Output format for replicate extraction e One column per replicate Allreplicates in one column Figure 8 59 Select Output Format for Replicate Extraction of One Column and One Replicate If the user selects the output format of All replicates in one column option the output file similar to Figure 8 61 is displayed As in Figure 8 60 a part of the output file is shown in Figure 8 61 223 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 XTRCT REALM GETTING STARTED TUTORIAL EXAMPLE STREAMFLOW DATA Data for INFLOW2 SET 12 SEASON YEAR NFLOW2 NFLOW2 NFLOW2 NF
8. Carryover terminology Carryover is an arrangement that allows entitlement holders e g irrigators to retain all or some part of any given year s water allocation in storage This water is then available for use in the following year subject to management rules e g losses Desired Carryover is the water that irrigators as represented by a rural demand node plan to carryover It is expressed as a percentage of effective allocation Effective Allocation is the volume of water available to entitlement holders in any time step It is the total of the water from current season s allocation less volume planned Definitions adapted from 1 Carryover Your guide to understanding carryover for the Murray Goulburn Campaspe Loddon Broken and Bullarook regulated systems 2012 13 This brochure may be downloaded from Goulburn Murray Water s webpage 71 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 to be carried over to next time step plus any accessible volume of unused water carried over from last year High reliability water share is an entitlement against which water allocations are made as a first priority Low reliability water share is an entitlement to a share of the water in a declared water system It is called low reliability because the allocation is less likely to reach 100 than for high reliability water shares because high reliability water shares have a higher priority Spillable water account keeps track of casual
9. Click on the S Open a REALM System file button from the toolbar This opens the standard file browsing dialog box Locate the required file and click on the Gi button or double click on the file Method 2 If the system file to be edited is one of the four most recently used files Click on the menu item File which will display the names and the paths of the four most recently used REALM system files at the bottom part of the File menu as shown in Figure 5 5 Click on the appropriate file to open it with the System Editor 44 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 REALM System Editor AG Edit Add view Help New Open Close Save Save As C realm GetStartitut sys Figure 5 5 System Editor File Menu 5 3 3 SAVING A SYSTEM FILE To save a system file For a newly created file click on the File Save As menu item browse to where the file is to be saved and enter a descriptive filename For an existing file click on the File Save menu item or Click on the RH Save a REALM system file button To save an existing file under a different filename select the File Save As menu option 5 3 4 PRINTING A SYSTEM FILE There are two options for printing a system file To print a hardcopy of a system file Click on menu item File Print or Click on the SI Print REALM system file button on the toolbar A standard Page Setup dialog box will appear To locate a network printer click on the butt
10. Figure 4 3 REALM Program Manager Showing Previous Project Directories Create new project directory REALM Program Manager ee System Run Utilities Help Exit Clees New directory W i Desktop Open directory reine C Realmi Si My Network Places CiirealmiRealmi C realm Projects1 D Wicto ect REALM Projects1 D Wicto ect REALM Projects1 Cancel a b Create Directory Project Setup Al REALM system files copied 9 The specified directory does not exist el Do you wish to create it d Figure 4 4 Setting up a New Project Directory a Menu Option for Creation b Assignment of Name amp Location for the New Project Directory c Permission to Create a Folder in the File System d Confirmation Screen Click on I and in the next consecutive windows as shown in Figure 4 4 c and Figure 4 4 d respectively to create the required project directory Clicking on A Figure 4 4 c takes the user back to Figure 4 4 b Once the project directory is created the REALM Program Manager window Figure 21 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 4 1 is displayed again with the newly created project directory shown in the left label of the status bar The user is now ready to run a REALM application in this project directory It is necessary to create new project directories through the REALM Program Manager as instructed above for REALM applications This will ensure the required files are
11. e streamflow file s e demand file s e system file s e initialisation files in some cases 6 1 GETTING STARTED To access REALM Setup click on the Run Setup menu item of the REALM Program Manager Figure 6 1 or Click on the 3 Run REALM setup button on the toolbar REALM Program Manager Project System Mami Utilities Help Exit Model File viewer DOS executable DOS prompt Options Figure 6 1 Run Menu Listing with Setup Selected The background window will change from REALM Program Manager Figure 4 1 to REALM Setup The Scenario file selection dialog box will be displayed Figure 6 2 6 2 SCENARIO FILES If the project directory does not contain any scenario files then the Use scenario file field will be blank If there are already Scenario files in the current project directory then the Scenario file selection dialog box will appear as in Figure 6 2 giving the user the option to select an existing file or create a new file 6 2 1 NULL SCENARIO Click on the button to create a new scenario file for the simulation Even if there are scenario files present in the project directory the user may create a new scenario file from scratch using the NMIU button 132 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 Clicking on the button closes the Scenario file selection dialog box Figure 6 2 The REALM Setup window Figure 6 3 is displayed to start working Note the labels on
12. which displays the Restriction Options block Type or use the arrow keys to enter a number in the Number of Planning Periods field Select the planning period to be edited using the Edit Planning Period drop down box and click on This displays Figure 5 43 which allows the user to enter edit information for this irrigation planning period Planning Period Figure 5 43 Several planning periods can be considered in the resources assessment These planning periods can consist of just one irrigation season one year planning period two irrigation seasons two year planning period or many irrigation seasons several year planning period The information related to allocation season forecast inflows 111 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 reservoir evaporation carrier losses and fixed adjustments allocation curve and positive negative mid allocation changes should be entered for each planning period Restrictions Restrictions and Demand Groups Edit Demand Groups Assign Reservoirs to a Demand Group Edit Restriction Policy Node 1 Demand group 2 vw DC2 Rural Node 2 Res 2 Node 3 Res 3 Set Policy for this group by Menus Set Policy for this group by Carrier Restriction Options Number of Planning Periods E Edit Planning Period v EDIT Figure 5 42 Edit Restriction Policy Dialog Box for a Rural Demand Group Allocation Season Figure 5 43 The beginning e g Jul and
13. 133 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 e Save e Save As E REALM Setup Kiss Simulation Files Initialisa Open CFG SYS FLA OF New capa Save Save 4s Figure 6 4 Scenario Menu 6 2 3 1 OPEN To open an existing Scenario file Click on the Scenario Open menu item or Click on the D Open existing scenario button If the scenario files are available in the project directory then the Specify scenario file dialog box is displayed with a list of the scenario files available If there are no scenario files in the project directory the error message No scenario files in directory will be displayed Selet the required scenario file from the list in the Filename drop down box Click on to open the scenario file and to display the REALM Setup window Figure 6 3 The button takes the user back to the REALM Setup window Figure 6 3 without opening a scenario file 6 2 3 2 NEW To create a new Scenario file Click on the Scenario New menu item or Click on the Create new scenario button This displays a dialog box to specify the new scenario filename Figure 6 5 Enter the new scenario filename Click to create a new scenario by this name and return to the REALM Setup window The button takes the user back to the REALM Setup window Figure 6 3 without creating a new scenario file 134 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 Scenario filename Specify filename C
14. 450000 400000 350000 300000 250000 200000 Cumulative Streamflow ML 150000 100000 50000 1960 1965 1970 1975 1980 1985 1990 1995 2000 2005 Figure 8 86 Plot of a Single Mass Curve File for Flynn s Creek red and Eaglehawk Creek blue in the Latrobe Catchment 256 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 The gradient of a single mass curve over a certain period is related to how wet or dry that period of time is Steeper gradients indicate that flow was accumulating more quickly meaning greater flow rates Streamflow tends to vary according to the annual seasonal cycle therefore plotting single mass curves on a daily or monthly time step tends to result in a jagged edge saw tooth line For this reason the Streamflow Transformation utility creates all Single Mass Curve files SMC fan on an annual time step for the calendar year January to December From Figure 8 86 it can be seen that the gradients of the single mass curves fluctuate with wet and dry periods typically lasting a few years However the long term average gradient over 10 years or more remains reasonably constant during the 60s 70s and 80s The more steady the gradient over a period the less appropriate it is to place a Break Point Date within that period The most appropriate point to put a Break Point Date is where there is a visible long term change in gradient In Figure
15. Enter Break Point Date dialog box Figure 8 83 click the AVS go my eE SNES button to display the text in Figure 8 85 255 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 Break Point Date Analysis x To assist in choosing a break point date REALM can create the following two files Single mass curve This file produces a plot of cumulative streamflow vs time Potential break point date s may be visible as changels in slope This analysis is done on an annual timestep to remove seasonal patterns Create Ratio of averages curve This file produces a plot of Flow Ratios vs time Flow Ratios is defined as average flows before average flows after This ratio is plotted for each year in the timeseries based on mean annual flows Potential break point date s may be visible as maxima on this plot Create To plot the files please exit the Streamflow Transformation Utility by pressing Eat below then use standard REALM plotting procedures Alternatively press retum to return to the Utility Return Figure 8 85 Break Point Date Analysis Text Box 8 11 1 1 SINGLE MASS CURVE ANALYSIS This common analysis involves plotting cumulative streamflow versus time The vertical axis of a single mass curve measures volume eg ML and the line itself represents the integration area under the curve of the flow series Example curves are given in Figure 8 86 600000 550000 500000
16. REALM User Manual Version 6 28 The name of the file to which the log information is written is entered here An example is Tut1 log as shown in Figure 6 6 The first four letters of the name given here appear as the first four letters of the names of the REALM format output files These output files are described in Section 1 1 1 The log file can be selected from the list of available log files if there are any in the project directory If an available log file is selected the existing output files under the specified log filename will be overwritten during the REALM simulation Simulation description In order to allow easy identification of the output files at a later stage it is advisable to enter a meaningful description here This field cannot be left blank If it is left blank a warning message stating At least one label must be specified appears Number of replicates The number of streamflow replicates is entered here The number of replicates can be stepped up or down through the arrow buttons next to its field It should not be zero If it is set to zero a warning message is displayed allowing the user to specify the appropriate number of replicates For most REALM applications a single streamflow replicate is used Simulation Specification x Simulation log file Tut og v Simulation description REALM Getting Started Problem Number of replicates 1 F Implement restrictions Iv Assemble summary data Iw Limi
17. Select Utilities LP Solver which displays the LP Solver dialog box Figure 8 71 This dialog box allows the user to enter the input filename in this case the log filename and the output filename It also allows the user to edit node and carrier details in order to identify the cause of the infeasible solution There is also the option to add a comment to describe the output Note that both the Edit Node Details and the Edit Carrier Details check boxes are ticked in Figure 8 71 Click in Figure 8 71 which displays the LP Solver Edit Nodes dialog box Figure 8 72 This dialog box allows the user to edit the information on Node Name and Node Requirement in order to identify the cause of the infeasible solution As it can be seen from Figure 8 72 and later from Figure 8 73 there are no iterations for the analysis This is because the log file used Figure 8 70 does not contain results for several iterations Click on in Figure 8 72 which displays the LP Solver Edit Arcs dialog box Figure 8 73 This dialog box is similar to the Edit Nodes dialog box except that the user can edit information in the fields Arc Name From node To node Arc Cost or penalty and Arc Capacity again to facilitate the identification of the cause of the infeasible solution 243 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 LP Solver Enter the name ofthe log file CAREALM GetStart Tes
18. button The Irrigation demand model files dialog box is displayed The operations are very similar to the Flow files dialog box and therefore follow the same procedure to select irrigation demand model file s as for streamflow file s It should be noted that irrigation demand model files must always be entered at a daily time step regardless of whether the REALM model is daily weekly or monthly This is because irrigation demand models require daily input data A typical irrigation demand model input file is shown in Figure 6 11 It can be seen that the same structure as for streamflow and demand files should be followed The main difference is that the first line of the file identifying line should be 7 142 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 E RodneyClimREALMFormat prn Notepad File Edit Format View Help EREET a Rodney Climate data file from file climate modify 1891 2005 prn or climate modify 91 05 prn 1 1 1891 To 1 6 2006 uke C 248 38 2 SEASON YEAR RODNEY BC215 EVAP RODNEY BC218 RAIN 1 RODNEY BC218 RAIN 2 1 1891 7 20 0 00 0 00 2 181 7 80 0 00 0 00 3 1891 7 50 0 00 0 00 4 1891 7 80 0 00 0 00 5 1891 7 90 0 00 0 00 6 1891 7 90 2 40 2 40 7 1892 7 40 4 80 4 80 8 1891 8 20 00 0 00 9 1891 8 30 14 60 14 60 10 1891 8 60 60 2 60 11 181 7 40 0 00 0 00 12 181 7 90 0 00 0 00 13 181 7 60 0 00 0 00 14 181 8 10 0 00 0 00 15 181 8 00 0 00 0 00 16 1891 8 10 00 0 17 181 8 60 13 80 13 80 18
19. 5 LERDERDERG OUTFALL Strm junction 8 01 4 70 0 00 00 5 Comment Lerderderg River to Werribee River 6 INFLOW U S MELTON Strm junction 5 98 4 35 0 00 00 6 7 NEWLYN RES Strm junction 1 92 95 0 00 00 7 124 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 18 LERD DIV OFFTAKE Strm junction 7 41 3 93 0 00 00 18 19 GOODMAN CK OUTFALL Strm junction 0 00 1 00 LOWER LERD INFLOWS 19 20 LERDERDERG DIV Irr Demand 6 16 HECK 0 00 00 B 20 Comment Lerderderg River diversions 21 EXCESS DEMAND Strm junction 4 35 4 14 0 00 00 21 Comment Lower diversions between Werribee Weir and Bay outfall 22 SOURCE Strm junction 8 19 11 78 0 00 00 22 23 SINK Strm junction 8 31 9 82 0 00 00 23 24 JUNCTION INFLOW Strm junction 10 56 11 06 0 00 00 INFLOW 24 Comment Inflow to counting arcs 25 OUTFALL SINK Strm terminator 10 56 9 33 0 00 00 25 26 D S LERD WEIR Strm junction 6 04 8 07 0 00 00 Lerd317i 26 27 TO MELTON Strm terminator 9 54 SERA 0 00 00 27 28 D S GOOD WEIR Strm junction 7 60 7 56 0 00 00 Goodman317i 28 Comment to accumilate the above this point for irrigation file for vut 29 BELOW PYKES RES Strm junction 5 18 8 73 0 00 00 29 Reservoir data No Name Min Max No No Spill Cap Cap Above Below Type 1 PYKES CK RES 1190 23920 2 10 External Reservoir evaps if A B 0 evaps not calculated No Name NET EVAP A zb B EVAPORATION RAINFALL 1 PYKES CK RES 10 000 0 850 EVAPORATION RAINFALL 87002 No Name Surface area volume rel
20. Clicking on takes the user back to the Scatter Plot dialog box Figure 8 14 now highlighting the variable with the searched text in its name Sometimes it may be necessary to find the other variables of the same data file with the same search text Click on the button of Figure 8 14 which becomes active to continue searching thus highlighting a different variable if another match is found Clicking the button in the Scatter Plot configuration dialog box Figure 8 14 will produce the scatter plot Selected variables appear as points in different colours styles and shapes as shown in Figure 8 15 In this figure only a single scatter plot is shown for all variables Figure 8 16 shows separate scatter plots with multiple variables because the Display as separate plots check box in Figure 8 14 was ticked Once the variables have been selected by the user in Figure 8 14 the button becomes active Click on the Reset All button when X variable and Y variable lists need to be empty or reset Clicking on returns the user to the REALM Plotting window without generating a graph 8 1 4 1 FORMAT SCATTER PLOT DATA SERIES Format Scatter Plot Data Series allows the user to alter the appearance of the lines of the variables in the plot By either selecting the Format Data series menu item or clicking on the Format data series button on the toolbar in the REALM Plotting window Figure 8 2 the user is presented with
21. Comment Diversions off Lerderderg River 20 NEWLYN SUPPLY Pipe 7 Comment Goodman s diversion tunnel 21 PYKES CK REL Pipe 29 Comment Pykes Creek releases 220 0 0 0 0 0 2050 3470 5730 6460 9000 9000 9000 0 50 100 200 220 220 220 0 0 DE 125 200 240 260 260 0 0 50 100 200 220 400 99999 0 0 100 140 190 300 350 350 0 To Cost Offset Loss Ann Vol Shr Gp Shr 5 0 0 Ofix 0 0 River 1 0 0 Ofix 0 0 River 2 100 0 Ofix 0 0 2 0 0 Ofix 0 0 12 0 0 1 0 0 junction 6 0 0 15 0 0 7 0 0 15 0 0 8 0 0 Ofix 0 0 4 0 0 1 0 0 weir Min operational flow 5 ML d 2 0 0 Ofix 0 0 river 0 0 0 15 0 0 irrigation water 6 0 0 Ofix 0 0 Above Melton inflow 4 0 0 Ofix 0 0 5 0 0 Ofix 0 0 River junction 6 0 0 Ofix 0 0 4 0 0 Ofix 0 0 8 0 0 Ofix 0 0 junction Min 80 ML d Aug Oct 5 0 0 Ofix 0 0 fto confl Werr R Section Environ flows 20 0 0 Ofix 0 0 3 0 0 Ofix 0 0 2 50 1 4 0 0 20 21 6 BM IRRIGATION 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 D allocation 126 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 22 BM OPER SPILL River 4 21 5000000 0 Ofix 0 0 22 23 LIMIT OPER SPILL River 21 16 10 0 Ofix 0 0 23 24 EXCESS RELIEF River 24 25 10 0 Ofix 0 0 24 25 ENV SECTION 1 River 22 23 1 4 Ofix 0 0 25 Comment SECTION 1 Recommended Env min flows d s LERDERDERG WEIR 26 SPILLS MIN ENV FLOWS River 26 19 1 0 Ofix 0 0 26 Comment Carrier to tranship spills amp min env flows 27 ENV SECTION 2 River 22 23
22. Enter Break Point Date dialog box Figure ae select the Use customised settings radio button Click the Norrish ee 4 button to display the text in Figure 8 89 About Customised Settings x Customised settings allow the user to specify the two periods to be compared in the timeseries Period A and Period B without the restriction that the two periods be contiquous in the timeseries For example suppose the transformation is to be applied to a flow series with the following date range Start Date Jan 1950 End Date Dec 2005 Under Standard Settings the user inputs a Break Point Date and so the last season of Period 4 must immediately precede the first season of Period B For example Period Jan 1950 to Dec 1992 Period B Jan 1993 to Dec 2005 Break Point Date Jan 1993 Under customised settings the user does not have to enter a Break Point Date because the periods no longer have to be adjacent Furthermore the periods do not have to include the first or last dates in the series Using Customised Settings the following could be applied Period 4 Jan 1955 to Jun 1970 Period B Jan 1987 to Dec 2002 Figure 8 89 About Customised Settings Text Box Click the button to return to the Streamflow Transformation Enter Break Point Date dialog box Click the button to display the Customised Settings dialog box Figure 8 90 Populate the Start Date and End Date fields for
23. Minimum Storage Capacity and Maximum Storage Capaci Minimum and maximum storage capacities of the reservoir are entered here Minimum generally represents dead storage and maximum generally represents capacity Number of Above Below Target Zones Enter the number of above and below target zones of the reservoir in these fields separately The above and below target zones determine how water is allocated from a reservoir when it does not meet the target defined by the reservoir targets Section 5 8 These zones are used in REALM with the reservoir drawdown priority defined under the Edit Targets menu item in the System Editor window Section 5 8 Different or the 49 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 same number of above below target zones can be assigned to different reservoirs If two or more reservoirs go below target to satisfy the required demand then the below target zones together with reservoir drawdown priority of these reservoirs are used to allocate the water transfers The storage volume between the reservoir target and the minimum storage volume of each reservoir that goes below target is divided into zones based on the number of below target zones First the reservoir with the drawdown priority of the lowest number uses first zone to supply the demand If the demand is not fully supplied then the first zone of the reservoir with the drawdown priority of the next lowest number is used This procedure is used until the first
24. Node Number 167 Node Size 1 500 Name of Rural Demand MERRIMU GENERAL Centre Details Limit Curve Based Restrictions Carryover Demand Modelling Limit Curve Equation Y ax b Cx 2 Where ab and c Functions of Fraction and Limit x Month Note that if the end of the irrigation season is April then April 12 March 11 etc Fraction ER Off Quota Trigger Carri arrier INFLOW IN F13 REACH INFLOW IN F8 REACH MYRN_RES_DEM MERR_ENY INFLOWS GOOD_ENY SHARE2 Allocation Al Al GI ol j oO OO oja a a oj o cc ol com OO co co Se co MERR_UN ENVIRON REL REL FRO MERR_UN Off Quota Trigger Flow 0 P Consider all deliveries to date as off quota spillage sales Cancel Figure 5 13 Limit Curve Based Restrictions Tab of Edit Rural Demand Centre Dialog Box Y aX b cX 5 4 Where Y is the cumulative restricted demand by the end of month X X is the indicator or a number for month which depends on the last month of the irrigation season i e if the last month of the irrigation season is April then April 12 March 11 May 1 and a b andc are functions of Limit which is computed from the percentage allocation to limit relationship of the demand node corresponding to the announced allocation and Fraction Both the percentage announced allocation to limit relationship and the percentage fraction have to be deter
25. November 2001 June October 2001 December 2001 June November 2001 January 2002 June December 2001 February 2002 June 2001 January 2002 March 2002 June 2001 February 2002 April 2002 June 2001 March 2002 May 2002 June 2001 April 2002 June 2002 0 reset The Types xxx and xxx can be used to replace RFxx and RCxx respectively Usage of these special symbols allows 3 numeric digits to be entered instead of 2 The Types xxx and xxx can be used with any simulation time step such as daily or monthly These summing Types can be used in multi replicate runs However they cannot be used with restart runs as they do not acquire the totals from a previous run Type TIME The keywords YEAR CURRENT MONTH SEASON and LINEAR can be used with Type TIME to access the run time TIME variables such as year month and season The LINEAR keyword gives access to a time step counter e g first time step of the simulation 1 For daily and weekly time steps the CURRENT MONTH returns a number from 1 12 representing calendar months where as the SEASON returns the actual day or week number in the year These keywords must be in upper case 96 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 Examples Name Type YEAR TIME SEASON TIME CURRENT MONTH TIME LINEAR TIME Types related to system nodes and arcs The Types AECN and NECN can be used to access any nodal
26. The Bin Calculations file contains the summary information for each bin i e number of bins that the input data are divided into lower and upper percentile of input data in each bin average flow in each bin in Period A and in Period B conversion factor applied to flow data in each bin The naming convention for Bin Calculations files is name of input file _transformed_bc_ column number of relevant variable in the input file txt Partials Information Tick this check box to generate a file with all the information on partials i e data points split between two bins The partials file lists the lower and upper bounds for each bin in each of Period A and Period B each data point shared between bins and how that data point has been split between bins The naming convention for partials files is name of input file _transformed_par_ column number of relevant variable in the input file txt 270 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 SortedA and SortedB Tick this check box to generate two separate sorted files for each variable that has undergone FDC transformation e A file listing all the data points in Period A ranked from lowest to highest The naming convention for files showing the sorted data in Period A is name of input file _transformed_stA_ column number of relevant variable in the input file txt e A file listing all the data points in Period B ranked from lowest to highest The naming convention for files showing th
27. Variable X partition Then the user must select the second required variable and click on the amp amp button of the Variable Y partition Then the user must click on the LEE button of the Temporary variables partition to create the new or temporary variable This new variable appears as X Y where X and Y are the selected variables 8 1 5 6 SUBTRACT X Y Subtract X Y allows the user to create a new variable by subtracting two selected variables over the whole period of the time series The user must click on the Subtract X Y check box before selecting the required variables from the File variables partition Clicking on the RER button of the Variable X partition registers the selected variable in Variable X partition Then the user must select the second required variable and click on the E amp amp button of the Variable Y partition Then the user must click on the RER button of the Temporary variables partition to create the new or temporary variable This new variable appears as X Y where X and Y are the selected variables 8 1 5 7 MULTIPLY X Y Multiply X Y allows the user to create a new variable by multiplying two selected variables over the whole period of the time series The user must click on the Multiply X Y check box before selecting the required variables from the File 194 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 variables partition Clicking on t
28. View displayed plot data button on the toolbar the user is presented with the data in tabular form as shown in Figure 8 12 This operation has used REALM Text Editor File Viewer The Text Editor Section 4 3 2 can also be accessed through System Text Editor in REALM Program Manager Figure 4 1 Clicking on the 1X Close Window button on title bar or selecting File Exit menu item takes the user back to the time series plot Figure 8 6 If the user has used the zoom in facility Section 8 1 3 or changed the format axes length in x axis Section 8 1 3 3 to shows part of the plot then the data relevant to only this part of the plot is shown in Figure 8 12 182 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 Format Legend Display legend STRM1 DA EVAP Januflow RES A TO GTA FLOW Januflow RES B TO ST B FLOW Januflow RES A TO CITY FLOW Figure 8 11 Format Legend Dialog Box 8 1 3 7 VIEW DATA FILE View data file allows the user to look at the data files and the data contained in these files of the project directory The user is also able to go to any other directory and look at a file and contents using the standard browsing facility Click on either the View File contents menu item or the E View data file button then browse to the required file and open it Figure 8 12 is an example of a plot data file Clicking on takes the user also to the Text Editor ie file viewer but with empty contents Exit from the
29. a similar dialog box to Figure 5 12 except the header will appear 5 5 2 1 BASIC PROPERTIES DETAILS The information required for the fields Node Number Node size Name of Rural Demand Centre Description and Demand Shortfall is similar to those of the Urban Demand Centre DC1 nodes Section 5 5 1 57 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 Edit Rural Demand Centre x Node Number 167 Node Size 1 500 Name of Rural Demand Maaa 11 Centre Details Limit Curve Based Restrictions Carryover Demand Modelling Description Storage Pumpers pumping water straight from Lake Merrimu 108 8ML year HAWS OML year LAWS Demand Shortfall Demand shortfall priority 1 Number of demand shortfall zones 1 Cancel Figure 5 12 Details Tab of Edit Rural Demand Centre Dialog Box 5 5 2 2 LIMIT CURVE BASED RESTRICTIONS The Limit Curve Based Restrictions tab Figure 5 13 is used to define the relationship between the Percentage announced allocation and the total delivery to the end of season Limit for the demand node The Fraction field specifies a percentage which determines the coefficients a b and c of the limit curve equation Equation 5 4 The limit curve describes the cumulative restricted demand for different months during the irrigation season for a given percentage announced allocation 58 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 Edit Rural Demand Centre x
30. in this example the current directory is C realm1 and the user can start using REALM in this directory The right label shows the system file or the first system file of multiple system files used in the last application of the project directory C realm1 In this case it is shown as Not found since there has not been a proper REALM run done in this project directory REALM is structured into four Main Menus according to their function in REALM Program Manager Figure 4 1 as follows e Project Directories e System Configuration e Simulation Run e Utilities REALM Program Manager Project System Run Utilities Help Exit System file Not found Figure 4 1 REALM Program Manager Figure 4 2 describes the buttons in the toolbar of this REALM Program Manager window 19 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 Open existing project directory Create new project directory m x e View text file s mi Run REALM system editor Run REALM setup Run REALM simulation Plotting routines Exit IS E jal kol Figure 4 2 REALM Program Manager Tools 4 2 PROJECT DIRECTORIES The Project menu has two menu items as follows e New directory e Open directory In addition there is a separate partition under Project which shows up to 5 previous project directories used in this computer Figure 4 3 shows these project directories Double click on any of these project directories to make it the active directory
31. output files can be plotted This utility is designed as an investigative tool to display and compare data The REALM Plotting utility performs three main functions namely Time series plotting Scatter plotting and Data transformation REALM Plotting is designed to plot or transform data of a single replicate Files with multiple replicate data cannot be plotted or transformed Therefore it is necessary to use Replicate Analysis see Section 8 1 first to extract the required replicate of data from the multiple replicate file save it under a different filename and then use the Plot functions Furthermore this utility plots or transforms the whole data set of the selected items and does not allow the user to plot or transform subsets of data of those items 8 1 1 TO OPEN REALM PLOTTING Click on Plot item Utilities Plot in the Utilities menu Figure 8 1 or Click on the Plotting routines button on the toolbar of the REALM Program Manager Figure 4 1 This displays the REALM Plotting window Figure 8 2 which also shows the project directory in the left compartment of the status bar Note the most of the buttons on the toolbar are initially inactive The relevant buttons will be activated when files are opened and plotted 174 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 REALM Program Manager V6 19 ol Project System Run Help Exit Gei E Ber Filter Rank Format Conversion Calculator Merger Replicate Analysis LP Solver L
32. 00 2 00 20166 32 38 09 00 1920 00 3 00 22236 21 91 36 00 1920 00 1 00 18329 00 46 00 00 1920 00 2 00 20034 20 93 23 00 1920 00 3 00 2397922 29 61 00 1920 00 1 00 12852 00 76 00 00 1920 00 2 00 11777 63 70 74 00 1920 00 3 00 12738 95 102 19 00 1920 00 1 00 12424 00 145 00 00 1920 00 2 00 15302 29 176 17 00 1920 00 3 00 16335 81 197 02 00 1920 00 1 00 237 00 203 00 00 1920 00 2 00 283 54 257 42 00 1920 00 3 00 168 17 200 24 00 1920 00 1 00 1107 00 242 00 00 1920 00 2 00 954 28 260 91 00 1920 00 3 00 1164 20 234 22 Figure 2 4 Part of a Streamflow File with Multiple Replicate Data 2 3 USE OF STREAMFLOW FILES The information in the streamflow files is accessed and used in REALM in two different ways depending on the contents of the demand files Chapter 3 They are 1 If the demand file s has seasonal information i e monthly weekly daily etc then the streamflow information is accessed and used by exactly matching the simulation time step both season and year with that of SEASON and YEAR columns of streamflow and demand files For example the streamflow and demand data of January 1996 are used for January 1996 simulation time step Single or multiple replicates of both streamflow and demand data can be used In this case streamflow file s should have seasonal data as in the demand files i e monthly weekly daily etc If the demand file s has annual data the information on the streamflow files i
33. 1891 8 20 2 60 2 60 19 1891 7 90 0 00 0 00 20 1891 8 00 0 00 0 00 21 1891 8 00 0 00 0 00 22 1891 7 90 0 00 0 00 3 1891 7 60 0 00 0 00 24 1891 7 70 0 00 0 00 1891 7 60 0 00 0 00 26 1891 7 50 0 00 0 00 27 1891 7 70 0 00 0 00 28 1891 7 30 0 00 0 00 1891 7 80 0 00 0 00 30 1891 8 00 0 00 0 00 31 1891 7 60 0 00 0 00 32 1891 7 90 0 00 0 00 33 1891 8 20 0 00 0 00 34 1891 7 80 0 00 0 00 35 1891 7 80 0 00 0 00 36 1891 7 60 0 00 0 00 37 1891 7 40 0 00 0 00 38 1891 7 90 0 00 0 00 39 1891 8 00 0 00 0 00 40 1891 7 60 0 00 0 00 41 181 7 30 0 00 0 00 42 1891 6 90 0 00 0 00 43 1891 6 70 0 00 0 00 44 1891 7 50 0 00 0 00 45 1891 7 00 0 00 0 00 46 1891 7 10 0 00 0 00 47 1891 7 80 0 00 0 00 48 1891 7 40 0 00 0 00 49 1891 7 20 0 00 0 00 50 1891 7 10 0 00 o 6 80 6 70 53 1891 6 90 0 40 54 1891 6 50 0 00 55 1891 6 80 0 00 56 1891 6 90 6 80 a D D 8 EE y gt o 2 S 59 1891 6 60 0 00 o o S EEN Bo00000000008000 888888888888088 Figure 6 11 Example Irrigation Demand Model Input File To ensure no confusion between REALM system files and irrigation demand models the column names in irrigation demand models cannot be referenced in variable capacity carriers stream junction or reservoir inflows or demand node names Additionally column names in the streamflow or demand files cannot be referenced within irrigation demand models 6 5 INITIAL CONDITIONS It is necessary to specify certain initial conditions for REALM runs They a
34. 1957 A 9 1 0 41 4 3 1957 A 81 1 0 41 33 4 1957 A 52 A 0 41 21 5 1957 A 288 d 0 41 119 6 1957 A 617 2 0 80 493 1957 A 1913 2 0 80 1527 Figure 8 97 Part of a Comparison File generated by seasonal transformation Seasons Information File Tick this check box to create a separate Seasons Information File for each variable that has been transformed In Figure 8 82 two streamflow variables were selected for transformation i e FLYNNS CK and EAGLEHAWK CK so there will be two Seasons Information Files created each with the name name of input file _transformed_si_ column number of relevant variable in the input file txt This file contains the statistics calculated for the transformation including the sum of flows the number of flow values and the average flow for each season in each period The ratio of average flow in Period B to Period A i e the conversion factor used to transform the Period A flows is also included 269 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 2 Original and Transformed flow series This file relates only to column 10 FLYNNS CK Created for REALM by utility Streamflow Transformation Based on original file D Workstation Configuration Documents and Settings ab82 Desktop LATRflow_07_08_hist fmn Transformed flows based on the following Period A 19570100 to 19971200 Period B 19980100 to 20070600 Number of Segments 10 2112 Al2 12 0 2 12 2 12 0 7 SEASON YEAR P
35. 21 30 20 50 20 10 Figure 8 34 Sample Output File of Rank Data RANK F STREAMFLOW DATA FILE HISTORICAL MONTHLY STREAMFLOW DATAFILE TEST DATA Time 16 54 Date 14 09 2005 5f12 2 5 SEASON YEAR STREAM1 PAN EVAP LOCAL RAIN Figure 8 35 Sample Output File of Rank Data Option 2 204 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 In the output file all data columns including SEASON and YEAR will be ranked as shown in Figure 8 35 8 4 FORMAT CONVERSION The Format Conversion utility performs two functions as follows 1 Itcan convert one column in a REALM format file into a matrix of values It can handle daily weekly and monthly data For daily data the matrix is produced as either one month per row up to 31 columns of daily values or one year per row with 365 columns of daily values For weekly data the matrix is produced as one year per row with 52 columns of weekly values For monthly data the matrix is produced as one year per row with 12 columns of monthly values 2 It can compress the field width of columns in a REALM format file To open Format Conversion Click on the Ulilities Format Conversion menu item to display the the Format Conversion dialog box Figure 8 36 Enter the names of input and output filenames using the standard Windows browsing facility Format Conversion Enter name of input file C realm GetStart S TRM1 DAT Si Enter name of output file C realm GetS
36. 3 shows the details of restriction zones for a typical urban restriction policy which consists of 4 intermediate zones which is also consistent with Figure 5 37 and Figure 5 38 Note that Relative Position defines the lower boundary of the restriction zone Table 5 3 Details of Restriction Zones for a Typical Urban Restriction Policy Restriction Restriction Zone Relative Position Percent Restrictable Defined by Demand Zone Level above 0 0 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 below 4 109 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 As can be seen from Table 5 3 it is possible to assign a different level of reduction for each intermediate zone This allows severe restrictions to be imposed as the total system storage falls progressively Similarly the zones can be defined with uneven Relative Positions although the values shown in Table 5 3 show even intervals The above details need to be entered for each urban industrial demand group that requires demand restrictions during low storage and low streamflow periods and modelled through Menus 5 7 1 4 URBAN INDUSTRIAL DC1 RESTRICTIONS BY CARRIER Click on the radio button Set Policy for this group by Carrier in the Restrictions dialog box after selecting a demand group which consists of only DC1 nodes as in Figure 5 39 Note that this operation displays an additional field with the heading of Name of Carrier Enter the Name of Carrier or select the Name of Carrier through its combo bo
37. 6 7 Bypass Ecn 6 7 0 100000000 1868 7 Node Details 1 Strm Junction 1 416 1 2 Strm Junction 2 416 2 3 Strm Junction 3 0 3 4 Stream Terminator 0 4 5 DEMAND 1 2700 5 6 Ecn Node 1868 6 7 Ecn Node 0 7 0 sum of node requirements Figure 8 76 LP Solver Output Showing a Feasible Solution 8 9 2 USE OF LP SOLVER WITH LP DUMP FILES CREATED BY USER REQUEST When there is a warning message shown in the log file in relation to a convergence failure corresponding to a certain simulation time step and replicate the user may request a LP dump for this time step and replicate during REALM Setup Section 6 3 1 Then REALM produces a LP dump file as the log file during REALM simulation similar to Figure 8 69 which has results for the LP network iteration by iteration for this simulation time step and replicate LP Solver can then be used as previously to identify the cause of the warning message s although LP Extract Section 8 9 3 is also commonly used for this purpose However if LP Solver is used an additional dialog box LP Solver Select Iteration Figure 8 77 is displayed for the user to select the iteration for analysis immediately after Figure 8 71 248 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 LP Solver Select Iteration Select the iteration to solve 5 total iterations in log file Cancel Figure 8 77 LP Solver Select Iteration Dialog Box Select the iteration which had given the warning message that
38. 6 28 During simulation REALM computes the announced allocation for the simulation time step using the information given in the variable capacity carrier which models the restrictions and then uses this allocation in the limit curve equation i e Equation 5 4 to compute the restricted demand as in Section 5 7 1 5 The Planning period begins ends fields are the same as for the Allocation Season block for irrigation demand restrictions by menus Section 5 7 1 5 The function of the Allow only positive mid season allocation changes check box is also explained in Section 5 7 1 5 Restrictions x Restrictions and Demand Groups Edit Demand Groups Assign Reservoirs to a Demand Group Edit Restriction Policy ti D d 3 DC2 Rural LAKE EILDON ss ms u len GOULB WEIR rer WARANGA BASIN m S m m Set Policy for this group by Menus GREENS LAKE Benepe m m Set Policy for this group by Carrier LAKE EPPALOCK E E MALMSBURY RES J J v SE 1 Name of Carrier UP COLIBAN RES v e COLIBAN FINAL ALLOC CAMPASPE RESERVOIR Fl Fl FIT CAIRN C RES IR TTT gt Planning period begins Jul bad gt ends Jun Iw Allow only positive mid season allocation changes Figure 5 45 Irrigation Demand Restrictions Through a Carrier Setting Dialog Box 5 8 RESERVOIR TARGETS There are several ways of meeting a given set of dem
39. 8 86 there is a period of around 10 years at the end of the flow record which appears to have a different lower gradient than the preceding years Therefore in this case the most appropriate place for a Break Point Date would be at the beginning of this later period around 1997 98 By default the plot of Single Mass Curves produced by the utility 1 contains only the series selected by the user for transformation and 2 begins at the start year of the file At times it may be useful to have the curves start at a different later date and this can be achieved by loading a shortened REALM format file containing only the period that the user wishes to plot To perform Single Mass Curve Analysis Hit the button next to Single mass curve on the Break Point Date Analysis dialog box A File Creation Successful message will appear directing the user where to access the newly created SMC fan file Exit the Streamflow Transformation utility In the Plot utility use the time series plot function Section 8 1 3 to generate a Single Mass Curve from the SMC fan file Choose a Break Point Date from the Single Mass Curve Navigate back to the Streamflow Transformation Enter Break Point Date dialog box and enter the chosen Break Point Date 8 11 1 2 RATIO OF AVERAGES ANALYSIS This analysis assumes that the aim when choosing a Break Point Date is to choose a date that maximises the differences in flow pr
40. Click on Project Open directory as in Figure 4 5 a or Click on the 5 Open existing project directory button i e first button on the tool bar This will display a window Figure 4 5 b to open an existing project 22 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 Select existing project directory 23 C realm1 E REALM Program Manager oe System Run Utilities Help Exit New directory Open directory Desktop E B My Documents EN 3 My Computer al My Network Places C Realmi C lrealm Realm1 C realmiprojectsi D Wicto ectiREALM PrOjects1 D Wicto ect REALM Projects1 a b Figure 4 5 Select Existing Project Directory a Menu Selection b Open Directory Window Similar to Figure 4 4 b this window Figure 4 5 b can be used in two ways to open an existing project directory Type in the exact directory name with its path or Use the directory browser at the bottom part of the window to locate the project directory Click on to confirm and open the specified REALM project directory and return to the REALM Program Manager window Clicking on Cancel on Figure 4 5 b takes the user back to the REALM Program Manager window Figure 4 1 without opening the selected project directory Once the required project directory is opened the REALM Program Manager window Figure 4 1 shows the opened project directory on the left label of the status bar The right label shows the sy
41. Ecn Losses Ecn Bypass Ecn AMIAADGHPWNFPWOOAWAHTAAHWNE NNN NDHO60o Balance Convergence 2 1996 Repl T A T B ITY LIY CONNECTOR Ecn Ecn Ecn Ecn Ecn Ecn Ecn Ecn DDNDDADDUBAIDNANAEFARFPEFRENEFNE ANWWUBDDHDWNANARFPARFPAN GA GA Ui vs 1000 1000 1 I 50 501000 101000 3100000 60000000 500000 102000 3100000 60000000 50001000 2000000 2000000 55000010 55000020 55000030 55000040 55000050 0 0 0 4422 30692 6078 45885 54115 00000000 0 15241 44759 00000000 0 8843 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 4422 4421 6078 5022 3144 CH CO OO OO OO OO CH AMIAADAHPWNFPWOOWAHTAAHWNE NNN EOR OO VO 6777 00000 235 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 Node Details 1 RESERVOIR A 5478 1 2 RESERVOIR B 4801 2 3 CITY 8843 3 4 STRM TERM A 0 4 5 STRM TERM B 0 9 6 Ecn Node 8166 6 7 Ecn Node 0 7 0 sum of node requirements Iteration Flags DO_FF_AGAIN Y DO_S_AGAIN N DO_L_AGAIN Y DO_B_AGAIN Y DO_CS_AGAIN n DO_AT_LEAST_AGAIN Y DO_GD_CAP_AGAIN N Redo Vol Dep Carrier RES B TO CITY arc 4 100 000000 Si Redo Loss Carrier RES B TO CITY arc 4 100 000000 Redo Balance Convergence 9 00000000 Iteration No 5 Seas 2 Year 1996 Repl T Arc Details 1 RES A TO ST A 1 4 1000 0 0 1 2 RES B TO ST B 2 5 1000 0 0 2 3 RES A TO CITY 1 3 d 4422 4422 3 4 RES B TO CITY 2 3 1 30
42. Matrix ee EE 205 8 4 2 File Compression EE 208 8 5 leese 208 8 5 1 Global Adjustments Local Equations Or Calculate A Value nenene nae 209 8 5 1 1 Global Adjustments Local Equations esseesseeeseesee eee tese teser ten reenter netnnnsnnssnnnsennnnn 209 8 5 1 2 Calculate Values From Local EousatoniAdiustment 211 8 5 2 Append A Time Reference To An Input File 211 8 5 3 Curve Transformation To A Column 212 8 5 4 Output spreadsheet compatible Te 213 8 5 5 Multi replicate Data File From Monthly Data 214 8 5 6 Multi Replicate With A Growth Factor ssssessssesssssinesrnssrnssrnssrrssrnssrnssrnssrnnsrnssrnnsnnnsrnnnnnnnt 215 8 6 MGIGER E 216 8 7 Replicate Analy Sis wiscisiecccicsssesstccciccsieasscsescnsnsesedsccsnecnseeddacnvecdienadenntecaducsins 219 8 7 1 Replicate Extraction es erena Lan een 221 8 7 1 1 One Replicate At All SIES ine iiinis ei eiiiai aeii e iii a oaii 222 8 7 1 2 A Replicates At One Gite 223 8 7 1 3 One Replicate At One Gite 225 8 7 2 Replicate Analysis en deg er Een en 225 8 8 MEP le EE 231 E GN BEE EE 243 8 9 1 Use of LP Solver With LP Dump Files Created By An Infeasible Goluton 243 8 9 2 Use of LP Solver With LP Dump Files Created By User Heouest eneee 248 8 9 3 Use of LP Solver with User Prepared Input Files 0 cccecsceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseaeeeeaeeseneeees 249 8 10 LP EXtFaCE ee elle 250 8 11 Streamflow Transformation uuunrsssssnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn
43. Period A and Period B 260 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 Customised Settings x All dates given in yyyymm File start date 19570100 File end date 20070600 Period A Start Date End Date CS sl ect sl we Period B Start Date End Date Se ee gE ong Cancel Figure 8 90 Customised Settings Dialog Box Hit the button The Please select Transformation Type dialog box will appear 8 11 3 TRANSFORMATION TYPES REALM offers two methods for transforming streamflows in Period A before climate step change such that their properties match the properties of the Period B streamflows after climate step change e Transformation by seasonal factors e Transformation by comparison of Flow Duration Curves FDCs Transformation by Seasonal Factors In this method the utility adjusts the before flow values such that for each season the average seasonal flow before the Break Point Date matches the average seasonal flow after the Break Point Date The user defines the seasonal regime to be used in the transformation As this definition is on a monthly basis the maximum number of seasons is 12 Once the seasons are defined the following steps are followed to complete the transformation 1 For Period A all the flows belonging to the first season are grouped and an average flow is found for that season under Period A This is done for all seasons that the user has defined 2 The above step is
44. Streamflow data are given as multiple replicates If required a less number of replicates can be considered in the simulation than what is given in the streamflow files and in this case only replicates that appear first in the data files will be used Table 2 1 summarises the types of simulation runs that can be performed in REALM depending on the format of streamflow and demand files Table 2 1 Input File Combinations for REALM Simulation Runs Streamflow Demand Remarks Single replicate runs all single replicate data Seasonal Seasonal Season can be monthly weekly daily etc commonly used for both urban and rural or irrigation Seasonal Annual Seasonal in this case is monthly usually used in urban planning considering predicted forecast demand Multiple replicate runs Seasonal Seasonal Season can be monthly weekly daily etc multi multi commonly used for both urban and rural replicate replicate or irrigation data data Seasonal Annual Seasonal in this case is monthly usually multi single used in urban planning considering replicate replicate predicted forecast demand data Seasonal Annual Seasonal in this case is monthly usually single single used in urban planning considering replicate replicate predicted forecast demand multiple replicates are generated using recycled historical streamflow sequences approach of McMahon and Mein 1986 Seasonal Sea
45. Type PEQN refers to the primary equation for the carrier and types PO A to EQ Z refer to sub equations A to Z Type EQAA to EQZZ refer to sub equations AA to ZZ The data in the file is the result of each equation for each time step 171 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 P eqn2eqns ar Notepad Eile Edit Format View Help CARRIER EQUATIONS ganr Tog output file for sub equations Time 10 29 21 Date 19 08 11 CF4 0 2F6 0 43f12 2 45 1234567 00 1234567 00 1234567 00 1234567 00 Figure 7 8 Sample Sub equation Output File Note that it is possible for the primary sub equation result to be different to the final capacity of a carrier even if the capacity transformation table is a direct translation This may be indicative of the model not reaching a stable solution in some or all time steps Users are advised to check the results to ensure the equation functionality is working as intended 172 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 Chapter 8 8 UTILITIES 173 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 This chapter discusses the REALM utilities which can be used to perform basic processing of REALM format input and output files They can be run by selecting the appropriate menu item from the REALM Program Manager Figure 4 1 by clicking on Utilities 8 1 REALM PLOTTING REALM Plotting utility can be used to display contents of REALM format file inputs and outputs in graphical form Data from any combination of REALM input and
46. able to alter the titles of the plot Clicking on S acce ts the changes and shows them on the time series plot Figure 8 6 Clicking on s returns the user to Figure 8 6 without accepting the changes if any Format Time Series Titles Main title Time Series Plot Main panel y axis Selected Variables Top panel y axis Selected Variables Cancel Figure 8 8 Format Plot Titles Dialog Box 8 1 3 3 FORMAT PLOT AXES Format plot axes allows the user to alter the scale of the plot axes By either selecting the Format Axes menu item or clicking on the ul Format plot axes button on the toolbar the user is presented with the Format Time Series Plot Axes dialog box Figure 8 9 The top partition allows the user to alter the domain i e start season 180 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 start year end season and end year for which the variables are plotted The result is similar to the zooming facility described in Section 8 1 3 The block Main Panel Y Axis offers the user two possibilities 1 allow REALM to automatically set the range of the main panel or 2 manually select the range of the main panel Ticking the check boxes under the label Auto for Minimum and Maximum will automatically set the range of the y axis If these check boxes are blank the fields Maximum and Minimum are activated allowing the user to manually type in the required range The user may also wish to hav
47. about nodes names and inflows carriers names from node to node penalty capacity and flow and iteration flags The nodes include both physical i e real and system nodes Carriers include physical carriers and system arcs The system nodes and arcs are part of what is called ECNs Equivalent Component Networks in REALM which are used to convert the water supply system with physical nodes and carriers into a system of nodes and arcs before solving this network using REALM The reader is referred to the paper by Perera and James 2003 for the ECN concept of REALM The LP dump is part of the REALM log file The utilities LP Solver Section 8 9 and LP Extract Section 8 10 can be used to analyse these LP dumps The LP dumps are generated in two ways User Request The user can request an LP dump for a particular time step and replicate during the REALM simulation setup Chapter 6 The output then contains LP data or results for each iteration of the requested time step and replicate The user can then investigate how the solution progresses in nodes and carriers from one iteration to the next After the dump REALM continues with the simulation and produces all required output as in a normal REALM run including the summary information 231 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 REALM uses an iterative procedure to solve the network for flows at a time step Convergence of the solution is achieved through the tolerance limits specifie
48. altered The utility was developed to evaluate the effect of climate change on water resources modelling To use the tool effectively in this context the user must assume climate step change That is the user must select a date such that all flows preceding that date are assumed to be pre climate change and all flows after the date are assumed to be influenced by climate change This date is referred to as the Break Point Date Note that this utility does not allow representation of climate change as a trend only as a step change Once the before and after periods are defined the utility will then alter the before flows such that their properties match the properties of the after flows This is done in one of two ways e Matching of seasonal averages the user defines a seasonal regime up to 12 seasons and the utility adjusts before flow values such that for each season the average seasonal flow before the Break Point Date matches the average seasonal flow after the Break Point Date e Matching of flow duration curves FDCs the before flows are adjusted such that the FDC for before flows matches the FDC for after flows This transformation relies upon splitting the FDCs into segments e g deciles or percentiles the user can decide and comparing flow averages segment by segment To transform streamflows or climatic data Select the Uilities Streamflow Tr
49. and size Additional parameters for each node type reservoirs demands etc General carrier details number name from and to node offset and loss factor Minimum and maximum capacities of carriers including equations to calculate capacities Reservoir targets Restriction policies Multi system parameters Water quality details The file system_temp lis is overwritten each time the REALM System Listing program is used A typical system listing is shown in Figure 5 53 for a sample system file with the sample network as shown in Figure 5 52 The user is referred to REALM Worked Examples Manual Victoria University and Department of Sustainability and Environment 2005 for system listings of several worked examples 122 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 REALM System Editor EIER File Edit Add view Help asia Ar jala elele vg elele sl e giel em 22 SOURCE 1 PYKES CK RES OUT FALL SINK H CK OUTFALL 18 LERD DIV OFFTAKE C realm WorkedExamples WERRIRRG SYS Figure 5 52 Example Network used to Generate System Listing 123 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 KOK KK KK KK KK RK RK RK RK RK RK RK KK j SYSTEM FILE LISTING KOR KK KK KK KK KK RK RK RK RK RK RK KK File C realm WorkedExamples WERRIRRG SYS Simulation label Werribee System WERRO001 sys As in WERRK317 SYS but with system truncated to Werribee R u s of Pyrites ck Date 21 51 12 10 2005 No Name Type x ZZ Z Siz
50. automatically copied into the project directory to run REALM Do not use Windows Explorer to create REALM project directories REALM does not run in directories created by methods other than through the REALM Program Manager Note also that the browser in REALM cannot see zipped files All output files will be stored in the project directory It is also a good practice to store all input files in the project directory although it is not necessary To perform many functions e g System Listing REALM needs to be able to write to the working directory For this reason files on CD should be copied into a writable directory before working with those files in REALM 4 2 2 OPENING EXISTING PROJECT DIRECTORIES Opening an existing project directory can be done in two ways Method 1 If the directory is one of the most recent five projects Click on the Project menu item in the REALM Program Manager to display the window in Figure 4 3 listing the most recently used up to five REALM project directories Click on the required project directory The REALM Program Manager window Figure 4 1 will be resumed with the opened project directory which will be shown on the left label of the status bar The right label shows the system file or the first of multiple system files used under the opened project directory The user is now ready to run a REALM application in this project directory Method 2 To open an existing REALM project directory
51. below Figure 6 14 The names of all reservoir nodes and their maximum capacities are displayed Figure 6 14 This list is assembled from the system file or the first system file where multiple system files are used In simulations with multiple system files new reservoirs specified in subsequent system files have initial storage volumes of zero Enter the starting volumes in the Start volume column for each reservoir The starting volume should be less than each reservoir s maximum capacity To set initial reservoir volumes to full supply level To assign the initial storage volumes of the reservoirs included in the system file or the first system file in case multiple system files equal to their maximum capacities tick the check box Set all initial volumes to full supply capacity Once the user has entered initial storage volumes of the reservoirs through one of the above methods clicking on takes the user to the REALM Setup window Figure 6 3 The button also takes the user back to Figure 6 3 but without saving the entered information in Figure 6 14 6 5 3 INITIAL IRRIGATION DELIVERIES If there are Irrigation or Rural demand nodes i e DC2 nodes present in the system file or the first system file in case of multiple system files it is necessary for the user to enter the initial irrigation deliveries with respect to these DC2 nodes These are the deliveries that have already being made for the current irrigatio
52. by Independent Variable in the Transformation Table Setting up of the equation is detailed in Section 5 6 4 5 Edit Pipe x Carrier Number 1 Name of Pipe EILDON REL 1 Details Fixed H Variable Capacities Water Quality 0 0 Note losses denoted by a positive number represent a loss while those denoted by a negative number represent a fixed or constant loss Minimum Flows Minimum Flows a fol ft Penalty Loss Capacity Sharing Group ID 0 Share 0 00 Note share denoted by a positive number represents a whole number share while those denoted by a negative number represents a share with two decimal places P 3 d y d y y d O y d September A October O November 0 December 0 Edit Capacity Relationship Figure 5 30 Variable Capacities Type Tab of Add Edit Carrier Dialog Box 86 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 Variable Name and Type System variables used in the equation and their types must be declared in the Variables in Above Equation block Variable Name has to be inserted The Type field can populated by typing in the appropriate cell or by clicking on the EZ button at the botton of the table to diplay a drop down box and then making a selection from the drop down box The list of variable types in the drop down box and a description of each type are given in Table 5 2 The system variable can be a name of reservo
53. can also be selected using the browse button immediately to the right of the filename field Running Total Variable Initialisation C Use intialisation file E Specify initial values below VariableName Variable Type CarierNumbers ial Value a mees DC EEE H Ce Eemer Jar ja H ESCHER eoet pe OTe ELSE EILDON TAKE 4 5 Eo a s Note The initial values defined for running total variables are interpreted differently based on the variable type For variables that sum flow or capacity the initial value is treated as a mean value and summed over the period specified For variables that lag flow or capacity the initial value is treated as a constant value over the period specified Cancel Figure 6 12 Variable Initialisation Dialog Box The initialisation file is of the same format as the endvars file which is generated at the end of every REALM run The file includes a list of all running total variables in the system file and their values at the end of the run which also may be used as initial values An example of this file is shown in Figure 6 13 The simplest way to prepare a variable initialisation file is simply to modify an existing one from a previous REALM run preferably for the same system file The file consists of a list of every running total variable in the system file constructed as the variable name typically a carrier and the variable type The data at the bottom of the file i
54. can be entered by clicking on the _ browse button and then typing the filename Filter Options The user is able to select data by Monthly filter or Numeric filter These options are discussed in Section 8 2 1 and Section 8 2 2respectively 8 2 1 MONTHLY FILTER If the Monthly filter option is selected click on to display the dialog box shown in Figure 8 27 198 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 Monthly Filter Select the months to pass to the output file February March April May June M July August September October November December Cancel Figure 8 27 Monthly Filter Dialog Box Click on the check boxes next to the month s for which data are to be displayed Click on YA The message box shown in Figure 8 28 is displayed 3 546 records from 1092 passed to the output file C Realm1 Output Filter view the Output File Figure 8 28 Filter Output File View Confirmation Message Box Click to view the the filtered file contents using the REALM Text Editor Click N to return to the REALM Program Manager window Figure 4 1 without applying a filter 8 2 2 NUMERIC FILTER If the Numeric filter option is selected from the Filter Output Files dialog box Figure 8 26 the Numeric Filter dialog box Figure 8 29 will be displayed allowing the user to select a range of data to be filtered The following filtering can be performed 199 REALM User Manual Version 6
55. characters of the filename in this example STRM1 DA and Januinfw prefix each series name This is because the check box Include file descriptor in plot variable names was ticked when the plot was created Figure 8 5 The next three columns show the Colour Marker type and Style By clicking on either of the top down arrows the user is able to choose which colour represents each variable the type of marker used to represent the variable as well as the style of the marker Clicking on accepts the changes and shows them in the time series plot Figure 8 6 Clicking on returns the user to Figure 8 6 without accepting the changes if any 179 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 Format Time Series Data STRM1 DA INFLOW D STRM1 DA INFLOW2 LtBlue gt Januinfw RESERVOIR Lt Red v Januinfw RESERVOIR B Lt Blue Januflow RES A TO GTA Lt Green e L Januflow RES B TO ST B Lt Yellow Y Figure 8 7 Format Time Series Data Dialog Box 8 1 3 2 FORMAT PLOT TITLES Format plot titles allows the user to alter the titles appearing on the plot By either selecting the Format Titles menu item or clicking on the Zei Format plot titles button on the toolbar the user is presented with the Format Time Series Titles dialog box Figure 8 8 The first field allows the user to alter the overall title of the plot and titles of main panel and top panel y axes By clicking on the required field the user is
56. click on the RI Select and edit a node or a carrier button to return to normal SE mode 47 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 5 4 3 DELETING UNDELETING NODES To delete a node Click on the Ka Delete a node or carrier button or Select the menu item Edit Delete carrier node The mouse pointer will turn into an eraser Position the left edge of the mouse pointer over the particular node to be deleted and click A popup message box will appear to confirm the deletion Click to delete the node or I button to return to the SE without deleting the node To undelete a node Click on the 21 Undo all actions up to and including last delete action button or Select the menu item Edit Undo Delete Note that when the user acquires a deleted node all the changes made after deleting this particular node will also be reversed and removed 5 4 4 RESERVOIR NODE R The reservoir node represents a storage which stores water from its natural catchments and or receives water from other components of the water supply system The storage releases water to meet demands makes inter reservoir transfers meets environmental flow requirements and allows spills All parameters and characteristics of a reservoir can be entered in the Add Reservoir dialog box Figure 5 7 which is displayed at the time of creation of the reservoir Note that the header on the dialog box changes to Edit Reservoir once the new reservoir
57. data file can be used to generate monthly replicate data having either 1 or 2 years per replicate Note that 3 years per replicate will give only one replicate and it is then same as the input file Figure 8 47 also gives the information about how many replicates and how many rows of data are generated with different number of years per replicate It also gives the maximum permissible number of replicates and rows of data that can be generated under current default settings of Max Reps maximum number of replicates and MaxP maximum number of data rows Note that the settings can be changed if required through the Dynamic Memory tab of Run Options Enter the number of years per replicate and click on to produce the required multi replicate output file Figure 8 48 shows the output file corresponding to input information of Figure 8 47 214 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 Note that the number of years per replicate has been requested as 1 year in Figure 8 47 CALC F STREAMFLOW DATA FILE HISTORICAL MONTHLY STREAMFLOW DATAFILE EST DATA Time 06 32 Date 27 05 2005 6 12 2 6 EAR EASON EPLICATE STREAM1 PAN EVAP LOCAL RAIN 1982 1982 1982 1982 1982 1982 1982 1982 1982 1982 1982 1982 1982 1982 1982 1982 1982 1982 1982 1982 1982 1982 D HN NDDNNN GA GA N WW oa wt Om JO b YON ow CO OO OO O
58. data representing the first replicate is given first then those of the second replicate and so on until those of the last replicate is given The second time reference is considered then and the above procedure is repeated All time references are considered in a similar manner until the data for the last time reference are considered Part of a streamflow file with 3 replicates is shown in Figure 2 4 Several streamflow files can be considered in a single REALM simulation run The use of multiple files allows grouping of different types of data in separate files For example the streamflow data can be in one file while the climatic parameters can be in a different file Or data relevant to major rivers of the network can be in different 10 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 files During simulation REALM reads the contents of all streamflow files until the end of the files Therefore there should not be blank lines or control characters on the last line of each streamflow file which will cause problems during simulation run time Furthermore the streamflow file should not contain negative streamflow values although negative evaporations are allowed 2 Multi replicate data file sample only 3 replicates only 5E1122 On CO Oh Ui UD UD vs ds GA D GA H AH a t ta Di D Dr D SE EE E EE E EE A E ee e E T EASON EAR PLICATE TREAM1 VAP 00 1920 00 1 00 16186 00 37 00 00 1920
59. drop down list which contains the file s selected by the user By selecting the relevant file the user is able see the variables included in this file in the Select variable compartment Click on the variable to be plotted in the Select variable compartment Click on the button to move the variable from Select variable compartment to either the Main plot area or Top panel Repeat for all of the variables to appear on the graph The selection of the variables SEASON and YEAR are not required since they are considered automatically in the time series plot Selecting variables only in the main panel will result in the plot in the main panel alone whereas selecting variables only in the top panel will result in the plot in the top panel Selecting variables in both top and main panels will result in plots in both top and main panels The button returns the selected variable back to the Select variable compartment under its file The Saati button empties or resets the entries in both the Main plot area and the Top panel The Include file descriptor in plot variable names check box allows the user to add the data filename connected to the variable in the plot itself If the box is ticked then the name of the file connected to that particular variable is included in the time series plot on the vertical axis The EHE button in the centre of the dialog box allows the user to quickly s
60. end e g Tun of the irrigation allocation season are specified here It should be noted that the season in this context refers to the irrigation season Maximum Allocation to be used for Unrestricted Demands Figure 5 43 This field allows the user to enter the maximum allocation that would be used for the demand group These will not be any restrictions under the maximum allocation Efficiency for Group Delivery Figure 5 43 The supplied water to an irrigation or urban for that matter demand group is always greater than the water usage due to inefficiencies in the system because of transmission losses operational losses etc Therefore the efficiency should be included to compute the actual deliveries from the headwater structures e g reservoirs to supply the demand Forecast Inflows Reservoir Evaporation Carrier Losses and Fixed Adjustments Figure 5 43 The forecast inflows can be the minimum flows the percentage probability exceedance e g 99 flows or other assumed monthly inflows The forecast reservoir evaporations and carrier losses are treated similarly to the forecast inflows The fixed adjustments are all other quantities that should be included in the resource 112 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 assessment other than the forecast inflows the reservoir evaporations and the carrier losses One example is the commitments to other demand groups or instream flow requirements The forecast inflow reservoir evapor
61. for seasonal allocation purpo 1 year planning period of 1 planning periods to be considered The group reserve addtional to common reserve is 0 The trigger for special accounting is 0 The trigger for group reserve reduction is 0 Factor FIXED FACTORS No Jan Feb Mar Apl May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec 1 0 41 0 21 0 0 0 105 420 400 125 21 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Allocation function pt1 pt2 pt3 pt4 pts pt6 pt7 pt8 pt9 pt10 ptlil 938 8047 8905 9576 9798 10671 11310 12181 12763 15740 16816 99 0 100 110 120 130 150 160 180 200 220 220 2 Nov 2 23920 23920 ses ptiz 999999 220 Dec 2 129 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 a negative represents capacity key for group Figure 5 53 Typical System Listing 130 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 Chapter 6 6 SETUP S 131 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 The REALM Setup S sets up the run time parameters for REALM simulation The run time parameters are specific to a particular REALM simulation run and include information such as simulation period input files to be used initial reservoir volumes and output options The run time parameters for a particular run are called a scenario and this information can be stored in a scenario file At the end of REALM Setup these run time parameters are saved in a file called ans_file dat The following REALM input files are required to run S
62. hand column Initialisation of different variable types Take care when specifying initial values for variables as the information will be read differently for different types This is highlighted in Table 6 1 Table 6 1 Running Total Variable Types Variable Type Description Initial Value Read As FLO CAP LOS Value from previous time step Value from the previous time step RFxx RCxx xxx xxx Sum of values of previous xxx time Mean value from the previous xxx time steps steps AFxx ACxx Sum of values of previous time steps Mean value from the previous xxx time since month xx steps XXX XXX Value from xxx time steps ago Constant value for xxx time steps This can be illustrated using two examples 1 A running total variable summing flow in a carrier for the previous 24 time steps would have variable type RF24 REALM calculates the value of this variable during run time by keeping track of the previous 24 flow values and then summing them when required in an equation Therefore when 145 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 initialising this variable the user should select an average flow value that is appropriate for 24 time steps If a value of 10 was used to initialise this variable it would return a value of 240 when called in an equation in the first time step of the run If the relevant carrier had a flow value of 20 in the first time step then this variable would return a value of 250 when call
63. if it is not to be restricted Assign each demand to a group Urban and irrigation demands should be put in to separate groups although there can be more than one group for urban industrial demands and more than one group for irrigation demands In the When defining restriction parameters it is possible to define the restriction details of each group of demands by 105 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 the storage level of one reservoir or a combination of reservoirs This flexibility is useful for systems where only certain reservoirs supply certain demand zones 5 7 1 2 EDIT DEMAND GROUPS Click on Edit Demand Groups tab in the Restrictions dialog box Figure 5 35 to enter the restriction details of each group Assign Reservoirs to a Demand Group All reservoirs defined in the system file are displayed as rows in the Assign Reservoirs to a Demand Group list and the demand groups as columns By ticking the appropriate check boxes the reservoirs can be assigned to one or more Demand Groups Storage volumes in these reservoirs in the group trigger the restrictions Edit Restriction Policy Select the demand group to be edited using the Demand group drop down box in the Edit Restriction Policy block Figure 5 36 and Figure 5 41 The text to the right of the Demand group drop down box will read either DC1 Urban or DC2 Rural indicating the type of demand group selected The fields visible
64. impact on the simulation Reservoir Inflow Data Tick the Use Inflow Data check box in the Reservoir Inflow Data block if the reservoir receives local inflow from its catchments In this case the Inflow Record Name field become active and the user is required to enter the Inflow Record Name which should be a streamflow data column name of a streamflow file used in the REALM application This name should be correctly spelled including the case as the column name in the streamflow file If the reservoir does not receive local inflow the check box Use Inflow Data should be left blank Enable Downstream Spills This option specifies whether or not the reservoir can spill If the Enable Downstream Spills check box is ticked REALM determines whether the spills from this reservoir are used downstream or lost from the system based on the presence of river carrier s immediately downstream of the reservoir node If a river carrier is present spills are used by the downstream components of the system If no river carrier is present spills are lost externally If the check box is not ticked for the spill option then the spills occur elsewhere in the system The non spilling option should be selected only for off stream storages which receive water transfers from other reservoirs The non spilling option ensures that this reservoir does not spill and limits the water transfers from other reservoirs to this reservoir
65. in each month field On the other extreme the user can select 1 to 12 for months to specify different targets for different months Alternatively the user can use different targets for different groups of months with different numbers For example if the user wishes to use 2 sets of targets one for summer months October March and the other for winter months April September then select 1 for fields referring to October March and 2 for the remaining month Make sure the Number of target groups field has to be filled before assigning group for months Number of points on Target Curves The user is also required to enter the number of points which define the target storage curves before editing systems and target groups through the field Number of points on Target Curves of Figure 5 47 These points include minimum and maximum storage capacities In Figure 5 47 there are 7 systems and 12 target groups meaning there will be 84 target storage curves to be edited Also the Number of points on Target Curves has been set to 10 which means that 10 points including minimum and maximum capacities are used to define all target storage curves of different systems and target groups 5 8 2 TARGET STORAGE FOR EACH GROUP amp EACH MONTH The required target group of the system can be edited by selecting the Edit Target Groups tab from the Targets dialog box Figure 5 47 This will display Figure 5 48 which allows the use
66. in that file will be listed in the list box with the heading Select variable The user can select the required variable s to be plotted one against another Highlight the variable and click on the button to move the variable from the Select variable list box to either the X variable or the Y variable list The button returns the selected variable to the Select variable list When a variable is returned to the Select variable list the Select file field will display the file from which that variable was selected Note that only one variable can be plotted on the x axis The user is able to plot the variables in one plot or separate plots by ticking the Display as separate plots check box The Include file descriptor in plot variable names check box allows the user to select whether to show the data filename connected to the variables in the plot itself If this box is ticked then the variable names will appear attached with the name of the source file in the scatter plot on the vertical axis The fife button in the centre of the dialog box allows the user to quickly search for the required variable when there is a large amount of variables listed in the Select 185 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 variable list When the SE button is clicked the Text Search dialog box appears Enter the text at least the first few letters characters of the variable to search in the list of variable names
67. name of rainfall data in a streamflow data file used in the REALM application which is used to compute the rainfall gain in the reservoir if rainfall is to be considered This name should be correctly spelled including the case as the column name given in the streamflow file Edit Reservoir Node Number 1 Node Size 1 000 Name of Reservoir PYKE S CK RES Details Evaporation Rating Table Water Quality Evaporation Calculations Evaporation mm B x Evaporation Data A Rainfall Data Where B Pan Evaporation Factor Net Evaporation ML Evaporation mm x Surface Area Ha 100 A Adustment Factor 10 000 Adjustment Factor Volume ML Surface Area Ha E B 0 85000 Pan Evaporation Factor n GA co 0 Evaporation Data Evaporation Record Name EVAPORATION Rainfall Record Name RAINFALL 87002 _ CH N N ki _ ao 0 _ CO ke Al N E oo oo Cancel i Figure 5 8 Evaporation Tab of Reservoir Node Different reservoir nodes can have different evaporation rainfall record combinations but these record names should appear as column names in streamflow files which are used in the REALM application Coefficients A and B These coefficients are generally determined by regression of available data for actual evaporation against the proxy variable usually pan evaporation or temperature Volume Surface Area Relationship 51 REALM User Manual Versi
68. of carriers Note that the element Highlight simply refers to the colour that nodes and carriers turn when selected for editing lilac in Figure 5 4 The third table in the Color Management dialog box controls the appearance of text labels for nodes and carriers Click on the relevant check box es in the Display column to display the names of all the nodes or carriers Note that Hidden Carriers refers to the rarely used option in REALM to hide carriers from display by starting the carrier name with a colon Symbols has no function in the current version of REALM The colour and size of the font may be altered by clicking on the relevant cell 43 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 5 3 SYSTEM FILES 5 3 1 CREATING A NEW SYSTEM FILE To create a new system file Click on the File New menu item Figure 5 5 or Click on the DI Create a new REALM system button on the toolbar of the System Editor When a new system file is being created all the tool buttons on the toolbar and all the options in the menu system will be active and functioning The status bar will show a message Edit Network on the right compartment At this stage it is recommended that the user saves this file by giving it a descriptive filename as described in Section 5 3 3 5 3 2 EDITING AN EXISTING SYSTEM FILE There are two methods to edit an existing system file Method 1 Click on the menu item File Open Figure 5 5 or
69. on the button to make this carrier visible in the workspace The user may wish to create a carrier with an offset so that two or more carriers from the same two nodes will not overlap This can be done by clicking on the node where the carrier starts then dragging the mouse to a point away from the straight line between the two nodes and clicking on this point and finally dragging the mouse to the node where the carrier ends and clicking on this node 80 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 Edit River Carrier Number 24 Name of River EXCESS RELIEF Details Fixed Monthly Capacities Water Quality Name of River Carrier Type Carrier Capacity Type 1 Fixed Monthly Capacities 2 Variable Capacities Figure 5 28 Adding Editing River Carrier Dialog Box To edit a carrier Click on the R Select and edit a node or a carrier button Double click on the arrow head of the carrier to be edited Edit the relevant parameter in the Edit carrier dialog box The details required to model river carriers and pipe carriers are exactly the same and they are explained together in Section 5 6 4 1 to Section 5 6 4 7 5 6 2 MOVING CARRIERS To change the offset Click on the K Select and move a node or a carrier button The mouse pointer will be changed to the hand Click on the arrow head of the carrier and holding down the left mouse button drag the carrier to the desired position To reposition a ca
70. one value corresponding to each month of the year starting from January An error is generated during run time if there are not 12 arguments The function extracts the value corresponding to the current month during run time Examples mth 1200 1200 3000 0 0 4000 4000 5000 10000 120000 3000 1200 max 5500 mth 1 1 2 0 0 3 3 4 5 12000 2 1 12 IF function The IF function consists of four parameters An error is generated during run time if the number of arguments is not equal to 4 The first parameter defines the test condition If the first parameter is negative or evaluates to a negative value the result of the IF function will be the second parameter 98 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 If the first parameter is zero or evaluates to zero the result will be the third parameter Finally if the first parameter is positive or evaluates to a positive value the result will be the fourth parameter Examples IF 10 1 2 3 The test condition i e 10 is positive and therefore the result of the equation is 3 IF 2000 1 1000 0 500 5 The above example uses a run time variable 1 as part of the test Depending on the result of 2000 1 re evaluated at each iteration of each time step the result of the equation will be either 200 or 0 or 100 In this example the IF function returns initially either 1000 or 0 or 500 but the result has to be divided by 5 As shown in this example the IF funct
71. repeated for Period B 3 The ratio of the Period B average to the Period A average is found for each season 261 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 4 For each flow value in Period A a transformed flow is derived by multiplying by the factor that is applicable for that season 30000 25000 20000 15000 10000 dal T T A Jan 80 Jan 82 Jan 84 Traralgon Creek Flow ML Month Et bt Pei te EE EECH E a a Jan 86 Jan 88 Jan 90 Jan 92 Jan 94 Jan 96 Jan 98 Figure 8 91 Original red and transformed flows blue for Traralgon Creek during the 1990s subject to the seasonal transformation described in Figure with a January 1997 breakpoint this a portion of the series 1957 2006 Although the user may specify up to 12 seasons corresponding to the 12 months each single season in Period A corresponds to a single season in Period B This means that for each season flow in Period A is transformed by the ratio of mean flow across all of Period B to mean flow across all of Period A This is consistent with the methodology that has been commonly used in the past to transform streamflow data across a break point A disadvantage of this method is the risk that already severe single year droughts in Period A such as in 1982 1983 may be made more severe by factoring down using a single conversion factor To spec
72. replicate increased by 1 The user generates enough replicates to cover the system failure and then performs the simulation To complete the data requirements the user has to generate a compatible multi replicate streamflow file This can be done 215 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 by simply duplicating the original data for each replicate or by adding a small random component Multi Replicates With Growth Muliti Replicate Options Enter multi replicate adjustment equation Number of replicates DD I 8 Negative values to zero Select columns for adjustment Apply to all columns KEE EE EL E F mm EI Pm EI E Pm FE eo peme E oo prms o Sd eo pen p CCS eo peenaa FEIL ooo peas FE 11 THOMSON 94 Adjustment Information Operators Adjustments Syntax One of first 4 operators or and up to 20 digits which may include the minus sign Cancel Figure 8 49 Multi Replicate with Growth Dialog Box To produce multi replicate data with a growth factor Click on the Multi replicate with a growth factor radio button which displays the Multi Replicates With Growth dialog box Figure 8 49 Enter the equation in the Enter multi replicate adjustment equation field and the required number of replicates in the Number of replicates field Note that the option exists to apply the adjustment to all the columns except SEASON and YEAR or to select the columns for adjustment
73. requires analysis and click YA This will display the appropriate dialog boxes Figure 8 72 and or Figure 8 73 for the user to edit node and or arc details If the user requires another iteration to be studied click on the button in Figure 8 72 and or Figure 8 73 This will display the output file for the iteration selected If the LP Solver has created an infeasible solution the output file will be similar to Figure 8 74 showing the message INFEASIBLE LP SOLUTION NSTOP 16 If it has created a feasible solution then the output file will be similar to Figure 8 76 showing LP SOLUTION OK NSTOP 17 Once the user has viewed the output file which is optional Figure 8 77 is displayed for the user to select the next iteration for analysis 8 9 3 USE OF LP SOLVER WITH USER PREPARED INPUT FILES The user may want to analyse a part of a network to investigate the flows in carriers under various capacities and penalties In this case LP Solver can be used to analyse this network provided that the user prepares the input file relevant to the network in the required format by LP Solver This format is similar to that for LP dump files Figure 8 69 and Figure 8 70 with a particular format for arc details i e Arc Name From node To node Arc Cost and Arc Capacity and node details i e Node Name and Node Requirement To assist the user to prepare the input file describing the network a file called Template lps is given in the
74. season starts and ends as well as other dates such as the start of demand rationing Note that for PRIDE version W1 1 the End Date of Autumn Irrigation is fixed at May 31st and cannot be changed by the user Refer to Section 5 2 2 of the PRIDE User Manual for further explanation of these dates 66 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 PRIDE Parameters x Model Setup Parameters Season Number of Crop Types 6 SS Use Crop Area Data Timeseries H Channel Efficiency Factors OE e ee e TEE a weac 800 Seren an J E apem eso f o 4 SUMMER CROP E e Spogen Em IS 0 ORCHARD um 38 000 Cancel Figure 5 20 Crop Dara Tab of PRIDE Model Parameters Dialog Box Crop Data Under the Crop Data tab Figure 5 20 the user can define the number type and area of crops to be included in the model The number of crop types should be specified in the Number of Crop Types field which then automatically changes the number of rows in the table below Each crop should be specified with a name in the Crop Type field This name must match a column name in the crop model input data files that contains the appropriate crop factors for that crop As per the standalone version of PRIDE the user can enter crop area as a single value fixed for the period of the run or as a timeseries Static crop areas can be entered in the Crop Area field To enable the use of a timeseries
75. shown in the combo box The Enter the column width field sets the number of digits occupied by each data column The default value is 12 Click on the button A message box as shown in Figure 8 38 will appear Click on I to open the output file in the REALM Text Editor Figure 8 39 is an example output file showing a matrix of monthly data for the column name of INFLOW1 Click on Ai to return to the REALM Program Manager Figure 4 1 without viewing the output file Conversion Complete Input File C realm GetStart STRM1 DAT Output File C realm GetStart Test dat Conversion Type Monthly conversion one year per row on INFLOW 1 Column number converted 3 Number of rows 29 Number of columns YEAR data 13 View the Output File Figure 8 38 Conversion Summary Dialog Box 206 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 Format REALM GETTING STARTED TUTORIAL EXAMPLE Monthly conversion one year per row on INFLOW1 Time 21 05 Date 19 12 2005 13 12 2 13 YEAR JANUARY FEBRUARY MARCH APRIL MAY JUNE JULY AUGUST SEPTEMBER OCTOBER NOVEMBER DECEMBER 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 2019 2020 2021 2022 oO JD bs AH Figure 8 39 Output File of Matrix of Monthly Values 207 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 8 4 2 FILE COMPRESSION Click on the Compression b
76. shows the buttons on the toolbar REALM System Editor File Edit Add View Help No systems file loaded Figure 5 1 REALM System Editor Window 38 REALM User Manual D Create a new REALM system Open a REALM format file s a Save a REALM system file E Print REALM system file r Print system to file R Select and Edit a node or a carrier Select and move a node or a carrier Q Zoom in Q Zoom out Edit the system file label es Edit restrictions Edit targets A Edit spill groups p Add a reservoir node gg Add an urban demand node OS Add a rural demand node Ga Add a stream junction node KA Add a pipe junction node e Add a stream terminator node N Add ariver carrier amp Add a pipe carrier Change the destination node of a carrier Change the node from which a carrier originates Change demand node type x Delete anode or a carrier KA Undo all actions up to and including last delete action Version 6 28 39 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 Customise NOE TXT ARC TXT Toggle node names on off Toggle carrier names on off D i Information Help Dk Exit System editor Figure 5 2 List of Buttons on the Toolbar 5 2 WORKING IN THE SYSTEM EDITOR This section provides some tips on the functions available for working efficiently in the System Editor 5 2 1 COPY AND PASTE This function copies and pastes the attributes of an existing node carrier onto another existing node carrier
77. six output options e stream junctions one output option e carriers four output options e water quality two output options The output files have the same format as streamflow and demand files They are text or ASCII files containing columns of data with several lines of header information 3 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 Seven utility programs are available to perform basic processing of these REALM output files They are e Plot e Filter e Rank e Format Conversion e Calculator e Merger e Replicate Analysis The users may write their own routines and use other application software such as Microsoft Excel to process the output data of these REALM output files It is also possible to save all output data of nodes and carriers in a database in binary form The required information on output can then be extracted through a utility called Data Base Extracttion This is a useful option for large water supply networks consisting of hundreds of nodes and carriers which eliminates the need to re run the simulation model with different run setups In addition there are two programs LP Solver and LP Extract which can be used for debugging of infeasible solutions of a REALM network It also includes a Streamflow Transformation utility which is used to alter inputs 1 4 TYPICAL APPLICATIONS OF REALM REALM allows modelling of single and multiple reservoir systems that are constructed for single and or multiple purposes
78. step Cancel Figure 4 8 Time Step Tab in REALM Options The modelling time step should be consistent with the data in the streamflow demand and system files For example if the time step is set as monthly in realm set file or in Figure 4 8 then the streamflow and demand data should be specified in months Similarly the capacities of carriers and other similar variables in the system file should be monthly values The check box If restrictions on apply each time step is used only for daily models with irrigation or rural demand restrictions If the check box is not checked allocations will be calculated on the first day of the month and the same allocation will be used for each day of the month If it is checked then allocations will be re calculated each day The check box Process Leap Years is used for daily models to recognise an extra day in leap years 4 4 7 2 OUTPUT FORMAT Click on the Formats tab of Run Options which displays the dialog box shown in Figure 4 9 This dialog box allows the user to change the default settings for the format of the output files The log file and other output files such as storage volume and flow files can be changed using the fields of Utility format and Simulation format respectively In Figure 4 9 f12 0 format has been used The user is referred to Section 2 2 for details of these FORTRAN format statements REALM will read data files that contain decimal p
79. steps 1 REALM calculates the volume of water carried over at each rural demand node DC2 at each time step 2 REALM adjusts the limit curve at each demand node depending on the accessible volume of water carried over from the previous season and the volume of water planned to be carried over to next time step The carryover algorithm is described in the Modelling Carryover in REALM File Note which may be downloaded by following the instructions under Section 1 5 3 Carryover types Carrying over unused water in storage from the previous year reduces the storage space available to harvest water for the current year s allocations The aim of two carryover methods developed is to prevent carryover having an adverse impact on allocations These methods available in REALM are Capped volume of carryover This method prevents individuals using more storage capacity than they are entitled to by limiting the volume of water available to an entitlement holder in any one year For example an entitlement holder s carryover from last year plus allocations from the current year could be capped at 100 of the volume of entitlement Spillable water accounts This method allows individuals to use more storage capacity than they are entitled to when there is spare capacity available This means that carryover water is only lost if the dams actually spill The volume of water that may be lost if dams spill is tracked in spillable water accounts
80. the Format Scatter Plot Data Series dialog box Figure 8 17 Each of the variables selected is shown in the left most column Note that the variable name is prefixed with the first eight characters of its filename in the descriptions of the variables This is the result of ticking the check box Include the file descriptor in the plot variable names in Figure 8 14 186 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 REALM Plotting elx Eile Plot Format Tools View Help Slalelglsl wel Zei Ble ale Scatter Plot 350074 3000 N 7 ZS FO19supp MELTON URBAN SUPP po 8 25004 gt 2 0 00 p i F019supp WERRIBEE IRR SUPP W D 1500 D ES N 1 0 00 7 D F019supp JBD INDUSTRIAL SUPP EEG 4 500 i H S S i CF see tl Tr 3 1 2 3 4 5 7 8 Y 10 1f T2 F019supp SEASON Eok Scatter Plot SF2 D AT STREAMI F2 DAT LOCAL RAIN 4 5 6 7 8 9 SF2 DAT SEASON DEM2 DAT DEMAND 1 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 SF2 DAT SEASON C realm WorkedExamples Figure 8 16 Separate Scatter Plots with Multiple Variables 187 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 In the Format Scatter Plot Data Series dialog box Figure 8 17 there are two columns headed Colour and Marker type respectively By selecting from the relevant drop down list the user can specify the colour and the marker type to represent each variable separately Click on oe button to accept the cha
81. the Period B flows Therefore it is not recommend to use this transformation for such studies Users of this transformation technique should have a good understanding of the theory and assumptions employed Output Options Cancel Figure 8 93 Summary of Inputs and User Warning Box Transformation by comparison of Flow Duration Curves The transformation by comparison of Flow Duration Curves FDCs method adjusts the before flows such that the FDC for before flows matches the FDC for after flows The following steps are followed to complete the transformation 1 The streamflow data are ranked from lowest to highest separately for Period A and for Period B 2 The ranked data are split into segments eg deciles or percentiles referred to as bins 3 The average flow is then calculated for each bin for Period A and separately for Period B 264 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 4 A conversion factor i e the ratio of average flow in Period B to average flow in Period A is calculated for each bin 5 For each flow value in Period A a transformed flow is derived by multiplying by the conversion factor that is applicable to that bin For very low flows the adjusted flows produced using the discretised FDC method typically are higher than those produced using the transformation by seasonal factors The FDC method generally produces transformed flow data that better match the distribution of th
82. the bottom of the dialog box as shown in Figure 8 31 and they are 1 Rank a single column of data additional column sorting 201 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 2 Rank all columns of data no sorting 8 3 1 RANK A SINGLE COLUMN OF DATA ADDITIONAL COLUMN SORTING Using this option the user is able to select the data column to be ranked and specify the other data columns to be sorted Select the Rank a single column of data additional column sorting radio button in the Rank Data dialog box Figure 8 31 Click the button The Rank and Sort Data dialog box Figure 8 32 is displayed Use the corresponding drop down box to place an r in the Action field next to the name of the column to be ranked Figure 8 32 Similarly the columns to be sorted and re sequenced corresponding to the ranked column can be assigned numeric values through their column names Leaving the combo box blank for a particular column name leaves this column out of sorting After entering ranking and sorting information to column names click on the button A message box as shown in Figure 8 33 will appear By clicking on M the output file will be opened with REALM Text Editor Clicking on EZ takes the user back to the REALM Program Manager Figure 4 1 202 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 Rank and Sort Data Select one column to rank and the order of sorting for the remaining columns ACTION N 1 v Cancel Figu
83. the first two columns were included in this file since this file was prepared from an endstors file of a previous REALM simulation For a multi replicate run the start storage volumes should be given for each streamflow replicate in Figure 6 15 Note also that there is only one reservoir with the name of Reservoir 1 included in this file but there can be additional columns for multiple reservoirs The reservoir names in this file should be correctly spelled including case as in the system files of this application To specify the reservoir initialisation file Click on Use initialisation file radio button Figure 6 14 This will activate the field next to the radio button 147 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 Click on the Browse button next to filename field Use the standard browsing operations to locate and select the reservoir initialisation file from this directory or from any other directory Files can be listed according to the file type to assist the user in selecting the required file The available file types are Initial reservoir RI Data files dat and All files REALM INITIAL STORAGES Prepared by Chris Perera Victoria University of Technology Date 07 06 2001 REALM User s Manual GES D 1F12 0 3 REPLICATE restart rec Reservoir 1 0 Figure 6 15 Format of a Reservoir Initialisation File To specify initial reservoir volumes Click on the radio button Specify initial volumes
84. the option selected in the Carryover high or low reliability share first drop down box Loss to evaporation Specify the percentage of the carried over water lost to evaporation in the Evaporation loss of carried over water field Enabling spillable water accounts Select the check box Carryover with spillable water account to model carryover with spillable water accounts Spill group Selecting the check box Carryover with spillable water accounts activates the Spill group field Enter a spill group for this demand node Each spill group also requires that variable capacity carriers be defined which control the spill trigger and spill volume for that group These carriers are specified in the Spill groups dialog box which is accessed by selecting the Edit Spill groups menu item or Clicking on the EN Edit spill groups button in the System Editor window Figure 5 1 Desired carryover function The user must also define the Desired carryover function The Desired carryover function indicates how much water irrigators will choose to carryover depending on the effective allocation at a particular time step in the season Similar to the limit 74 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 curve the user should enter percentage effective allocation values into the Effective Allocation field and percentage carryover values into the Desired Carryover field REALM automatically calcul
85. the user clicks the Edit Model Parameters button will vary PRIDE Version w2 0 and PRIDE Version w1 1 Selecting either PRIDE version w2 0 or w1 1 in the Demand Model drop down box and then clicking the Edit Model Parameters button produces the dialog box shown in Figure 5 17 There are six tabs which must be completed to enter the PRIDE model parameters 63 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 PRIDE Parameters x Parameters Season Crop Data Channel Efficiency Factors Climate Data Evaporation Data Timeseries EVAP 79028 Rainfall Data Timeseries DI RAIN 73023 Fraction 0 50000 Iw Rainfall Data Timeseries 2 RAIN 73023 Fraction 0 50000 Rainfall Data Timeseries 3 Fraction Cancel Figure 5 17 Model Setup Tab of PRIDE Model Parameters Dialog Box Model Setup Under the Model Setup tab Figure 5 17 enter the climate data to be used for the model run In the Evaporation Data Timeseries field enter a name corresponding with the column name of an evaporation data timeseries in the crop model input files Note that a column name in one of the streamflow or demand files will not be recognised for input into a PRIDE model Similarly column names in the crop model input files cannot be referenced in carriers or other locations As per the standalone version of PRIDE the user has the option to enter up to three rainfall data timeseries The first timeseries name is specifie
86. the user to the current project directory i e in this case C realm Double click on the required streamflow file or Select the required streamflow file and click SZ This will display the streamflow file with its path on row 1 as shown in Figure 6 10 For applications with several streamflow files follow the above procedure for row 2 etc to select the other streamflow files Click on to close the Flow files dialog box and return to the REALM Setup window Figure 6 3 The button takes the user back to REALM Setup window without saving the entered information in Figure 6 10 6 4 2 DEMAND FILES To specify the demand file s Click on the Files Demands menu item from the REALM Setup window Figure 6 3 or Click on the Ei Specify demand files button The Demand files dialog box is displayed which is very similar to the Flow files dialog box as shown in Figure 6 10 for streamflow files Follow the same procedure to select demand file s as for streamflow file s 141 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 Flow files dialog C realm1 Realm1 werrcapc sf 2 E 5 l 8 E OK Cancel Figure 6 10 Streamflow Files Dialog Box with a Streamflow File 6 4 3 CROP MODEL DATA FILES To specify the input file s for the irrigation demand models Click on Files Irrigation Demand Model menu item of the REALM Setup window used or Click on the Specify irrigation demand model files
87. to Specify number of segments EndDate 19971200 Minimum of 1 ER ob of flow values 432 Maximum of 114 Period B Start Date 19980100 EndDate 20070600 of flow values 114 All Dates given in yyyymm OK Cancel Help Figure 8 94 Streamflow Transformation Enter Number of Segments Dialog Box Note that hitting the X button displays the text box in Figure 8 95 266 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 About restrictions on number of segments x m Help on this input The lower bound for this input is 1 For an explanation of this restriction please see the general information box below The upper bound for this input is as follows the number of flow values in the shorter of Period A and Period B eg in a monthly series three years long number of flow values is 36 The upper bound limit ensures that each segment has at least one flow value in it See below for more information General information on choosing number of segments This method of streamflow transformation works by comparing two flow duration curves the curve from Period A and the curve from Period B The method transforms Period amp flows by multiplying by the following ratio of flow averages Period B Period Al Therefore the result of the transformation depends on the way the averages are calculated The input number of segments allow the user to specify that they prefer averages over percentiles of the
88. to 2014 1995 Jan 1996 Jun 1996 1996 Jul 1996 Jun 1997 1997 Jul 1997 Jun 1998 2013 Jul 2013 Jun 2014 2014 Jul 2014 Dec 2014 Select the required options for computing statistics i e monthly annual or both For both monthly and annual statistics options either ALL SITES or a particular site i e a column of data from the input file can be selected If ALL SITES is selected only one statistic from Average Minimum Maximum Percentage of zeros and Percentiles can be selected and then the output for both monthly and annual statistics will contain only this statistic for ALL SITES On the other hand if a column of data or one site is selected the user can select any number of statistics from the list of Average Minimum Maximum Percentage of zeros and Percentiles and then the output for both monthly and annual statistics will contain the selected statistics for the selected site If Percentiles is selected the user is able to specify the values of Percentiles P1 to P10 Enter the selection as required and press YA This will create the requested output files will take the user back to Replicate Utilities Dialog box of Figure 8 63 A part of the monthly statistics output file showing the average of replicates for ALL SITES is shown in Figure 8 65 In this case ALL SITES and Average have been selected in Figure 8 64 and the input data file of Figure 8 54 has been used The corresponding annual statistics file is s
89. to create an output file or a merged file with SEASON YEAR and STREAM1 as separate columns and another column as the difference between PAN EVAP and LOCAL RAIN Note that all these data columns are from C REALM utilitytesting SF2 DAT only although additional columns from other files can be considered in a similar way with appropriate numeric digits Merger File Utility Input Files ile 1 C REALM utiitytesting SF2 DAT ile 2 C REALMuutilityte sting SF1 DAT ile 3 Output file name C REALM utilitytesting aut OK Cancel Figure 8 50 Merger File Utility Dialog Box The output file corresponding to the selection shown in is given in Figure 8 52 If the selected files cover different time periods then a warning message will appear as shown in Figure 8 53 giving the user the option to either proceed with the merger of the concurrent data only or to cancel the merger 217 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 Merger File Column Selection ___ColumNeme Merge Column lt O t rm m m r ro Figure 8 51 Merger File Column Selection Dialog Box 218 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 E HA STREAMFLOW DATA FILE HISTORICAL MONTHLY STREAMFLOW DATAFILE TEST DATA DATE 20 JUL 1990 4212 2 4 SEASON YEAR STREAM1 Columns added here 00 1982 00 1982 00 1982 00 1982 00 1982 00 1982 00 1982 00 1982 00 1982 00 1982 00 1982 00 1982 00 1983 00 1
90. user is interested in information only on certain carriers The default is no carriers selected The selection of carriers is explained in Section 6 6 1 It is also possible to save the output options settings for later loading and modification This aspect is explained in Section 6 6 2 6 6 1 CARRIERS If carrier output options i e Flows ae Losses and or Sub Equation Results are selected clicking on the SHG MEGAH button allows the user to select individual carriers in the output files As stated earlier this is useful when a system has a large number of carriers and the user does not want to study the results of all these carriers This is designed to reduce the size of the carrier output files By clicking on the button a dialog box Figure 6 23 with the complete list of carriers will be displayed with all the carriers extracted from all the system files of this REALM application The user can select carriers to be included in the carrier output files by ticking the boxes next to the carrier names The results of REALM i e flows capacity and or losses for all selected carriers will be included in the carrier output files Note that if more than 97 carriers are selected a dialog box with the following text is displayed You have selected gt 97 carriers which is more than some REALM utilities can process Do you wish to proceed 155 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 Select arc data to be saved N
91. water authorities The restriction triggers in this figure can be considered in the form of percentage of AAD or in absolute values The upper and lower rule curve the base demand four intermediate restriction levels and zones are also shown in the figure The lower rule curve in this figure is shown to have a constant value for each month although if it is not a necessary requirement 108 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 The Intermediate Zones block in the Restrictions dialog box Figure 5 37 allows user to enter the details of the immediate zones In this figure four intermediate zones are considered These intermediate zones are consistent with Figure 5 38 As can be seen from Figure 5 37 the Relative Position of the last level must be 100 which defines the lower rule curve Upper Rule Curve Level 0 Level Level2 Leuel 3 Level 4 Lower Rule Curve Total System Storage as D of AAD Base Demand Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Now Dec Month Figure 5 38 Typical Urban Restriction Rule Curves The Relative Position defines the intermediate restriction level as a percentage of the difference of upper and lower rule curves from the upper rule curve Therefore the Relative Position of Level 4 must be 100 As mentioned earlier only the restrictable demand i e component of the demand between unrestricted and base is restricted by the Percent Restrictable relevant to the restriction zone Table 5
92. with Graticules Format Legend Dialog Box Dialog Box Displaying Plot Data 108 109 110 111 111 112 113 115 116 117 117 119 120 Version 6 28 ix REALM User Manual Figure 8 13 Figure 8 14 Figure 8 15 Figure 8 16 Figure 8 17 Figure 8 18 Figure 8 19 Figure 8 20 Figure 8 21 Figure 8 22 Figure 8 23 Figure 8 24 Figure 8 25 Figure 8 26 Figure 8 27 Figure 8 28 Figure 8 29 Figure 8 30 Figure 8 31 Figure 8 32 Figure 8 33 Figure 8 34 Figure 8 35 Figure 8 36 Figure 8 37 Figure 8 38 Figure 8 39 Figure 8 40 Figure 8 41 Figure 8 42 Figure 8 43 Figure 8 44 Figure 8 45 Figure 8 46 Figure 8 47 Figure 8 48 Figure 8 49 Figure 8 50 Figure 8 51 Figure 8 52 Figure 8 53 Figure 8 54 Figure 8 55 Figure 8 56 Figure 8 57 Figure 8 58 Figure 8 59 Figure 8 60 Figure 8 61 Figure 8 62 Figure 8 63 Figure 8 64 Figure 8 65 Figure 8 66 Version 6 28 Digitise Data on Plot Box 184 Scatter Plot Configuration Dialog Box 185 Single Scatter Plot with Multiple Variables and Legend Displayed 187 Separate Scatter Plots with Multiple Variables 187 Format Scatter Plot Data Series Dialog Box 188 Format Scatter Plot Titles Dialog Box 189 Format Scatter Plot Axes Dialog Box 189 Example of a Scatter Plot with Graticules 191 Format Legend Dialog Box 191 Information Dialog Box for Digitising Data on Scatter Plots 192 Digitise Data on Plot Dialog Box 192 Create Temporary Variables Dialog Box 193 Edit Temporary Variable Na
93. xxx time steps This Type is valid for any simulation time step Carrier name xxx Capacity MOKOAN MOKOAN corresponding to a OUTLET and OUTLET is a previous time step 060 carrier in the lagged by xxx time system file steps This Type is 060 is the valid for any capacity of the simulation time step carrier at the previous 60th time step Note if the referred flow or capacity is corresponding to a time step before the first time step zero is used for the system variable of flow or capacity Carrier name SALN Water quality default SMALL SMALL RIVER TURB parameters in RIVER and is a carrier in COLR realm set file TURB the system file Keywords TOTAL STOR Start season total TOTAL STORAGE SSTO storage STORAGE and ESTO Keywords TOTAL ESTO End season total STORAGE storage atthe end of iteration 22 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 Variable Sub group Type Type Description Variable Remarks Name Name amp Type Keywords TOTAL UNRS Total unrestricted TOTAL DEMAND demand DEMAND and SUPP Keywords TOTAL REST Total restricted DEMAND demand Keywords TOTAL SUPP Total demand DEMAND actually supplied Keywords YEAR TIME Run time dates such as year month and season Keywords SEASON TIME Keywords CURRENT TIME MONTH Keywords LINEAR TIME Keywords Streamflow STRM Inflow data from a EILDON EILDON streamflow file INFLOW and INFLOW is a STRM colu
94. zone of all reservoirs is used or the demand is fully satisfied which ever reaches first If the demand is not fully met still then the second zone if exists of the reservoir with the drawdown priority of the lowest number is used again and so on The procedure is repeated until the demand is fully met The same logic applies to the above target zones In this case the number of zones is defined based on the storage volume between the maximum capacity and the reservoir target If two or more reservoirs go above target the first zone of the reservoir with the drawdown priority of the highest number is recharged followed by the first zone of the reservoir with the drawdown priority of the next highest number and so on The procedure is similar to the case of below targets and is followed until excess water above targets is used to recharge the above target reservoirs 5 4 4 3 RESERVOIR EVAPORATION Loss of water from reservoirs can be significant in the overall balance of water in the water supply system Losses can be evaporation and or seepage Rainfall falling on the reservoir increases its volume These losses and gains can be modelled via reservoir evaporation in the reservoir node These losses gains are modelled in REALM as a linear equation as shown in Equations 5 1 and 5 2 Where Evaporation mm B Evaporation Data A Rainfall Data 51 Net Evaporation ML Evaporation mm Surface Area Ha 100 5 2 B Pan Evaporation
95. 0 River 1 99999999 River 2 S 99999999 Figure 7 3 Example of a REALM Simulation Log File 165 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 7 2 2 REALM FORMAT OUTPUT FILES As outlined in Section 6 6 REALM can generate several output files which fall into different categories Several examples of REALM format output files containing a wide variety of information are given in REALM Worked Examples Manual Victoria University and Department of Sustainability and Environment 2005 Naming convention for output files The REALM format output files follow an explicit naming convention First four letters Given by the first 4 letters from the log filename specified at beginning of Setup program as shown in Figure 6 6 under Section 6 3 1 Next four letters Given by the system to specify the aspect property characteristic of the type of the output considered Extension two letters Given by the system to distinguish different types of output categories This is the standard convention for output filenames except for files containing water quality information This filename convention is shown in Figure 7 4 The first four letters are extracted from the log filename For example a REALM run with a simulation log filename of testing log which had requested output files of reservoir storages demand restriction levels carrier flows and capacities will generate the corresponding output files named testing log teststor rv testlul
96. 1 1 Ofix 0 0 27 Comment Recommended env min flow d s Lerderderweir Section 2 28 ENV FLOW 2 ML D River 22 23 0 3 Ofix 0 0 28 Comment Env flow of 2 ML d 29 1 D S BM WEIR ENV River 4 16 5000000 2 Ofix 0 0 29 Comment Werr R d s BM weir amp u s of Above Meltinflows Env flow 12 ML d 30 NAT FLOW U S BM Pipe 22 23 1 0 Ofix 0 0 30 Comment Sum of natural inflows u s of BM weir 31 GOODMANS D S WEIR River 28 19 10 0 Ofix 0 0 31 32 ENV D S PYKES CK Pipe 12 4 50000000 2 Ofix 0 0 32 Comment Minimum env flow in Werribee R d s Pykes Ck forces thro high ve penalty 33 WERRIBEE U S PYRITES River 15 27 50000000 2 Ofix 0 0 33 34 EXCESS FLOW Pipe Ts 27 100 0 Ofix 0 0 34 Comment Discharge excess 35 RELEASES FROM PYKES Pipe 1 29 0 0 Ofix 0 0 35 Comment to model the dead storage explicitly Minimum Flows No Name Jan Feb Mar Apl May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec 17 LERD D S GOOD 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2480 2400 2480 0 0 18 LOWER LERD 1178 1074 1178 1140 1178 1140 1178 3100 3000 3100 1800 1178 25 ENV SECTION 1 930 848 930 900 930 900 1550 1550 1500 1550 1500 930 27 ENV SECTION 2 1178 1074 1178 1140 1178 1140 1178 3100 3000 3100 1800 1178 Maximum Flows No Name Jan Feb Mar Apl May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec 3 UPPER WEIR OVERFLOW 99999999 99999999 99999999 99999999 99999999 99999999 99999999 99999999 99999999 99999999 99999999 99999999 4 PYKES CK SPILL 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 5 WERRIBEE D S PYKES 99999999 99999999 99999999 99999999 99999999 99999
97. 1 GENERAL The streamflow file consists of seasonal i e monthly weekly or daily streamflow and climatic parameters They can be either historic or generated data The streamflow data represent the unregulated inflows into the system which are available for harvest at reservoirs and or stream junctions The streamflow data at the nodes should represent the flow from the intermediate catchments That is the streamflow data at a harvesting node should be the streamflow generated from the catchments between this node and the adjacent upstream harvesting node s The climatic variables such as temperature and rainfall are used to model the reservoir evaporation losses Variables known as climatic indices are used to compute seasonally adjusted monthly demands from annual demands The use of climatic variables and climatic indices in REALM is discussed in Section 5 4 4 3 and Section 5 5 1 respectively under reservoir and demand node editing 2 2 STRUCTURE OF STREAMFLOW FILES The streamflow file has a specific format as listed below e identifying label should be 2 e four lines of documentation titles etc describing streamflow data e FORTRAN format of data e number of data items should be within the first 4 columns of this line e data item labels up to 20 characters per label e data The first line should always be 2 which is the streamflow file identifier The next four lines should be used to include the infor
98. 2 Nov 2 Dec 2 2 PYKES DIV2 v 999999 23920 20000 15000 10000 5000 0 9999999 0 0 0 0 Fn Name E 0 0 3920 8920 13920 18920 23920 23920 0 0 0 0 Equation used 2 1 3 1 PYKES CK RES Type STOR 2 PYKES CK REL Type FLOW 21 3 PYKES CK INFLOWS Type STRM Capacity set option 0 off 1 prev 2 recalc Jan 2 Feb 2 Mar 2 Apl 2 May 2 Jun 2 Jul 2 Aug 2 Sep 2 Oct 2 Nov 2 Dec 2 22 BM OPER SPILL V 0 100 1000 10000 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Fn Name C 0 30 230 2000 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Equation used 1 2 3 1 BM IRRIGATION Type SUPP 2 CSR FACTORY Type SUPP 3 BM OUTSIDE SALES Type SUPP Capacity set option 0 off 1 prev 2 recalc Jan 2 Feb 2 Mar 2 Ap1 2 May 2 Jun 2 Jul 2 Aug 2 Sep 2 Oct 2 Nov 2 Dec 2 29 1 D S BM WEIR ENV v 0 100 999999 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Fn Name E 0 100 999999 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Equation used IF 3 1 2 5 3 3 MIN 3 2 1 6 0 2 1 ENV FLOW 2 ML D Type CAPC 28 2 BM OPER SPILL Type FLOW 22 3 NAT FLOW U S BM Type CAPC 30 Capacity set option 0 off 1 prev 2 recalc Jan 2 Feb 2 Mar 2 Apl 2 May 2 Jun 2 Jul 2 Aug 2 Sep 2 Oct 2 Nov 2 Dec 2 30 NAT FLOW U S BM V 999999 0 999999 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Fn Name Cc 999999 0 999999 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Equation used 1 2 3 1 WERRIBEE BALLAN Type STRM 2 PYKES CK INFLOWS Type STRM 3 INFLOW BET N WEIRS Type STRM Capacity set option 0 off 1 prev 2 recalc Jan 2 Feb 2 Mar 2 Apl 2 May 2 Jun 2 Jul 2 Aug 2 Sep 2 Oct
99. 2 Nov 2 Dec 2 33 WERRIBEE U S PYRITES V GREENART 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Fn Name E Dee 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Equation used 1 1 DISCHARGE Type STRM Capacity set option 0 off 1 prev 2 recalc Jan 0 Feb 0 Mar 0 Apl 0 May 0 Jun 0 Jul 0 Aug 0 Sep 0 Oct 0 Nov 0 Dec 0 35 RELEASES FROM PYKES V 999999 0 999999 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Fn Name G 9399939 0 999999 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Equation used 1 2 1 PYKES CK RES Type ESTO 128 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 2 1190 Type NUMB Previous flow solution is added to new capacity Capacity set option 0 off 1 prev 2 recalc Jan 2 Feb 2 Mar 2 Apl 2 May 2 Jun 2 Jul 2 Aug 2 Sep 2 Oct Number of target sets 1 Target set 1 Jan Feb Mar Apl May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Name Draw Pri Targets PYKES CK RES 1 1190 3716 6241 8767 11292 13818 16343 18869 21394 totals 1190 3716 6241 8767 11292 13818 16343 18869 21394 Number of restriction groups 1 NB Each restriction group is treated separately with its own rule curve definitions for urban demand groups for irrigation demand groups by its allocations functions Restriction Group 1 Type Irrigation demand centers Reservoirs Demands carriers in Group in Group PYKES CK RES BM IRRIGATION BM OUTSIDE SALES Allocation period from 8 to 4 Only ve midseasonal changes in allocation allowed The unrestricted allocation reference is 220 The average efficiency of deliveries from Headworks to the farm gate is assumed to be 72
100. 246 Figure 8 75 Changing Arc Capacity in LP Solver Edit Arcs Dialog Box 247 Figure 8 76 LP Solver Output Showing a Feasible Solution 248 Figure 8 77 LP Solver Select Iteration Dialog Box 249 Figure 8 78 Template Jos File 250 Figure 8 79 LP Extract Window 250 Figure 8 80 LP Extract Select Arcs Window 251 Figure 8 81 Output File from LP Extract 251 Figure 8 82 Streamflow Transformation Enter Input File Dialog Box 253 Figure 8 83 Streamflow Transformation Enter Break Point Date Dialog Box 254 Figure 8 84 Break Point Date Help Text Box 255 Figure 8 85 Break Point Date Analysis Text Box 256 Figure 8 86 Plot of a Single Mass Curve File for Flynn s Creek red and Eaglehawk Creek blue in the Latrobe Catchment 256 Figure 8 87 Plot of a Ratio of Averages File for Flynn s Creek red and Eaglehawk Creek blue in the Latrobe Catchment 258 Figure 8 88 Plot of a Ratio of Averages File for Hollands Creek in the Broken River Catchment In this case the successively higher peaks in ROA value make it difficult to choose a breakpoint using this method 259 Figure 8 89 About Customised Settings Text Box 260 Figure 8 90 Customised Settings Dialog Box 261 Figure 8 91 Original red and transformed flows blue for Traralgon Creek during the 1990s subject to the seasonal transformation described in Figure with a January 1997 breakpoint this a portion of the series 1957 2006 262 Figure 8 92 Define Seasons Dialog Box 263 Figure 8 93 Summ
101. 28 e Filtering data greater than a specified value e Filtering data less than a specified value e Filtering data equal to a specified value e Filtering data not equal to a specified value Numeric Filter Specify one filter option and a data value to limit the records passed to the output file Not selecting a column name applies an DR boolean filter to all non date data columns Selecting a column name applies the filter to just the selected column Filter Options Ze Greater than data value Less than data value C Equal to data value C Not equal to data value Data Value 30 000 Column name PAN EVAP v Cancel Figure 8 29 Numeric Filter Dialog Box Only one selection can be made from the four filtering options listed in the dialog box Select the appropriate Filter options radio button and enter the data value corresponding to the selection in the Data Value field Figure 8 29 Use the drop down box next to Column name to specify which column the data are to be filtered by When no column is selected in Column name the records which satisfy the numeric condition in any data column will be passed to the output file Restricting the Column name to a specific column of data will pass to the output file those records in the selected column that satisfy the numeric condition This utility is useful for removing zeros from a file and highlighting storage volumes carrier flows restriction levels
102. 692 5402 4 5 RESERVOIR CONNECTOR 1 2 50 6078 5081 Si 6 Reservoir Ecn 1 6 501000 49905 0 6 7 Reservoir Ecn 6 ab 101000 50095 5 T 8 Reservoir Ecn 1 6 3100000 100000000 0 8 9 Reservoir Ecn 6 1 60000000 0 0 9 10 Reservoir Ecn 2 6 500000 20868 0 10 11 Reservoir Ecn 6 2 102000 39132 Ore SEI 12 Reservoir Ecn 2 6 3100000 100000000 D 12 13 Reservoir Ecn 6 2 60000000 0 0 13 14 Demand Ecn 7 3 50001000 8843 0 14 15 Demand Ecn 4 6 2000000 100000000 0 15 16 Demand Ecn 5 6 2000000 100000000 0 16 236 REA LM User Manual Version 6 28 17 18 19 20 21 22 Node NINSUBwWMNH It 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 ER OO JO UD GA b 3 Losses Ecn Losses Ecn Losses Ecn Losses Ecn Losses Ecn Bypass Ecn Details RESERVOIR A RESERVOIR B ELTX STRM TERM A STRM TERM B Ecn Node Ecn Node eration Flags DO_FF_AGAIN DO_S_AGAIN DO_L_AGAIN DO_B_AGAIN DO_CS_AGAIN DO_AT_LEAST_AGAIN DO_GD_CAP_AGAIN N 5 N OO OV OV OD OV J WW Ui vs 9498 321 9824 CO OO Om CH 55000010 55000020 55000030 55000040 55000050 0 YANO BWNHE sum of node requirements 100000000 100000000 100000000 100000000 100000000 100000000 CO OO OOOO OO CH t7 18 19 20 21 22 237 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 wee END RUN TIME MESSAGES SUMMARY INFORMATION Re
103. 82 REP 1 Seas 1 Year 1982 Repl 1 Arc Details 1 Pipe 1 L 3 0 100 0 I 2 Pipe 2 2 3 0 100 0 2 3 Pipe 3 3 5 0 99999999 0 3 4 River 3 4 0 99999999 0 4 5 Demand Ecn 7 5 50001000 2700 0 5 6 Demand Ecn 4 6 2000000 100000000 0 6 7 Bypass Ecn 6 7 0 100000000 0 F Node Details 1 Strm Junction 1 416 1 2 Strm Junction 2 416 2 3 Strm Junction 3 0 3 4 Stream Terminator 0 4 5 DEMAND 1 2700 gt 6 Ecn Node 1868 6 7 Ecn Node 0 7 0 sum of node requirements This log file contains additional information which may help to identify bottleneck Seas 1 Year 1982 Repl 1 Arc Details 1 Pipe 1 1 3 0 100 100 1 2 Pipe 2 2 3 0 100 100 2 3 Pipe 3 3 5 0 99999999 200 3 4 River 3 4 0 99999999 0 4 5 Demand Ecn S 5 50001000 2700 2500 5 6 Demand Ecn 4 6 2000000 100000000 0 6 7 Bypass Ecn 6 7 0 100000000 2500 7 8 Bottleneck debug arc ab 6 90000000 99999999 316 8 9 Bottleneck debug arc 2 6 90000000 99999999 316 9 10 Bottleneck debug arc 3 6 90000000 99999999 0 10 11 Bottleneck debug arc 4 6 90000000 99999999 D EI 12 Bottleneck debug arc 6 5 90000000 99999999 0 12 Node Details 1 Strm Junction 1 416 1 2 Strm Junction 2 416 2 3 Strm Junction 3 0 3 4 Stream Terminator 0 4 5 DEMAND 1 2700 5 6 Ecn Node 1868 6 7 Ecn Node 0 ge 0 sum of node requirements Figure 8 70 Typical LP Dump Created by an Infeasible Solution Often the above process will show up some deficiency in the system description Users should look at ways
104. 93 15859 9 00 1581 00 1893 11982 S S 00 1626 00 1893 15330 S o e 00 2855 00 1893 43700 d d H 00 11658 00 1893 264141 2 A 00 74496 00 1893 371101 5 d 5 00 101242 00 1893 260088 a A 00 61869 00 1893 419559 5 F F 00 118968 VO OO JO UO GA A Figure 2 1 Part of a Streamflow File F Format On the other hand Figure 2 2 has data items defined as integer values I However each data item occupies different number of digits in a row Figure 2 3 shows the number of digits occupied by different data items in the file shown in Figure 2 2 The FORTRAN format statement in this case is 12 16 113 17 315 Alternatively this can be written as 12 16 113 17 15 15 15 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 2 REALM GETTING STARTED TUTORIAL EXAMPLE STREAMFLOW DATA JULY 1997 12 16 113 17 315 7 SEASON YEAR INFLOW1 INFLOW2 CLINX RAIN EVAP VO OO JO UB WD Figure 2 2 Part of a Streamflow File I Format Data Item Data Column Name Number of Digits SEASON YEAR INFLOW 1 INFLOW2 CLINX RAIN EVAP Figure 2 3 Number of Columns Occupied by Data Items to Define FORTRAN Format Statement The use of REPLICATE is optional for a single replicate of streamflow and is used only when multiple replicates of streamflow data are used In this case an additional column of data is required to define the REPLICATE When preparing the data for each time reference
105. 948 00 4230 00 1728 00 115 00 4623 00 10578 00 926 00 110 00 5508 00 1400 00 667 00 110 00 4422 00 1550 00 451 00 105 00 i 2814 00 1230 00 302 00 100 00 2345 00 2100 00 256 00 100 00 2345 00 3460 00 723 00 90 00 1809 00 7760 00 1567 00 90 00 1507 00 12350 00 5313 00 ZL Figure 8 12 Dialog Box Displaying Plot Data Time series data Season 3 Year 2812 STRM1 DA INFLOW1 STRM1 DA INFLOW2 STRM1 DA CLINX STRM1 DA RAIN STRM1 DA EUAP Januflow RES A TO S Januflow RES B TO S Januflow RES A TO C Figure 8 13 Digitise Data on Plot Box 184 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 8 1 4 SCATTER PLOTTING Once the required REALM format files are loaded the time series plotting scatter plotting and data transformation menu items as well as their respective buttons become active as shown in Figure 8 2 By selecting the Plot Scatter plot menu item or clicking on the Ze Scatterplot button of REALM Plotting window Figure 8 2 the user is presented with the Scatter Plot dialog box Figure 8 14 Scatter Plot Select file x variable C realm SF2 DAT v Add gt mmm Select variable Y variable s LOCAL RAIN Display as separate plots Vv Include file descriptor in plot variable names Cancel Figure 8 14 Scatter Plot Configuration Dialog Box The Select file combo box contains the file s selected by the user Section 8 1 2 When a file is selected all the variables
106. 983 00 1983 Bi 2 3 4 I 6 7 8 9 10 1983 1983 1983 1984 1984 1984 1984 1984 1984 Figure 8 52 Merger Output File Corresponding to Selection Warning End dates of the Following files are not equal C Realm1 Output Filter C Realm1 hist1913_2003 sfl Merger Only The Concurrent Data OK Cancel Figure 8 53 Message Box Displayed for SEASON Incompatibility in Input Files 8 7 REPLICATE ANALYSIS The Replicate Analysis utility is used in multi replicate mode to get an idea of risk associated with the decision variables Multi replicate simulation can be done in two ways in REALM as follows Multi replicate run with an annual demand file and the historical seasonal streamflow file In this case the streamflow replicates are generated within REALM 219 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 by concatenating the streamflow sequence by itself and starting each sequence with data corresponding to a different year but continuing for N number of years where N is the number of years in historic streamflow data sequence This method can generate a maximum of N streamflow replicates which are different to each other These data are commonly known as recycled data The recycled data concept and methodology in generating these data are described in McMahon and Mein 1986 The annual demand is considered to be the same for each replicate in the REALM simulation This approach i e recycled data gen
107. 99 9999999 9999999 9 UPPER DIVERSIONS 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 20 NEWLYN SUPPLY 820 820 820 820 820 820 820 820 820 820 820 820 21 PYKES CK REL 9999999 9999999 9999999 9999999 9999999 9999999 9999999 9999999 9999999 9999999 9999999 9999999 23 LIMIT OPER SPILL 200 200 200 0 0 0 0 500 500 500 500 200 24 EXCESS RELIEF 9999999 9999999 9999999 9999999 9999999 9999999 9999999 9999999 9999999 9999999 9999999 9999999 25 ENV SECTION 1 930 848 930 900 930 900 1550 1550 1500 1550 1500 930 127 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 26 SPILLS MIN ENV FLOWS 9999999 9999999 9999999 9999999 9999999 9999999 9999999 9999999 9999999 9999999 9999999 9999999 27 ENV SECTION 2 1178 1074 1178 1140 1178 1140 1178 3100 3000 3100 1800 1178 28 ENV FLOW 2 ML D 62 56 62 60 62 60 62 62 60 62 60 62 31 GOODMANS D S WEIR 999999999999999999999999999999999999999999999999999999999999999999999999999999999999999999999999999999999999 32 ENV D S PYKES CK 1 55 142 155 150 155 150 155 1 55 150 155 150 155 34 EXCESS FLOW 9999999 9999999 9999999 9999999 9999999 9999999 9999999 9999999 9999999 9999999 9999999 9999999 Functional Capacities No Name pt1 pt2 pt3 pt4 pts pt6 pt7 pt8 pt9 pt10 pti1 pt12 1 PYKES DIV1 V 0 900 1500 5700 10000 20000 9999999 0 0 0 0 0 Fn Name c 0 900 1400 4700 7500 9600 9600 0 0 0 0 0 Equation used 1 1 WERRIBEE BALLAN Type STRM Capacity set option 0 off 1 prev 2 recalc Jan 2 Feb 2 Mar 2 Apl 2 May 2 Jun 2 Jul 2 Aug 2 Sep 2 Oct
108. 999 99999999 99999999 99999999 99999999 99999999 99999999 6 TO BM IRRIGATION 3255 3045 3255 3150 3255 3150 3255 3255 3150 3255 3150 3255 7 TO CSR FACTORY 3255 3040 3255 3150 3255 3150 3255 3150 3150 3255 3150 3255 8 BM OFFTAKE 3255 3045 3255 3150 3255 3150 3255 3255 3150 3255 3150 3255 9 WERRIBEE U S BM WEIR 99999999 99999999 99999999 99999999 99999999 99999999 99999999 99999999 99999999 99999999 99999999 99999999 0 FROM INFL BTWN WEIRS 99999999 99999999 99999999 99999999 99999999 99999999 99999999 99999999 99999999 99999999 99999999 99999999 1 TO BM OUTSIDE SALES 3255 3045 3255 3150 3255 3150 3255 3255 3150 3255 3150 3255 2 WERRIBEE D S BM 99999999 99999999 99999999 99999999 99999999 99999999 99999999 99999999 99999999 99999999 99999999 99999999 3 WERRIBEE U S PARWON 99999999 99999999 99999999 99999999 99999999 99999999 99999999 99999999 99999999 99999999 99999999 99999999 4 WERRIBEE U S LERD 99999999 99999999 99999999 99999999 99999999 99999999 99999999 99999999 99999999 99999999 99999999 99999999 5 FROM INFL U S MELTON 99999999 99999999 99999999 99999999 99999999 99999999 99999999 99999999 99999999 99999999 99999999 99999999 6 FROM PARWON CK 99999999 99999999 99999999 99999999 99999999 99999999 99999999 99999999 99999999 99999999 99999999 99999999 7 LERD D S GOOD 99999999 99999999 99999999 99999999 99999999 99999999 99999999 99999999 99999999 99999999 99999999 99999999 8 LOWER LERD 9999999 9999999 9999999 9999999 9999999 9999999 9999999 9999999 9999999 99999
109. AGE Figure 5 46 Target Storage Curves for a Two Reservoir System To set Reservoir Targets Click on the Edit Targets menu item in the System Editor window or Click on the Edit Targets button Figure 5 1 The Targets dialog box is displayed Figure 5 47 Note that all reservoirs included in the system file are extracted and their names listed as rows under the Reservoir Name column of the Assign Reservoirs to systems for the target volume calculation block Edit Target Groups Assign Reservoirs to Systems for Target Volume Calculations Assign Target Groups Number of systems in network 7 H Number of target groups 12 E SCHERER 1 LAKE EILDON 3 GOULB WEIR 3 WARANGA BASIN 4 GREENS LAKE 5 LAKE EPPALOCK 6 MALMSBURY RES 7 LAURISTON RES a UP COLIBAN RES a CAMPASPE RESERVOIR CAIRN C RES LAAN WEIR TULL RES CAMP SUP USED System D Number of points on 5 ove Target me 10 H If a storage is placed in system zero it will be allocated a zero target volume at all times Target Group Figure 5 47 Target Curve Setup Tab in Targets Dialog Box 117 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 5 8 1 TARGET CURVE SETUP Experience in combining system networks revealed that the behaviour of the combined system was different to the behaviour of the individual systems simulated separately even though in some cases there are no inte
110. ALM User Manual Version 6 28 variable X which is defined based on the last month of the irrigation season If the end of the irrigation season or the last month of the irrigation season is April then May is considered as the start of the irrigation season or X 1 X 2 for June X 3 for July x 12 for April for computational purposes in the limit curve equation i e Equation 5 4 The shape of the curve represented by the parabolic equation defined by Equation 5 4 and generally follows the water usage pattern from approximately the middle of the irrigation season to the end of the season as seen in Figure 5 15 The parameters a b and c determine the cumulative restricted demand and are estimated from the maximum delivery for the irrigation season Limit and the percentage fraction fraction from Equations 5 5 5 7 acceptable fit with a certain value of trail Water Delwery ML Aus Dec Apr Figure 5 15 Typical Irrigation Delivery Curve and Curve Fitting Fraction b Limit ____ 100 5 5 Limit b 5 6 a 6 a 5 7 c 24 During the simulation REALM calculates the Limit by interpolation using the values in the percentage allocation to limit relationship once the allocation is computed in REALM 61 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 The percentage fraction Fraction must be determined in the calibration phase in such a way that the restrictions do not occur in early part o
111. ALM simulation 4 5 REALM UTILITY PROGRAMS There are several utility functions available in REALM They are partitioned in REALM Program Manager into two groups as follows e Plot e Filter e Rank e Format Conversion e Calculator e Merger e Replicate Analysis e LP Solver e LP Extract e Streamflow Transformation e Data Base Extraction 32 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 REALM Program Manager V6 20 SEE Project System Run HSH Help Exit Filter Rank Format Conversion Calculator Merger Replicate Analysis LP Solver LP Extract Streamflow Transformation Data Base Extraction Provide timesenes or scatter plots Figure 4 14 Utilities Menu 4 5 1 PLOT This is a general purpose plotting utility which provides graphical access to data of REALM format files The REALM format files are streamflow demand and output files which have time series data REALM Plotting can be accessed through the Utilities Plot menu item or the SS Plotting routines button of the REALM Program Manager Figure 4 1 The details of the REALM Plotting utility are given in Section 8 1 4 5 2 FILTER This utility can be used to transfer or filter certain data from a REALM format file to create a smaller REALM format file Two options exist namely filtering by numerical values or filtering by months Filter can be accessed through the Ufilities Filter menu item of the REALM Program Manager Figure 4 1 The function of this uti
112. Details contains the above information for both physical nodes and system nodes denoted by the ECN nodes 232 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 HHHHH HHHHHHHH HHHHHH H HHHHHHHHHH H H H H H H H H H HHHHHHHH HHHHHH HHHHHHHH HHH HHH H H HHH H HHH HHH H HHH HHH H H HHH H HHH HHH H HHH HHH H H HHH H HHHHHHHH HHH H HHHHHHHH HHH H H KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK SIMULATION LOG FILE S KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK Log filename Test log Scenario file scenario scn Simulation label REALM Getting Started Problem Streamflow file s C REALM GetStart Test LP Dump Strml dat Demand file s C REALM GetStart Test LP Dump demd dat Restrictions are ON Instream flow requirements NOT limited to natural Water quality calculations are OFF Number of S F Sequences I Convergence tolerance storage I Other convergence tolerance 5 Arc convergence tolerance abs 100 Minimum iteration count 3 Maximum iteration count 51 Do convergence twice No Date 05 49 17 15 10 05 Time Step Monthly 233 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 SYSTEM CHANGES No Seas Year System File 1 1 2996 C REALM GetStart Test LP Dump tut sys Total number of seasons 336 wee RUN TIME MESSAGES TNPUT DATA TYPE 2 1996 C REALM GetStart Test LP Dump tut sys Iteration No 1 Seas 2 Year 1996 Repl 1 Arc Details 1 RES A TO ST A 1 4 1000 0 0 1 2 RES B TO ST B 2 5 1000 0 0 2 3
113. ERIOD ORIGINAL FLOW BIN CONVERSION FACTOR TRANSFORMED FLOWS 1 1957 A 95 3 00 0 72 40 2 1957 A ER 1 00 1 05 9 3 1957 A SE 3 00 0 72 58 4 1957 A 52 3 00 0 72 38 5 1957 A 288 5 00 0 84 242 6 1957 A 617 7 00 0 71 435 7 1957 A 1913 9 00 0 70 1340 2 1960 A 16 1 80 0 86 14 Figure 8 98 Part of a Comparison File generated by FDC transformation FDC Transformation Optional Outputs These output options are active when the user has selected Transformation by comparison of Flow Duration Curves in the Please select Transformation Type dialog box Comparison File Tick this check box to generate a separate Comparison File for each variable that has undergone FDC transformation This file is analogous to the Comparison File generated for each variable transformed by seasonal factors Part of an example Comparison File is shown in Figure 8 98 Compare Figure 8 97 and Figure 8 98 which have been generated with identical input data but different transformation methods Relative to the seasonal transformation method the FDC comparison method has produced higher low flows in Bins 1 5 but lower high flows in Bins 6 10 The naming convention for Comparison Files generated by FDC comparison is name of input file _transformed_cmpFDC_ column number of relevant variable in the input file txt Bin Calcs Tick this check box to generate a separate Bin Calculations file for each variable that has undergone FDC transformation
114. FDC or deciles quartiles or even over the entire FDC To use percentiles input 100 as the number of segments for deciles 10 for quartiles 4 and for the entire FDC enter 1 Figure 8 95 About Restrictions on Number of Segments Box Hitting the button generates a Summary of Inputs and User Warning box Figure 8 93 8 11 4 OUTPUT OPTIONS Hit the button on the Summary of Inputs and User Warning box to display the Output Options dialog box Figure 8 96 267 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 Output Options x Output Settings Iw Disallow DIVO errors snap to original flow Disallow Flow Increases Seasonal Transformation Optional Outputs Iw Comparison File _08_hist_transformed_cmpSE4_ txt Iw Seasons Information File _08_hist_transformed_si_ txt r column number OK Help Figure 8 96 Output Options Dialog Box The selections in the Output Options dialog box are as follows Output Settings Disallow DIVO errors snap to original flow This check box is ticked as a default setting Ticking this check box ensures that when the ratio of inflows for Period B to Period A is calculated if the flows in Period A for that season are zero then the original flow value is written to the output file This avoids errors that would otherwise be caused by having a zero dominator Disallow Flow Increases Ticking this check box writes the original
115. FILE FROM MONTHLY DATA In performing operational studies often different input sequences of data are required for a future operational period i e 12 month period or more These sequences represent the different possible inputs that may be experienced over this period and are most often based on historic or generated data The operational rules are developed from statistical inferences of all different outcomes due to above possible inputs These possible input sequences can be considered as replicates for the operational period They can be generated from an existing data file by recycling data Usually the input file contains historic data Both historic streamflow and historic demand files can be used as input This option creates a multi replicate output file which can be directly used by REALM Note that this option can be used only with input files with monthly data To produce multi replicate data from monthly data Click on the Multi replicate data file from monthly data radio button Figure 8 41 The Create a Multi Replicate File dialog box Figure 8 47 is displayed Create a Multi Replicate File Enter the number of years per replicate H 3 replicates able to be generated Max Reps 100 36 rows of output data MaxP 1500 Cancel Figure 8 47 Create a Multi Replicate File Dialog Box Figure 8 47 has been produced for the care of an input file which has 3 years of monthly data This input
116. Factor A Adjustment Factor The loss or gain of water in the reservoir is computed using coefficients A and B evaporation and rainfall data and surface area corresponding to the storage volume of the reservoir at the beginning of the simulation time step Evaporation and or seepage loss can be considered to be modelled through the B Evaporation Data A component of Equation 5 1 while the gain of water in the reservoir is modelled via the rainfall data Evaporation data do not have to be strictly evaporation They can be temperature which can be converted to compute the losses via the coefficients A and B Rainfall data can be from a nearby rain gauging station Parameters required for calculating the evaporation loss for the reservoir have to be entered in the Evaporation tab of the Edit Reservoir dialog box Figure 5 8 Note 50 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 that initially the Evaporation tab does not contain any data and this should remain the case if the user does not wish to model evaporation losses of the reservoir Evaporation Record Name This is a column name in a streamflow data file usually pan evaporation or temperature used in the REALM application which will be used to compute the evaporation losses in the reservoir if evaporation is considered This name should be correctly spelled including the case as the column name given in the streamflow file Rainfall Record Name This is a column
117. Figure 6 6 Figure 6 7 Figure 6 8 Figure 6 9 Figure 6 11 Figure 6 12 Figure 6 13 Figure 6 14 Figure 6 15 Figure 6 16 Figure 6 17 Figure 6 18 Figure 6 19 Figure 6 20 Figure 6 21 Figure 6 22 Figure 6 23 Figure 6 24 Figure 6 25 Figure 7 1 Figure 7 2 Figure 7 3 Figure 7 4 Figure 7 5 Figure 7 6 Figure 7 7 Figure 7 8 Figure 8 1 Figure 8 2 Figure 8 3 Figure 8 4 Figure 8 5 Figure 8 6 Figure 8 7 Figure 8 8 Figure 8 9 Figure 8 10 Figure 8 11 Figure 8 12 Edit Restriction Curve Parameters Dialog Box for DC1 Group Typical Urban Restriction Rule Curves Modelling Urban Industrial Restrictions Through a Carrier Message Showing Urban Restriction Modelling Through a Carrier Edit Demand Groups Tab of Restrictions Dialog Box DC2 Rural demand Edit Restriction Policy Dialog Box for a Rural Demand Group Editing Dialog Box for Irrigation Planning Periods Modelling of Off Quota and Changes in Allocation Irrigation Demand Restrictions Through a Carrier Setting Dialog Box Target Storage Curves for a Two Reservoir System Target Curve Setup Tab in Targets Dialog Box Specification of System and Target Group for Editing Target Storage Curves Editing Target Storage Curves for a System and a Target Group System File Label Dialog Box System Listing Dialog Box Example Network used to Generate System Listing Typical System Listing Run Menu Listing with Setup Selected Scenario File Selection Dialog Box with Existing Files Setup Window Sc
118. HH HHH HHH H HHH HHH H HHH HHH HHH H HHH HHH H HHH HHH HHH H HHHHHHHH HHH H HHHHHHHH HHH KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK S REALM V6 28 x SIMULATION LOG FILE KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK Log filename internal vic gov au DSE UserDirs Desktop ex3b log Scenario file internal vic gov au DSE UserDirs Desktop scn3b scn Simulation label Tutorial 3 Sub Problem b Streamflow file s SEA dat Demand file s Dem2 dat Restrictions are ON Instream flow requirements NOT limited to natural Water quality calculations are OFF Number of S F Sequences 1 Convergence tolerance storage Other convergence tolerance Arc convergence tolerance abs Minimum iteration count Maximum iteration count Do convergence twice Date 13 02 45 19 02 13 Time Step Monthly 163 REALM User Manual SYSTEM CHANGES Seas Year System File week RUN TIME MESSAGES Ennen INPUT DATA TYPES 1 1982 EX3B SYS 1983 1984 e END RUN TIME MESSAGES SUMMARY INFORMATION Reservoir data Name File Inflow RESERVOIR 1 x 2083 RESERVOIR 2 Demand data Name Unrestrict Restrict DEMAND 1 1372 1372 DEMAND 2 Rationed 1372 Shortfall Supplied 1372 Version 6 28 164 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 Name Ave No Rest lvl Rest lvl Ration DEMAND 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 DEMAND 2 Pipe River flows Name Capacity CARRIER 1 w 12000 CARRIER 2 24000 CARRIER 3 x 24000 CARRIER 4 2400
119. HHHHHHH H H H H H H H H H HHHHHHHH HHHHHH HHHHHHHH HHH HHH H H HHH H HHH HHH H HHH HHH H H HHH H HHH HHH H HHH HHH H H HHH H HHHHHHHH HHH H HHHHHHHH HHH H H KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK SIMULATION LOG FILE KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK Log filename Test log Scenario file scenariol sc Simulation label REALM LP Dump created by an infeasible solution Streamflow file s C REALM GetStart Test LP Dump SF1 DAT Demand file s C REALM GetStart Test LP Dump DEM DAT Restrictions are ON Instream flow requirements NOT limited to natural Water quality calculations are OFF Number of S F Sequences 1 Convergence tolerance storage 1 10th Other convergence tolerance D S Arc convergence tolerance abs 100 Minimum iteration count 3 Maximum iteration count ST Do convergence twice No Date 06 15 51 15 10 05 Time Step Monthly SYSTEM CHANGES No Seas Year System File ly 1 1982 C REALM GetStart Test LP Dump LPDump sys Total number of seasons 36 nennen RUN TIME MESSAGES 240 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 INPUT DATA TYPE 1 1982 C REALM GetStart Test LP Dump LPDump sys EXIT DURING INITIALIZATION EXOGENOUS FLOW INTO NODE 1 EXCEEDS OUT CAPACITY DEFICIT I E NET FLOW OUT OF NODE 416 FLOWS AND CAPACITIES OF INCIDENT ARCS OF NODE 1 ARC 1 BETWEEN NODES 1 3 FLOW 0 RESIDUAL CAPACITY 100 NO INCOMING ARCS INFEASIBLE LP SOLUTION NSTOP 16 SEAS 1 YEAR 19
120. Iw Inflows Iw Rationing Water quality data Iw Evaporation Iw Restriction level r V Releases IV Actually supplied r Iv Levels Carrier data IV Flows Iw Losses Iw Capacity jw Sub Equation Results Iw Stream junction inflows Select Carriers Settings Re set Cancel Figure 6 22 Select Data Sets to be Saved Dialog Box The Select all radio button selects all output files relevant to the system file s whereas the Output all to data base radio button allows the user to store all results of the REALM simulation run in a binary database The De select all radio button 154 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 cancels all operations done under the other three radio buttons Once the output selections are made if the user wishes to reset the output option parameters to what he she originally had before the changes the user can click on the EEE button of the button panel at the bottom This will display the output settings that the user had before any changes Click on to close the Select data sets to be saved dialog box and return to the REALM Setup window Figure 6 3 The button also takes the user back to the same window but without saving modified output settings If the options under the Carriers data block are selected the user should select the carriers to be included in the output file s This may be very useful for applications with system files having large number of carriers and if the
121. LOW2 NFLOW2 NFLOW2 NFLOW2 NFLOW2 NFLOW2 L NFLOW2 L 10 1996 00 1129 00 1368 00 1996 00 S 567 00 709 00 1996 00 a 423 00 1017 00 1996 00 P 586 00 S 2052 00 AINA Air VO Figure 8 60 Part of a Multi Replicate Output File Showing Data of One Column for All Replicates One Column per Replicate 224 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 XTRCT REALM GETTING STARTED TUTORIAL EXAMPLE STREAMFLOW DATA Data for Replicate 5 Site INFLOW2 E REI 4 REPLICATE SEASON YEAR INFLOW2 Pee PRR PNP OWODIDGUBWNENFOODIAGAWNHE vo oO AO Um bs L b 5 Dis Ss Dee De De Te 5 on Dir Dre E Dee 5 ER 5 In Se Dee De D Dig 92 5 GER SH GR 9 Se 5 5 5 Ds Ba De Des 32 5 oe Dir Dre E D 5 32 5 Die GN D De 5 Diy Fi 5 Di Ge SH 5 3 5 I Se Dee 5 5 Figure 8 62 Part of a Multi Replicate Output File Showing Data of One Replicate at One Site 8 7 2 REPLICATE ANALYSIS Enter the input filename and the output filenames as in Figure 8 63 The monthly 225 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 and annual statistics will then be stored under the output filenames for monthly and annual data respectively Click on the Analyse Replicates button which displays Figure 8 64 which allows the user to select options for replicate analysis in computing statistics Replicate Utilities Enter the name of the replicate input file C REALMutilityt
122. Legend K i E EE 182 8 1 3 6 View Displayed Plot Data 182 8 1 3 7 EREECHEN 183 8 1 3 8 Re Re 183 S14 Scatter e e EEN 185 8 1 4 1 Format Scatter Plot Data Series soeeeeeeeeeseeeeeesneesnnesenesrtnttnttnntttnnnnnrnnnntnnnennnnt 186 8 1 4 2 Format Plot NUES iron aaeain aai aeniei a Snae Rand AE naa e AUR leeren 188 8 1 4 3 Format PlOL AXESa a 2 00 erg aana aant ae aeaa aeaa Tiea aidaa ta aaa Anai 188 8 1 4 4 Toggle Graticules OmiOn nenn 190 8 1 4 5 Toggle Legend On 190 8 1 4 6 View Displayed Plot Data 191 BAA Mew Data EE 191 8 1 4 8 Digte Danon Plot seorsan ae A A Aa 192 8 1 5 Transformation of Vaables AA 192 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 8 1 5 1 eent re 193 8 1 5 2 Log transform E sash dustin aac dave haat 193 8 1 5 3 AGO CONSTANT Ket EE 194 ETA cTranstormia XD ET 194 8 1 5 9 ele EE cer Aart eer eet ey ie uy EE 194 8 1 5 6 SUDAC EE 194 Er ele Een GE 194 8 1 5 8 Divide A E 195 8159 SUM X EE TE 195 8 6 Saving D E EE 196 sf DN ie lado tees eerrenmreperrecte eer E tree E ree mene erent E E AGTE E te 197 8 1 8 Export e E 197 GC Eru A e EE 197 a isdn einai 197 8 21 Monthly EEN 198 8 2 2 Numeric Filter au Geen cee Gees etter eene dee eevee ees 199 BRD PRANK E 201 8 3 1 Rank A Single Column Of Data Additional Column Sorting ccceeeceeeeeeeseeeeeeneeteeeeees 202 8 3 2 Rank All Columns Of Data No Gong 203 8 4 Format CONVERSION ege ege iii ege eg gegen 205 8 41
123. MODELLING This section describes how to enter parameters and setup PRIDE models within urban DC1 and rural DC2 demands in REALM PRIDE Program for Regional Irrigation Demand Estimation estimates irrigation demand by using a combination of climate data crop culture and knowledge of traditional farming practices The PRIDE User Manual details the PRIDE algorithm and the technical background to PRIDE and may be downloaded by following the instructions under Section 1 5 3 62 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 The user can set up an irrigation demand model at a demand centre node by clicking on the Demand Modelling tab This displays the dialog box shown in Figure 5 16 Edit Urban Demand Centre x Node Number 24 Node Size 0 922 Name of Urban HORSHAM PRIDE Demand Centre Details Demand Modelling Iw Use a model to calculate unrestricted demand at this node Demand Model N PRIDE version w2 0 Current EI Edit Model Parameters Cancel Figure 5 16 Demand Modelling Tab of Edit Rural Demand Centre Dialog Box To activate an irrigation demand model for the demand centre node select the Use a model to calculate unrestricted demand at this node check box This activates the other fields in this dialog box Under the Demand Model drop down box there are a number of choices of different models available to calculate unrestricted demand at the node Depending on the model selected the options available when
124. O OO OO OO OO OO OO OO OO OO OCH CH Les E ME D BE e D ME e Mt er E D e OO Or O S G On Bn Be es CO OO OO OO OO OO OO OO OO OO OO OO COOC CH CH e Be Gm en Bt em D e GOG n M e E em G O Be en E em De OO CO OO OO OO OO OO OO OO OO OO OO OO OO COOC CH CH CAE EE O10 EL EH O OO OGO EECH EH ECH EH OO CO OO OO OO OO OO OO OO OO OO OO OO COOC CH CH Gm Die e E Mt We Ee E o D e E W D e Mm en D e e en AE W Mem Do o JJJ OO On UT vs VG VG GA GA GA b b b t k k GO bMk A GO bM k GAMM k GO M Ob FA GA M k WYN FA J k k k VS k A On On k Gs Ui JO CH Figure 8 48 Example of a Multi Replicate Output File from Calculator 8 5 6 MULTI REPLICATE WITH A GROWTH FACTOR In yield studies the user typically performs successive runs with increasing demands The demand level at which a set security criterion fails is deemed to be the yield of the system at that level of security Effectively each replicate corresponds to a discrete level of demand Generating the demand files and performing the simulation for each demand level can be monotonous and error prone This Calculator option allows the user to generate multi replicate data files REALM runs through all replicates in a single pass and as such the user need only do one simulation run to get access to results for all pre set levels of demand As an example of generating a multi replicate demand file the demands can be generated from an historic demand file and each
125. P Extract Streamflow Transformation Data Base Extraction Figure 8 1 Utility Menu Listing of REALM Program Manager REALM Plotting Efx Fie Plot Format Tools View Help El elei w slelsials wes Eele E internal vic gov au DSE UserDirs Desktop Model Runs Figure 8 2 REALM Plotting Window 8 1 2 TO OPEN CLOSE DATA FILES Click on File Open menu item of the REALM Plotting window to load data files for plotting and transformation or Click on the D Open REALM format files button on the toolbar This displays the Open files dialog box Figure 8 3 Manually enter the name of the data file with its appropriate path or Use the browser button next to the File 1 field to locate the required file Click on the required file and hit 31 Up to four files may be opened Figure 8 3 shows an example with two files entered Click on and return to the REALM Plotting window Figure 8 2 Clicking on returns the user to the REALM Plotting window without the files being accepted It is possible to overwrite the files already selected in dialog box in Figure 8 4 Click on the Browser button adjacent to the file which is no longer required browse 175 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 through to the required directory and select the required file This file will replace the original file The menu items of the middle partition under File menu will appear once the plots are created from time s
126. REALM USER MANUAL Edition for REALM Version 6 28 VICTORIA UNIVERSITY AND DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENT AND PRIMARY INDUSTRIES April 2013 Previous version of manual December 2005 with REALM version 5 0 i d d A d 4 UU gel NEE Koz S Department of Environment and Primary Industries VICTORIA A NEW UNIVERSITY THouchr REALM User Manual Version 6 28 TABLE OF CONTENTS 1 INTRODUCTION DEE 1 1 1 Wh t is REALM 000m una a en ee 2 1 2 Gredentials 0f REALM nn eaaa aaaea eiaeia aaaeaii ae 2 1 3 CSTRUCTUFG of REALM iiisicstiiaec cciiiauicatatcedansesnscinainnrasianndssasnwnns cundbawaveniaanneadananneds 2 Tesch Jop GE eege ege hice techie weer ace EE EE Ee 3 UE DT e EE 3 1 3 3 Processing output nennen in 3 1 4 Typical Applications of REALM uuusssssnnsssnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 4 1 5 Installation of REALM nenne 5 1 5 1 Downloading amp installing REALM Software and Manuals sersnsussssennnnnnnnnennnnnnnnnn 5 125 2 REALM Setup on Networks hetero nn les nenn 6 1 5 3 Downloading REALM Manuale nn 6 1 6 Layout of Manual ae 6 2 STREAMFLOW FILES 22222200000000000022nnan0000nnnn nn nnnnnnnnnnnnnnnunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 7 2 1 CHE H 8 2 2 Structure of Streamflow Files cicicecciccscsescascedecccacesacesancedadeasensannensuacensssenieese 8 2 3 Use of Streamflow Files ccicsiccccisssssncidsaneecssceccscsanasasansncssedenran
127. REALM format output files is similar to the REALM streamflow and demand files The user is referred to Chapters 2 amp 3 for details of the structure of these files The header information is as follows e Identifying label self explanatory Examples are RESERVOIR STORAGE for reservoir storage file DEMAND SHORTFALLS for demand shortfall file CARRIER CAPACITIES for carrier capacity file RESERVOIR W QUAL for reservoir water quality file e Four lines containing the simulation label used in the REALM Setup windows Figure 6 6 and the date and time e FORTRAN format statement e Number of columns e Column names The FORTRAN format of the output files is controlled by the realm set file of the project directory This controls the number of characters and decimals occupied by each column of output data The FORTRAN format of the output files which is stored in realm set file can be changed through the Format tab of the Run Options menu item As can be seen from Figure 7 5 and Figure 7 6 the keywords SEASON YEAR and REPLICATE are also included for each REALM format output file Similar to the streamflow and demand data files the values corresponding to column names are listed after the column labels For multiple replicate runs the results corresponding to each replicate are listed sequentially in the output files before the next time step is listed A sample output file containing reservoir storage volumes of a multiple replicat
128. RES A TO CITY 1 3 1 0 0 3 4 RES B TO CITY 2 3 1 0 0 4 5 RESERVOIR CONNECTOR 1 2 50 100 100 5 6 Reservoir Ecn 1 6 501000 49284 8777 6 7 Reservoir Ecn 6 T 101000 50716 0 7 8 Reservoir Ecn 1 6 3100000 100000000 0 8 9 Reservoir Ecn 6 1 60000000 0 0 9 0 Reservoir Ecn 2 6 500000 19998 0 0 1 Reservoir Ecn 6 2 102000 40002 621 1 2 Reservoir Ecn 2 6 3100000 100000000 0 2 3 Reservoir Ecn 6 2 60000000 0 0 3 4 Demand Ecn 7 3 50001000 8843 8843 4 5 Demand Ecn 4 6 2000000 100000000 0 5 6 Demand Ecn 5 6 2000000 100000000 0 6 7 Losses Ecn 6 4 55000010 100000000 0 7 8 Losses Ecn 6 5 55000020 100000000 0 8 9 Losses Ecn 6 3 55000030 100000000 1226 9 20 Losses Ecn 6 3 55000040 100000000 D 20 21 Losses Ecn 6 2 55000050 100000000 21 22 Bypass Ecn 6 F O 100000000 8843 22 Node Details 234 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 1 RESERVOIR A 8877 1 2 RESERVOIR B AL 2 3 CITY 10069 3 4 STRM TERM A 0 4 5 STRM TERM B 0 5 6 Ecn Node 1913 6 7 Ecn Node 0 7 0 sum of node requirements Iteration Flags DO_FF_AGAIN Y DO_S_AGAIN N DO_L_AGAIN Y DO_B_AGAIN Y DO_CS_AGAIN n DO_AT_LEAST_AGAIN Y DO_GD_CAP_AGAIN N Loss Carrier RESERVOIR CONNECTOR arc 8 19999981 Redo Redo Iteration No Seas 2 Year Arc Details RES A TO S RES B TO S RES A TO C RES B TO C RESERVOIR Reservoir Reservoir Reservoir Reservoir Reservoir Reservoir Reservoir Reservoir Demand Ecn Demand Ecn Demand Ecn Losses Ecn Losses Ecn Losses Ecn Losses
129. Section 8 6 4 5 7 REPLICATE ANALYSIS This utility can be used to e Extract one replicate at all sites all replicates at one site and one replicate at one site e Compute monthly and annual statistics of the replicate data Replicate Analysis can be accessed through the Utilities Replicate Analysis menu item of the REALM Program Manager Figure 4 1 The function of this utility is explained in Section 8 7 4 5 8 LP SOLVER This utility can be used to identify the cause of infeasible solutions obtained in REALM using LP dumps The LP dumps may be created when infeasible solutions occur with REALM LP Solver can be accessed through the Utilities LP Solver menu item of the REALM Program Manager Figure 4 1 The function of this utility is explained in Section 8 9 4 5 9 LP EXTRACT This utility reads and extracts carrier capacity and flow data from the log file containing LP dumps LP Extract can be accessed through the Utilities LP Extract menu item of the REALM Program Manager Figure 4 1 The function of this utility is explained in Section 8 10 4 5 10 STREAMFLOW TRANSFORMATION This utility allows the user to alter input flows such that streamflow properties that occur in one period of the flow record are replicated throughout the entire flow record The utility was developed to evaluate the effect of climate change on water resources modelling Streamflow Transformation can be accessed through the Utilities Streamflow Trans
130. TE restart rec BM IRRIGATION B L OUTSIDE SALES ERDERDERG DIV 1 0 0 0 0 Figure 6 17 Format of Irrigation Delivery File To specify initial irrigation deliveries Click on the Specify demands below radio button Figure 6 16 Enter the initial irrigation deliveries in the fields next to the irrigation demand names Once the user has entered the initial irrigation deliveries through one of the above methods click on to take the user back to the REALM Setup window Figure 6 3 The button also takes the user to the same window but without saving the entered information 6 5 4 WATER QUALITY INITIALISATION If water quality is to be modelled in the REALM application it is necessary to specify the start concentrations of water quality variables in reservoirs A separate file is required for each water quality variable that is modelled in the REALM simulation To specify initial water quality Click on the Initialsation Water quality menu item of REALM Setup window Figure 6 3 or Click on the E Specify water quality start levels button The Water quality start level specification dialog box Figure 6 18 is displayed In Figure 6 18 only two water quality variables namely ec and turb are present since they are the only two water quality variables included in the system file or in the first system file in case of multiple system files Click on the field next to the r
131. Target Curve Setup r a aaa anaa a a a aa a a a a a Aa a a a iai 118 5 8 2 Target Storage for each Group amp each Month 118 5 9 e EE 120 510 D VE 121 5 11 System Listing Program uuuussnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 121 Br SETUP S access energie 131 6 1 Getting Starled nssen ei 132 6 2 _ SCOMANO UE 132 6 21 Null Scenario EE EE 132 6 2 2 Editing an Existing Senati iein e aa aea a a ea aae aat a ea a a aah 133 6 2 3 Scenario File Operations sisii eaaa aa a aa Na aaia aaa iaa taae iiaa Seah 133 6 2 3 1 dl EE 134 6 2932 INC Wi vrei slot ne er besen tea ee SE 134 6 23 3 S ve and EE 135 iv REALM User Manual Version 6 28 6 3 Simulation Configuration and System Files unuuuuuuunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 135 EC BREET Ee Beete UI Le EE 135 6 352 SYSLEMAF IOS Teener e a a E EIS 138 6 4 Data Files 140 6 4 1 Sreamilow TEE 141 ER Rn Ee Me EE 141 6 4 3 Grop Model Data Fies eireta 0 2 as Ran Smile 142 6 5 Initial Gonditions unennn en 143 6 5 1 Running Total Variable Initialisation ssseeeeeseeeeeeeneesenessrressnrnsttnnnstinnnstennnntennnnrennnsrnn nnt 143 6 5 2 Initial Reservoir Volumes ssssssssnnnsnessesnnnntnesttrsrnnntnestttrnnnnntesttnnnnnnsaeettntnntnnnnentennnnn nanen nnt 146 6 5 3 Initial Irrigation Deliveri6s 2 0 2en ee ae nee 148 6 5 4 Water Quality Initialisation 0sneeneeeneeene eseese eest testnetnstnssrnnstnss
132. Text Editor to return to the Plotting window 8 1 3 8 DIGITISE DATA ON PLOT Digitise data on the plot allows the user to view data corresponding to particular SEASON YEAR by pointing the mouse to the required point on the plot By either selecting the Tools Digitise points menu item or clicking on the ZfDigitise data on plot button on the toolbar the user is presented with the data as in Figure 8 13 of all plots corresponding to the SEASON YEAR the user specified by locating with the mouse pointer As you move the mouse pointer from one location to another horizontally the data shown in this dialog box change accordingly Clicking on the fDigitise data on plot button again removes the data window from Figure 8 6 183 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 Text Editor C realm rpn tmp OER File Edit Search File created 12 23 04 17 05 05 Exported from time series plot Data extracted from the following 2 REALM files C Realml STRM1 DAT C Realml Januflow ar F4 0 F6 0 100F12 2 10 SEASON YEAR CLINX RAIN EAR RES A TO ST A FLOW RES B TO ST B FLOW RES ATO CITY FLOW INFLOW1 INFLOW2 110 00 5528 00 1250 00 312 00 110 00 i a 4422 00 1150 00 219 00 105 00 2814 00 800 00 202 00 100 00 2345 00 1400 00 175 00 100 00 2345 00 2480 00 712 00 90 00 S i 1809 00 9600 00 1016 00 90 00 1507 00 8910 00 1608 00 100 00 f S 2010 00 11200 00 3701 00 105 00 2462 00 10650 00 1870 00 105 00 2462 00 7400 00 2350 00 110 00 2
133. Toggle graticules on off button on the toolbar in the REALM Plotting window Figure 8 2 the user is presented with the scatter plot with graticules Figure 8 20 Clicking on the Ef Toggle graticules on off button again removes the graticules from the graph 8 1 4 5 TOGGLE LEGEND ON OFF Toggle Legend On Off allows the user to display a legend as well as alter the names of the variables on the plot By either selecting the Format Legend menu item or clicking on the Ej Toggle legend on off button on the toolbar in the REALM Plotting window the user is presented with the Format Legend dialog box Figure 8 21 Ticking the check box Display Legend displays the legend for the plot on the right hand side of the scatter plot Figure 8 15 while the Series Label allows the user to alter the name of the variables presented in the plot In Figure 8 15 the first eight characters of the filename in this example FO19SUPP prefix each series name in the legend This is because the check box Include file descriptor in plot variable names was ticked when the scatter plot was created Figure 8 14 Clicking on accepts the changes and shows them on the scatter plot Clicking on met Des the user to the scatter plots Figure 8 15 without accepting the changes if any Note that a legend cannot be displayed when the check box Display as separate plots is ticked 190 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 REALM Plott
134. a Columns of One Replicate222 Replicate Extraction Dialog Box Showing the Selection of All Replicates at One Site 223 Select Output Format for Replicate Extraction of One Column and One Replicate223 Part of a Multi Replicate Output File Showing Data of One Column for All Replicates One Column per Replicate 224 Part of a Multi Replicate Output File Showing Data of One Column for All Replicates All Replicates in One Column 225 Part of a Multi Replicate Output File Showing Data of One Replicate at One Site225 Replicate Utilities Dialog Box with Input and Output Files Entered to Compute Replicate Statistics 226 Replicate Analysis Analyse Replicates Dialog Box 226 Monthly Statistics Output File Showing Average of Multiple Replicate Data for ALL SITES 228 Annual Statistics Output File Showing Average of Multiple Replicate Data for ALL SITES 229 REALM User Manual Figure 8 67 Version 6 28 Monthly Statistics Output File Showing Average Minimum and Maximum of Multiple Replicate Data for One Column 230 Figure 8 68 Annual Statistics Output File Showing Average Minimum and Maximum of Multiple Replicate Data for One Column 231 Figure 8 69 Typical User Request LP Dump 238 Figure 8 70 Typical LP Dump Created by an Infeasible Solution 241 Figure 8 71 LP Solver Dialog Box 244 Figure 8 72 LP Solver Edit Nodes Dialog Box 244 Figure 8 73 LP Solver Edit Arcs Dialog Box 245 Figure 8 74 LP Solver Output Showing an Infeasible Solution
135. a file and allows the user to access this file later in a REALM session By selecting the new variables to be saved and clicking on the button the user is presented with the standard Save data to file dialog box Enter the filename and click on the button to save the temporary variable s in this file Find and Find Again buttons The SHE button Figure 8 24 allows the user to type in a text string when searching for a required variable Clicking on the BAR button opens the Text Search dialog box Type the required text string at least the first few letters characters of the variable and click on to highlight the variable with the same text string Note that the search string is not case sensitive If the text string selected by the user is applicable to more than one variable clicking on the Find Again button selects the subsequent variables with the same search string OK and Cancel buttons By clicking on the button Figure 8 24 the user confirms the creation of the temporary variable s whereas clicking on in Figure 8 24 returns the user to the Plotting window 8 1 6 SAVING PLOT The current time series plot and scatter plot can be saved in a file and later imported to another Microsoft Windows application such as Word This can be done by selecting the File Save menu item or clicking on the Bb save a REALM System file button on the toolbar to open the Save plot to file dialog box in the project directory Not
136. a spillable water account is modelled and when a spillable water account is modeled ii whether or not the volume that may accrue in the spillable water account is limited or unlimited 73 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 The following parameters become inactive when the Carryover with spillable water account check box is selected and Limited is displayed in the drop down box e Maximum effective allocation e Order of carryover When the Carryover with spillable water account check box is selected and Unlimited is displayed in the drop down box the following additional parameter becomes inactive e Carryover limit Carryover limit These limits are to specify the maximum amount of water that can be carried over Enter percentages for high and low reliability entitlement in the Carryover limit field The equivalent volume is automatically calculated from the limit curve and placed in the Carryover limit ML field Maximum effective allocation The maximum effective allocation is the highest allocation that can be provided in the season following a carryover This is specified in the Max effective allocation field The equivalent volume is automatically calculated from the limit curve and placed in the Max effective allocation MLY field Order of carryover Specify whether the volume of water is to be carried over as the high or low reliability water share first by changing
137. access to storage space for carryover water that may be lost if the dams spill Spillable water accounts allow individuals to utilise more storage capacity than they are entitled to provided that there is spare capacity available Spillable water is additional water above full entitlement volume in systems with spillable water accounts Not all carryover is at risk of being lost if storages spill Each entitlement holder is allowed to hold in storage from carryover and or new allocation a volume equivalent to 100 of their entitlement volume This water is not at risk of spill When a spillable water account operates the entitlement holder can continue to receive further allocation increases Any water above the 100 entitlement volume is kept aside as spillable water and is at risk of being lost if a storage spill is triggered Spill trigger specifies whether the water stored in spillable water accounts is available to entitlement holders for use or not The water stored in the spillable water accounts is not available for use until there is an acceptable risk of the storage not spilling for the rest of the water year In REALM the user needs to define the spill trigger in a variable capacity carrier To enter carryover parameters Note to ensure that all functionality within the carryover window is active it is strongly recommended that the limit curve be defined for the rural demand centre before carryover parameters are entered se
138. action Three options exist as follows 1 One replicate at all sites 2 All replicates at one site 3 One replicate at one site 221 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 Replicate Analysis Extraction Options a Select only a replicate to extract one replicate at all sites b Select only a single site to extract all replicates at one site c Select a site and a replicate to extract one replicate at one site Replicate number to extract Site to extract ALL SITES Cancel Figure 8 56 Replicate Extraction Dialog Box Showing the selection of one replicate at all sites 8 7 1 1 ONE REPLICATE AT ALL SITES Select the required replicate number to extract 5 in Figure 8 58 and ALL SITES as in Figure 8 56 and click This displays the output file Figure 8 57 shows a part of the output file corresponding to the selection in Figure 8 56 and input data file of Figure 8 54 XTRCT REALM GETTING STARTED TUTORIAL EXAMPLE STREAMFLOW DATA Data for Replicate 5 8 12 2 8 YEAR SEASON REPLICATE INFLOW1 INFLOW2 CLINX RAIN EVAP WODIADGORWNHE D Om mom mom mom mom mo mn on Figure 8 57 Multi Replicate Output File Showing Data for All Data Columns of One Replicate 222 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 Replicate Analysis Extraction Options a Select only a replicate to extract one replicate at all sites b Select only a single site to extract all replicates at one site
139. aeeesnseceeesnneaecesenseaeeesnneeeeeeags 48 SA4 Pesar NAJE R ERPRSFFEEPERSTFERFRBFTTERPEPRTFERLTEFFTTERLESTTTELFERLTTERPEFTTFERFEPETTEREFSTTIELFEPRTFCRFERFTFERFEFTFERFESETE 48 5 4 4 1 Basic ele EE 48 5 4 4 2 Reservoir D tails u en Dan 49 5 4 4 3 Reservoir Evaporation oceneni ain aa iaa iaa 50 5 4 4 4 Reservoir Rating Table oe ececeeceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeaeeeeeeaaeeeseeaaeeeseeaaeeeeeeaeeeeeenaes 52 5 4 4 5 Reservoir Water Quality Parameter 52 5 5 Demand NOES suiu00 u 53 5 5 1 Urban Demand Node DCH 54 5 5 1 1 Basic Properties EE 54 5 5 1 2 Urban Demand lr ele Cp EE 54 5 5 1 3 Demand Modelling 2 dient tian haiti ee AER 57 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 5 5 2 Irrigation or Rural Demand Node DC 57 5 5 2 1 Basic Properties Det lls 0en n nu FATA KRN ANANA 57 5 5 2 2 Limit Curve Based Restrictions sseseeseeseeseeeiresirestrssrrssrrssrissrnsstnnsrnnstnnsrnnsrnnsennnt 58 5 5 2 3 Demand Modeling snesen n 2 4 ei rer nee 62 5 5 2 4 Modelling Carryover in BEAUME 71 5 5 3 Pipe Junction Node Pl 76 5 5 3 1 Basics elen EE 77 5 5 3 2 Pipe Junction Node Details ms0ms444n0onnnnnnnonnnnnnnennnnnnonnnnnnnonnnnnnonnnnnnnn nenne 77 5 5 4 Stream Junction Node GJ 78 5 5 4 1 Basic elen 78 5 5 4 2 Stream Junction Node Details 220 424004440nnnnnnnnnennnnnennnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnennnnnnnnnnn 78 5 5 4 3 Stream Junction Water Quality Parameters
140. ame of Carrier KES DIV1 KES DIV 2 PPER WEIR OVERFLOW KES CK SPILL WERRIBEE D S PYKES 0 BM IRRIGATION 0 CSR FACTORY M OFFTAKE WERRIBEE U S BM WEIR OM INFL BTWN WEIRS BM OUTSIDE SALES ERRIBEE D S BM WERRIBEE U S PARWON WERRIBEE U S LERD FROM INFL U S MELTON n Select Al De select Al Re Set Cancel 212 2 3 als H 10 j 1 Em ES EE ER 5 EJ ET e ER 10 Em LH 15 3 14 g Figure 6 23 Selection of Carriers Dialog Box The RFN INSTA SECH and buttons are similar to Figure 6 22 The UA button takes the user back to Figure 6 22 after saving information on selected carriers The button also takes the user back to Figure 6 22 but without saving the selection The 27 button allows the user to find a carrier with its name or part of the name Clicking on the ME button allows the user to enter the name of the carrier or a part of the name to search for carriers with the entered string Entering the carrier name or a part of a name and clicking on the button will display carriers again as shown in Figure 6 23 If there is a match then this match will be definitely shown in the list Note that Figure 6 23 also has the MY ETS button which allows the user to select the next carrier in the list with the same searching string 6 6 2 SAVING LOADING OUTPUT SETTINGS The user is able to save up to 5 output settings and load any of these saved settings later for othe
141. ame of Urban Demand Centre field which should be the demand column name in a demand data file used in the REALM application The name in this field should be correctly spelled including the case as the column name given in the demand file It is advisable to use a meaningful name for the node This name is used in collating the output An error message Duplicate node name 1st 15 chars is displayed on the screen if anode name that has been previously used is entered 5 5 1 2 URBAN DEMAND NODE DETAILS The basic details of the urban demand node can be entered in the Details tab under fields mentioned below Note that the Details tab is the default Description An optional comment can be entered in this field to describe the urban demand centre This information does not have an impact on the simulation 54 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 Node Number E Node Size 1 843 Name of Urban HORSHAM URB Demand Centre Details Demand Modelling Annual to Monthly Disaggregation Factors Description Enable editing of disaggregation factors Demand Shortfall Demand Shortfall Priority 10 Number of Demand Shortfall Zones 3 Figure 5 11 Edit Urban Demand Centre Dialog Box Demand Shortfall Priority The demand shortfall priority determines the order in which the demand nodes experience shortfalls or failures when two or more demand zones experience shortfalls The shortfall priority together with number
142. ancel Figure 6 5 Create a New Scenario Dialog Box 6 2 3 3 SAVE AND SAVE AS To Save As Save As is used to name and save a newly created scenario file or to save an existing scenario under a different filename Click on the Scenario Save As menu item menu item or Click on the a Save scenario as new name button Enter a descriptive filename Click A The button takes the user back to the REALM Setup window Figure 6 3 without saving To Save For an existing file click on the Scenario Save menu item or Click on the H Save scenario button Note that REALM promps the user to enter a filename if the user attempts to save an unnamed scenario The button takes the user back to the REALM Setup window Figure 6 3 without saving Once the scenario file is saved or if the user is editing an existing scenario file then this operation saves the scenario file under the current name without displaying further windows 6 3 SIMULATION CONFIGURATION AND SYSTEM FILES 6 3 1 SIMULATION CONFIGURATION Before running the REALM simulation it is necessary to configure various requirements and to setup summary output file specifications i e log file This is done through Simulation Run Configuration menu item or 8 Specify log file and run details button of the REALM Setup window Figure 6 3 This displays the Simulation Specification dialog box as shown in Figure 6 6 Simulation log file 135
143. and start using REALM in this directory When this is done the left and right labels of the status bar change to the selected project directory and the system file or the first system file of multiple system files respectively If REALM has not been used in this computer before no directory or system file will be shown on the status bar 4 2 1 CREATING PROJECT DIRECTORIES To create a new project directory click on Project New directory as shown in Figure 4 4 a or Click on the Ei Create new project directory button on the tool bar This will display a window Figure 4 4 b The text field of the dialog box shown in Figure 4 4 b shows the current project directory the previous project directory used in this computer as shown in the status bar of REALM Program Manager Figure 4 1 Type in the required project directory name with appropriate full path in the text box or Use the browser in the second compartment to select the parent directory and then append the new project directory name in the text box Click on the X button Clicking on in Figure 4 4 b takes the user back to the REALM Program Manager Figure 4 1 without creating a new project directory 20 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 REALM Program Manager Ju System Run Utilities Help Exit New directory Open directory C Realm1 C realm Realm1 C realm Projects1 D Wicto ectiREALM Projects1 D Wicto ectiREALM Projects1
144. ands from a multi reservoir system In some cases it may be appropriate to supply these demands from certain reservoirs in preference to the others It may also be necessary to force inter reservoir transfers to distribute water within the water supply system so as to supply the required demand These considerations can be modelled using carriers with appropriate carrier penalties Also they can be modelled using reservoir targets or more commonly known as target storage curves The target storage curves specify the preferred distribution of storage volume among individual reservoirs in a multiple reservoir system They are defined for the whole range of total system storage giving preferred storage volumes of individual storages The target storage curves can be one set for all 12 months of the year one set each for each month or different sets for different seasons e g one set for summer and another for winter Figure 5 46 shows the target storage curves for a two reservoir example For a given total system storage Sr at a given season the target storage curves specify the storage volumes at reservoirs 1 and 2 as Gi and 52 respectively where the sum of S1 and S2 116 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 equals Sr Capacity of reservoirs in system s T max Target storage volume for reservoir 1 Target storage volume for reservoir 2 Total system storage STORAGE VOLUME STORAGE 1 o Sr S Tmax TOTAL SYSTEM STOR
145. ansformation menu item This displays the Streamflow Transformation Enter input file dialog box Figure 8 82 252 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 Streamflow Transformation Enter input file Specify input file DALAT Aflow_07_08_hist tst es Select variable Variables to be transformed Add gt FLYNNS CK _ lt Remove _ lt Remove RINTOUL CK TRARALGON CK SHEEPWASH CK 5408 FLYNNS CK 5021 TYERS DAS MOONDARRA WADE CK FOUR MILE CK ROSEDALE CK THOMSON INF LAKE NARRACAN UNGAUGED ROSEDALE Figure 8 82 Streamflow Transformation Enter Input File Dialog Box Use the standard browse function to enter the directory for the relevant streamflow or climatic variables file in the Specify input file field Once the relevant streamflow file is opened the variables will appear in the Select variable field Use the E button to populate the Variables to be transformed field with up to 8 variables Hitting the button displays the Streamflow Transformation Enter Break Point Date dialog box Figure 8 83 Note that the start and end date for the file are shown to assist with selecting an appropriate Break Point Date In Figure 8 83 the input data file starts at January 1957 and runs to June 2007 253 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 Streamflow Transformation Enter Break Point Date File start date yyyymm 19570100 File end date yyyymm 20070600 Break Point Date Hel
146. are used in REALM in modelling the capacity of carriers based on flow flow 1 percentage difference in flow flow dependent carrier capacities between two consecutive iterations less than a certain tolerance 2 amaximum number of iterations The solution is considered as converged when one of the criteria is satisfied The option 2 is used only to stop endless looping If this occurs a warning message related to non convergence at this simulation time step is given in the simulation log file Transformation Table A series of points up to 12 pairs describing the Independent Variable Capacity relationship is entered in the Transformation Table These columns are not related to months The Independent Variable column represents the values of the independent variable of the relationship while the Capacity column represents the capacity of the carrier corresponding to the values of the independent variable The transformation table should consist of a set of monotonically increasing Independent Variable data points During simulation run time REALM extracts the value of the independent variables of the time step under consideration computes the temporary variable which will be then be considered as the independent variable using the equation Figure 5 31 and then computes the capacity of the carrier using the calculated temporary variable and the values of the transformation table using interpolation Calculati
147. ariables created in Figure 8 25 are not saved in a file see Save as button below still the user can access these variables through the file tempvar dat in time series and scatter plotting provided the user has not exited from the REALM Plotting window Figure 8 2 e The user should also be aware that the temporary variables are no longer accessible upon exiting the REALM Plotting window 195 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 Delete button The BSE button Figure 8 24 in the Temporary variables partition allows the user to delete new or temporary variables By selecting new variables to be deleted and clicking on the B button removes these variables from the Temporary variables partition Edit button The R button Figure 8 24 in the Temporary variables partition allows the user to change the name of the new or temporary variables By selecting new variables to be edited and clicking on the button the user can edit the name of variable selected Upon clicking on the button the user is presented with the Edit Temporary Variable Name dialog box Figure 8 25 With this dialog box the user can change the name of the temporary variable Edit Temporary Variable Name Sum 01 vars Cancel Figure 8 25 Edit Temporary Variable Name Dialog Box Save as button The button Figure 8 24 in the Temporary variables partition allows the user to save the new or temporary variable s in
148. arious output files from the data base If any output files related to carriers are selected then it is also necessary to select carriers as in Section 6 5 The user can also load settings already saved in this directory by clicking on the button in Figure 8 100 which displays Figure 8 101 This window shows testotpt rlm as the default settings file which has several settings e g Setting 3 already stored Any of 213 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 these settings can be loaded to create the required output files from the data base Or the user can browse through the directories to use other xxxxotpt rlm xxxx being first four letters of a log file to select other saved output settings It is important that these xxxxotpt rlm files are compatible with the system file s used in the data base file Output scenario selection Retain current settings Load Save up to 5 settings in testotpt rlm Setting 3 Load Save Figure 8 101 Output Scenario Selection for Data Base Extraction The user is referred to Section 6 5 for details of selecting output settings The format of the output files created from the data base extraction is exactly same as that of the output files created during a normal REALM simulation run with selected output settings Therefore the user is referred to Section 7 2 2 for details of these output files 274 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 Chapter 9 9 REFERENCES 275 REALM User Man
149. ary of Inputs and User Warning Box 264 Figure 8 94 Streamflow Transformation Enter Number of Segments Dialog Box 266 Figure 8 95 About Restrictions on Number of Segments Box 267 Figure 8 96 Output Options Dialog Box 268 Figure 8 97 Part of a Comparison File generated by seasonal transformation 269 Figure 8 98 Part of a Comparison File generated by FDC transformation 270 Figure 8 99 Flow Duration Curves for comparison of the distribution of original and transformed streamflows 272 Figure 8 100 Select Data Sets to be Extracted Window 273 Figure 8 101 Output Scenario Selection for Data Base Extraction 274 LIST OF TABLES Table 2 1 Input File Combinations for REALM Simulation Runs 13 Table 5 1 Available Carryover System Variables for Variable Capacity Carrier Modelling 76 Table 5 2 Available System Variables for Variable Capacity Carrier Modelling 89 Table 5 3 Details of Restriction Zones for a Typical Urban Restriction Policy 109 Table 6 1 Running Total Variable Types 145 Table 7 1 Run Time Error Messages 161 Xi REALM User Manual Version 6 28 Conventions used in this text This symbol is used to denote that the phrase to the left side is the parent menu and to the right side is the sub menu item Project New Phrases in Italics along with the menu symbol are the menu items Directory Project Text extracted from the title of a dialog box title of a tab or general text to be highlighted Bold Phrases in Bold f
150. as already subtracted the reservoir evaporation for the particular month and this total system storage is used to trigger the restrictions An entry of 100 for the upper rule curve means that the reservoirs in the demand group should have a volume at the beginning of the month that is less than one year s demand to trigger restrictions When expressing the base demand in terms of percentage of AAD the sum of base demands with respect to the months of this year should be less than 100 If the sum is 100 then the base demand is equal to the unrestricted demand Rule Curves in Absolute Values When the base demand and the rule curves are expressed as absolute values the total system storage is computed at the start of the simulation time step by summing up the storage volumes nominated for the demand group This volume is compared with the restriction triggers defined by the rule curves to impose restrictions Note that if the reservoir evaporations are modelled through the default option described in Section 5 4 4 3 then reservoir evaporations for the particular time step have already been substracted from the total system storage at the beginning of the time step and this total system storage is used to trigger the restrictions Intermediate Zones The intermediate zones can be used to impose different restriction levels of varying degrees of severity Figure 5 38 shows a schematic diagram of typical restriction rule curves used by urban
151. ase demand the lower rule curve the upper rule curve and the details of intermediate restriction zones of urban industrial demand Urban Restriction Rule Curve Details The rule curves i e lower and upper curves trigger the restrictions and are expressed in terms of the total system storage of the reservoirs assigned to the demand group The base demand the column Base and the rule curves the columns Lower and Upper can be entered either as percentages of Average Annual Demand AAD or as absolute values In the latter case the base demand and the rule curves are entered with a preceding negative sign or entry is negative Hit the MAM NaS EEE button to view the restrictions in graphical form Rule Curves as a Percentage of AAD When the rule curves i e upper and lower curves and the base demand are expressed in terms of AAD the trigger levels of restriction rule curves increase with increasing demand over the planning period This type of restriction rules are used for urban water supply systems with growth in annual demand The total system storage is computed at the start of the simulation time step by summing up the storage volumes of the reservoirs nominated for the demand group This volume is then converted as a percentage of AAD and compared with the restriction triggers defined by the rule curves to impose restrictions For example if the total system storage is above the values defined by the upper rule cu
152. ases of system variables except in the case of carriers the values for the simulation time step are fixed and therefore no iterations are required in carrier capacity calculations However when the system variable is a carrier in the system file the value of this system variable could change from one REALM iteration to another during a simulation time step and require a number of iterations to converge to the correct capacity When the capacity of one carrier is dependent on the flow of another carrier the capacity relationship is generally known as a flow flow f f relationship in REALM and flow flow relationships require several iterations to converge When flow flow relationships are used to compute the capacity of carrier a trial solution must be found for the flows in independent variable carrier REALM assumes a reasonable value for the first iteration and then the capacity of the dependent carrier is computed The simulation module then solves the flow in the network and then the capacities of the dependent carriers are recomputed The simulation module re solves the network and the flows are computed This process continues until the convergence criteria are reached The convergence criteria are specified by the user by changing the corresponding values in the realm set file using the tab Convergence Iteration of Run Options before setting up the simulation i e use of REALM Setup S The following convergence criteria
153. ater quality parameters can be modelled by entering data in the Water Quality tab of the Edit Reservoir dialog box Figure 5 10 Four water quality parameters can be modelled with the current version of REALM They are shown as ec turb siva and norm in Figure 5 10 but can be changed using the Water Quality tab of the Run Options menu item Water quality input can be entered as a fixed concentration or a variable concentration which varies throughout the simulation period Concentrations are in standard water quality units If the concentration of particular water quality parameter is constant over the simulation period then click on the Fixed Concentration radio button and enter the value in the Concentration field If the concentration varies during the simulation then click on the Variable Concentration from File radio button 52 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 and enter the Record Name in Record Name field This Record Name should be a column name in a streamflow file used in the REALM application describing concentration as a time series The Record Name in this field should be spelled correctly including the case as in the streamflow file The Loss field allows the user to input the percentage loss of load of the water quality constituent irrespective of water quality entered as a fixed concentration or variable concentration During a simulation time step water quality load is redu
154. ates a volume for each allocation in the Desired Carryover MLY field by referencing the limit curve The Desired carryover function should be derived from observed or theoretical irrigator behaviour An example carryover function is shown in Figure 5 24 from which it can be seen that 5 of the allocation is carried over for effective allocations between 10 and 60 At low allocations the irrigator is likely to carryover some water to provide a potential supply in case of even lower allocations next year As the allocation rises the irrigator is likely to commit a greater percentage to carryover and thus create additional flexibility for the following season 25 Desired Carryover 0 50 100 150 200 Effective Allocation Figure 5 24 Example Desired Carryover Function Carryover Output A number of additional system variables were introduced with carryover to allow various carryover parameters to be referenced in carrier equations and thus used in different parts of the model These are shown in Table 5 1 To examine outputs the user need to include variable capacity carriers and reference to relevant output type in the carrier capacities refer to Section 5 6 4 4 75 REALM User Manual Table 5 1 Version 6 28 Available Carryover System Variables for Variable Capacity Carrier Modelling Variable Name Sub group Type Type Description Variable Name and Type Remar
155. ation and carrier losses should be specified for each month which can be zero as the total from this month to the end of the irrigation season These parameters are used for the resource assessment in computing the available water for allocation The forecast inflows are always positive numbers The forecast reservoir evaporation and carrier losses are generally positive numbers However the fixed adjustments can be either positive or negative numbers Allocation Season Planning period begins ends Maximum allocation to be used for unrestricted demands 200 x Allocation Curve Efficiency for Group Deliveries 100 x Available Resources Allocation Planning Period Data Forecast Inflows Reservoir Evaporation Carrier Losses Fixed Adjustments v Allow only positive mid season allocation changes Cancel Figure 5 43 Editing Dialog Box for Irrigation Planning Periods Allocation Curve Figure 5 43 The allocation curve defines the percentage announced allocation corresponding to the available resource This curve is developed from the recorded irrigation deliveries of the demand group based on irrigation deliveries after adjusting by the delivery efficiency of the group The allocation curve is defined as at start of the irrigation season Once the available water for release is computed from Equation 5 8 and brought forwar
156. ationships ptl pt2 pt3 pt4 pts pt6 pt7 pt8 pt9 pt10 1 PYKES CK RES Vol 0 995 2503 4618 7354 10834 15209 20409 23920 99999 Area 2 39 59 80 102 127 159 181 203 203 No Name Levels volume relationships pt1 pt2 pt3 pt4 pt5 pt6 pt7 pt8 pt9 pt10 ptil pt12 pt13 1 PYKES CK RES Vol 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Lvl 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 Demand data No Name No S F Monthly Factors Bypass Priority Jan Feb Mar Apl May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec 6 BM IRRIGATION 5 F min 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 max 1 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 7 CSR FACTORY 10 11 min 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 max 1 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 10 BM OUTSIDE SALES 5 5 min 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 max 1 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 20 LERDERDERG DIV 2 3 min 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 max 1 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 pt14 pt15 ER 80 125 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 Parameters for demand restriction by limit curves 0 No Name 0 50 100 200 220 220 220 Frac et imit No off quota supplies to this demand 10 BM OUTSIDE SALES allocation Frac rs imit No off qu
157. be determined appropriately from the available irrigation delivery data Supply of Off Quota water The Limit Curve Based Restrictions tab also provides the option to model off quota water deliveries The off quota deliveries are supplied during times of excess water in certain parts of the system and can be used by this DC2 node Generally this excess water cannot be stored in the system Off quota water used by this demand node is not taken into consideration when restrictions are imposed That is off quota water is not considered as part of the demand supplied in computing the restricted demand The off quota supplies are triggered in REALM when the flow in Off Quota Trigger Carrier is greater than the Off Quota Trigger Flow The Off Quota Trigger Carrier can be a fixed or a variable capacity carrier Spillage sales refers to a situation used in some water supply systems where supply to date during the season is reset to zero if an offquota event occurs For example an irrigator with an allocation of 100 ML may divert say 40 ML after which an off quota event occurs Normally the irrigator can then only divert the remaining 60 ML of their allocation to the end of the season Under spillage sales rules the allocation reverts to 100 ML To turn on spillage sales rules click the Consider all deliveries to date as off quota spillage sales box in the rural demand centre node window Figure 5 13 5 5 2 3 DEMAND
158. be spelled correctly including the case as given in the streamflow file The climatic variability of demands tends to be inversely proportional to the streamflow It also may depend on a combination of rainfall temperature and time of the year Therefore to include this dependence in REALM when annual demands are used it is necessary to determine the influence of climatic variability externally and then to assemble the appropriate monthly information in the streamflow file This climatic information in the file generally known as a climatic index should be greater than zero while 100 indicates the average demand which does not require any adjustment to climatic conditions The climatic index is then used as follows in REALM Cl 5 3 Monthly Demand L VO j Where Monthly Demand is the seasonally adjusted monthly demand is the season number CI is the climatic index for the jt season Yj is the difference between monthly demand generated by the annual demand read from the demand file and disaggregated using monthly disaggregation 56 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 factors and monthly base demand for the jt season and B is the monthly base demand for the jtt season The seasonally not adjusted monthly demand is computed by multiplying the annual demand by the maximum disaggregation factors Similarly the monthly base demand is computed by multiplying the annual demand by the minimum disaggregation factors It
159. buttons to enter the input and output filenames The data of the input file can be used to generate new output via an equation The equation produces lines of output by performing the same manipulation for each line of the input file Calculator Utility Enter name of input file Enter name of output file Calculator Options Global adjustments local equations or calculate a value Ze Append a time reference to an input file c Curve transformation to a column Dutput spreadsheet compatible file Mutli replicate data file from monthly data Multi replicate with a growth factor Figure 8 41 Calculator Utility Dialog Box 8 5 1 GLOBAL ADJUSTMENTS LOCAL EQUATIONS OR CALCULATE A VALUE 8 5 1 1 GLOBAL ADJUSTMENTS LOCAL EQUATIONS Click on the Global adjustments local equations or calculate a value radio button Figure 8 41 The Global Adjustments and Local Equations dialog box is displayed Figure 8 42 It has two blocks 1 Global adjustments and local equation adjustments 2 Calculate a value from a local equation adjustment Note that the global adjustments and local equation contain equations similar to those used in computing the capacity of variable carriers Note also the text in the Equation and Adjustment Information block Figure 8 42 209 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 Global Adjustments and Local Equations Global adjustments and local equation adjustments Global adjus
160. c Realm WorkedExamples directory The user is advised to retain this file in c Realm WorkedExamples directory without making any changes for later use Copy this file into the Project directory and overwrite arc node information as required to define the network In addition the user can add extra rows for arcs nodes to define the network The Template lps file is shown in Figure 8 78 The operations for using LP Solver are similar to Sections 8 9 1 or 8 9 2 249 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 Iteration No 1 Seas 1 Year 1996 Repl al Arc Details 1 Arc Name 00 002 00000000 99999999 00000000 1 2 Arc Name 00 002 00000000 99999999 00000000 2 3 Arc Name 00 002 00000000 99999999 00000000 3 4 Arc Name 00 002 00000000 99999999 00000000 4 5 Arc Name 00 002 00000000 99999999 00000000 5 6 Arc Name 00 002 00000000 99999999 00000000 6 7 Arc Name 00 002 00000000 99999999 00000000 J 8 Arc Name 00 002 00000000 99999999 00000000 8 9 Arc Name 00 002 00000000 99999999 00000000 9 10 Arc Name 00 002 00000000 99999999 00000000 10 11 Arc Name 00 002 00000000 99999999 00000000 11 12 Arc Name 00 002 00000000 09999999 10000000 12 Node Details 1 Node Name 000000001 J 2 Node Name 000000001 2 3 Node Name 000000001 3 4 Node Name 000000001 4 5 Node Na
161. ced by this percentage The Loss can be used to model non conservative water quality constituents such as Biological Oxygen Demand BOD Edit Reservoir Node Number 1 Node Size 1 000 Name of Reservoir PYKES CK RES Details Evaporation Rating Table Water Quality Water Quality Parameters turb Concentration 0 0000 re Fixed concentration Concentration 0 0000 Variable Concentration from File E 0 0000 Variable Concentration from File er 0 0000 ec Record Name turb Record Name siva norm e Fixed concentration Concentration 0 0000 Fixed concentration Concentration 0 0000 C Vari i i Variable C tration from Fil Variable Concentration from File sr 0 0000 ariable Concentration from File E 0 0000 siya Record Name norm Record Name Figure 5 10 Water Quality Tab of Edit Reservoir Dialog Box 5 5 DEMAND NODES There are two types of demand nodes available in REALM namely DC1 for modelling urban demands and DC2 for modelling irrigation or rural demands They are similar from the viewpoint of water consumption The major difference between DC1 and DC2 is the way the restrictions are imposed on these demands To change the type of a demand node A DC1 node can be changed to a DC2 node and vice versa by selecting the Edit Change demand node type menu item or clicking on the Change demand node type button on the toolbar in the System Editor window Then click on the demand node to be changed A dialo
162. check box to display either Figure 8 72 or Figure 8 73 Click on in Figure 8 73 This will display the output file as in Figure 8 74 This is the output file corresponding to Figure 8 70 without making any changes to node and arc details in Figure 8 71 and Figure 8 72 As expected this has produced an infeasible solution and it is shown with the comment INFEASIBLE LP SOLUTION NSTOP 16 as was in Figure 8 70 Both Figure 8 70 and Figure 8 74 are similar and give two sets of Node Arc details the second set with diagnostic arcs which helps to identify the cause of the infeasible solution Note that in the first set of Arc details in Figure 8 74 and Figure 8 70 the flows second last column are not given while in the second set flows are given for a system created by LP Solver with additional diagnostic arcs In particular there are 2 diagnostic arcs from node 1 to node 8 diagnostic arc 8 and from node 2 to node 8 diagnostic arc 9 which have flows This is an indication that there are bottleneck carriers downstream of both nodes 1 and 2 245 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK ob SOLVER KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK File C REALM GetStart Test LP Dump Test log Date 07 31 15 10 2005 Comment Use of LP Solver LP Dump Infeasible solution INFEASIBLE LP SOLUTION NSTOP 16 Arc Details 1 Pipe 1 1 3 0 100 0 2 Pipe 2 2 3 0 100 0 3 Pipe 3 3 5 D 99999999 0 4 Riv
163. d to the starting month of the irrigation season this available water is then used to compute the percentage allocation by interpolation using the values of the allocation curve Note that the percentage allocation of the irrigation demands is the equivalent of the restriction level of urban industrial demands Allow only Positive mid Season Allocation Changes Figure 5 43 Generally within irrigation seasons as the season progresses allocations are not 113 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 allowed to reduce Ticking the check box Allow only positive mid season allocation changes ensures that the allocations are never reduced during the mid season If the user wishes to investigate the effect of reduced mid season allocations this check box can be left blank Resource Assessment and Allocation The storage volumes of reservoirs in the demand group at the start of the month the forecast inflows reservoir evaporations carrier losses and fixed adjustments from the current month to the end of the irrigation season are considered in the resource assessment for each simulation time step in REALM The available water for release is computed based on this resource assessment and given by the following equation Available Water Total system storage of this demand group Forecast inflows Fixed adjustments Reservoir evaporation Carrier losses 5 8 The computed Available Water is then brought forward to the starting
164. d Previous Value Types are applied only for carriers To get the average storage volume for 12 months it is necessary to use a dummy variable capacity carrier and set its capacity to track down the volume of the particular storage This dummy carrier then will have storage volume assigned Similar dummy carriers can be used to track down the averages on any other system variable e g water quality levels of storages A variation on this theme is the AFxx and ACxx Types These Types sum flows from a set month with an implicit reset to zero every 12 months AF and AC refer to annual flows and capacities respectively The A stands for annual totalling while F and C refer to carrier flow and capacity respectively xx can be used to specify the reference month During the reference month the variable returns the sum of the previous 11 months The sum is set to zero in the first month after the reference month The following example sums previous flows from but not including month of MAY Name Type MOKOAN OUTLET AF05 The above example gives the following flow sums over the 12 month period from June 2001 to June 2002 Simulation time step Flow sum over June 2001 0 reset July 2001 June 2001 August 2001 June July 2001 95 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 September 2001 June August 2001 October 2001 June September 2001
165. d be a name of streamflow data column in a streamflow file used in the REALM application It should be correctly spelled including the case as the column name given in the streamflow file The streamflow column should contain time series data of streamflow at this stream junction If the stream junction does not receive local inflow the check box Use Inflow Data should not be ticked The external input data should contain only the incremental or lateral inflow between this node and the previous upstream node that receives inflow to avoid double counting 5 5 4 3 STREAM JUNCTION WATER QUALITY PARAMETERS Water quality parameters can be modelled by selecting the Water Quality tab option This tab is exactly same as Figure 5 10 except for the node name The details are explained in Section 5 4 4 5 5 5 5 STREAM TERMINATOR NODE ST The stream terminator node ST represents the last point of each river stream system This node ensures that only flows that cannot be regulated leave the water supply system 5 5 5 1 BASIC PROPERTIES DETAILS The dialog box shown in Figure 5 27 is displayed when the ST node is created edited The information required for the fields Node Number Node size Name of Stream Terminator and Description is analogous to that for other node types such as the pipe junction PJ node Section 5 5 3 Add Stream Terminator Node Number 27 Node Size 1 000 Name of Stream Terminato
166. d carrier towards the centre of the screen This allows additional space to be created around the outer edges of the window to add more nodes or carriers if desired However this function should be used with caution too many rescales can result in the schematic of the water system appearing cramped The Undo all actions up to and including last delete action button cannot be used to reverse a rescale To rescale Click on the View Rescale menu item 5 2 3 3 BACKGROUND IMAGE MANAGE BACKGROUND These options are intended to allow the user to overlay a REALM schematic of a water suppy system over a background map picture of that system Background Image and Manage Background are not functional in REALM at this time 5 2 3 4 CUSTOMISE VIEW Customise View enables the user to change the appearance colour pattern size label of elements nodes carriers displayed in the System Editor graphical interface Note that the appearance of a class of elements can be altered e g all reservoirs nodes but a single element e g a reservoir cannot be made to appear different to all other elements of that class To change the appearance of elements Click on the View Customise menu item or Click on the Customise button EI on the System Editor toolbar The Color Management dialog box is displayed Figure 5 4 42 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 Color Management Fill Pattern Fill Density Node Size Outline Colour No
167. d in realm set The file realm set is in the project directory Infeasible LP solution When an infeasible solution is detected REALM dumps LP data into the log file However REALM then makes some adjustments to the network and solves again to produce a second dump The simulation process then stops The log file in this case does not include the summary information on nodes and carriers The REALM format output files contain data up to excluding the current time step User Request LP Dump A typical log file containing user request LP dump is shown in Figure 8 69 In Figure 8 69 all the iterations are not shown only the iterations 1 2 and 5 This log file has been requested for replicate of February 1996 When the utilities LP Solver and LP Extract are used with the LP dump they look for strings of Arc Details and Node Details in the dump Figure 8 69 Therefore the relative position of these strings is important in the dump file and the user should not change these positions before using these utilities The Arc Details contain the following information Arc number Arc name From node To node Arc penalty Arc capacity Arc flow Arc number again Note that the Arc Details contains the above information for both physical and system arcs denoted by ECN The Node Details contain the following information Node number Node name Nodal inflow Node number again Again the Node
168. d in the Rainfall Data Timeseries OI field If a second timeseries is to be used tick the Rainfall Data Timeseries 2 check box and enter the appropriate column name If multiple rainfall timeseries are used the Fraction fields should be filled out Note that the sum of the rainfall timeseries fractions must add to 1 64 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 PRIDE Parameters x Soil Drainage Factor 1 0000 Trigger Demand For Rationing 99999 Demand Reduction Factor 0 50000 Autumn Soil Moisture Deficit 14 300 Number of Annual Pasture Subareas 6 F Cancel Figure 5 18 Parameters Tab of PRIDE Model Parameters Dialog Box Parameters Under the Parameters tab Figure 5 18 the user can enter model parameters such as the Soil Drainage Factor Refer to Section 5 2 2 of the PRIDE User Manual for further information on the meaning of these parameters 65 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 PRIDE Parameters x j Crop Data Channel Efficiency Factors Start Date of Irrigation Season End Date of Irrigation Season Start Date of Autumn Irrigation End Date of Autumn Irrigation Start Date of Rationing Mach v End Date of Rationing April AAA Beginning of Reduction in Demand Cancel Figure 5 19 Season Tab of PRIDE Model Parameters Dialog Box Season Under the Season tab Figure 5 19 the user has the ability to define the dates at which the irrigation
169. data to file button on the toolbar A standard Windows directory file browser is displayed with rpn dat as the default prompted filename The plot data can be saved in any directory through standard Windows browsing Enter the appropriate filename and save the file by clicking on the button After saving the REALM Plotting window is displayed again Clicking on returns the user to the REALM Plotting window without saving data 8 1 9 EXITING PLOT In order to exit the utility Plot either select the File Return menu item or click on the UE Exit Plotting button on the toolbar of the REALM Plotting window Figure 8 2 This will take the user back to the REALM Program Manager Figure 4 1 8 2 FILTER The Filter utility is used to extract columns of data from the given REALM output file or any REALM formatted file and create a new file Two filter options are available 1 Monthly filter 2 Numeric filter When Utilities Filter is selected the dialog box of Figure 8 26 is displayed 197 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 Filter Output Files Enter name of input file Enter name of output file Filter Options e Monthly filter Numeric filter Cancel Figure 8 26 Filter Output Screen Enter name of input file The name of the input file is entered here The file should be in REALM format The file can be selected by clicking on the browse button Enter name of output file The output filename
170. de Colour Reservoir v Very Dense Urban Demand Cross Hatched Very Very Dense Very Very Dense Solid Medium Solid Medium Solid Medium Solid Medium el Display Font Size Node Names Carrier Names Highlight Hidden Carriers Say Symbols Defaults Cancel OK u Figure 5 4 Color Management Dialog Box in System Editor The first table in the dialog box lists all the types of node available in the graphical interface e g Reservoir The columns Fill Pattern Fill Density Node Size Outline Colour and Node Colour are populated with default appearance attributes To change an attribute click on the cell in the table to be altered A drop down box with a list of choices will be displayed or for colours the Color dialog box will appear Make a selection and click 82323 to see how the change looks Note that altering the field Node Size will make all the nodes of a particular type larger or smaller However if the user has individually specified that some nodes of that type are larger or smaller than others the relative size of each node will not change Click EET to restore the default appearance settings at any time Clicking UA returns the user to the System Editor window The second table in the Color Management dialog box shows the colour of each type of carrier i e Pipe and River The same process as for nodes may be followed to change the appearance
171. e Aux Input No 1 PYKES CK RES Reservoir 5 18 10252 0 00 00 PYKES CK INFLOWS Comment Pykes Creek Reservior 2 PYKES CK OUTFALL Strm junction 4 82 7 10 0 00 00 2 Comment Pykes Creek junction with Werribee River 3 UPPER WERRIBEE WEIR Strm junction 2 76 8 23 0 00 00 WERRIBEE BALLAN 3 Comment Upper Werribee Weir 4 BM WEIR Strm junction 4 45 5 19 0 00 00 4 Comment Bacchus Marsh Weir on the Werribee R 5 DIVERSION DECISION Strm junction 3 68 8 88 0 00 00 5 Comment Pykes tunnel Second condition for flow 6 BM IRRIGATION Irr Demand 1 96 33 30 0 00 00 B 6 Comment BM irrigation supply 7 CSR FACTORY Demand Zadeh 4 92 0 00 00 7 Comment CSR factory supply 8 BM OFFTAKE Strm junction 3 23 4 03 0 00 00 8 Comment Offtake to supply irrigation area demand amp other demand supplied from channels 9 INFLOW BETWEEN WEIRS Strm junction 2 00 1 523 0 00 00 INFLOW BET N WEIRS 9 Comment Inflow between weirs 0 BM OUTSIDE SALES Irr Demand 3 88 3209 0 00 00 B 0 Comment BM outside sales Excess returns to Werribee River 1 INFLOW U S MELTON Strm junction 5427 3 60 0 00 00 INFLOW BM TO MELTON 1 Comment General inflow upstream Melton Res 2 INFLOW JUNCTION Strm junction 3 72 6 37 0 00 00 2 Comment Inflow junction Werribee R upstream Melton Res 3 NODE PARWON CK Strm junction 6 49 2285 0 00 00 PARWON CK 3 Comment Parwon Creek 4 PARWON CK OUTFALL Strm junction 6 66 4 14 0 00 00 4 Comment Parwon Creek outfall to Werribee River
172. e Demand LVLS Demand restriction level Node name Demand SUPP Demand actually supplied Node name Demand DEM Unrestricted demand GREENVALE GREENVALE of the previous and DEM is a demand months zone name in the system and in a demand file Node name Demand LVL Previous month s restriction level Node name Demand SHT Previous month s demand shortfall Node name Stream INFW Inflow data from the BIG RIVER BIG RIVER is a junction streamflow file and INFW stream junction in the system file Carrier name FLOW Carrier flow Carrier name CAPC Carrier capacity COLIBAN COLIBAN RACE and RACE is a CAPC carrier in the system file Carrier name LOSS Carrier loss Carrier name FLO Flow in the previous month Carrier name CAP Capacity in the previous month Carrier name LOS Loss in the previous month 90 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 Variable Sub group Type Type Description Variable Remarks Name Name amp Type Carrier name RFxx Sum of flows over MOKOAN MOKOAN the previous xx OUTLET and OUTLET is a time steps This Type RF12 and carrier in the is valid for any RC60 system file simulation time step RF12 gives the sum of flows in this carrier over the previous 12 months and RC60 gives the sum of capacities over the previous 60 months Carrier name RCxx Sum of capacities over the previous xx time steps This Type is valid for any simulation time st
173. e Section 5 5 2 2 Select the Carryover tab in the Edit Rural Demand Centre dialog box Figure 5 12 Select the check box Allow this demand centre to carryover unused allocation to next season Figure 5 23 Enter the percentage allocations into the Allocation at Entitlement fields to specify the point on the limit curve defining high and low reliability water shares If the limit curve has been completed in the Limit Curve Based Restrictions tab REALM will automatically calculate the volume of water at each allocation in the Entitlement fields These fields cannot be edited by the user they are intended as a check to ensure that the correct allocations have been entered Note it is strongly recommended that the limit curve be defined for the rural demand centre before carryover parameters are entered 12 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 Edit Rural Demand Centre Node Number E Node Size 0 900 Name of Rural Demand RODNEY Centre Details Limit Curve Based Restrictions Carryover Demand Modelling Desired carryover function 1 Carryover with spillable water account Unlimited X Effective Desired Desired High reliability Low reliability Allocation Carryover Carryover ML Allocation at Entitlement 100 200 Entitlement 222233 7171 Canyover imta H a Carryover limit ML 4858 Max effective allocation 222233 97171 Carryover high or low reliability s
174. e UE 31 4 5 REALM Utility Programs uuuuuuunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 32 E NN e EE 33 4 5 2 Vi EE 33 ADB Ranking 33 4 5 4 Format Conversion einen is ahead il oleae Wl ee 33 455 Tee EE 33 A56 TEE 34 4 5 7 Replicate Analysis e nenne sei 34 4 58 De 34 4 5 9 EP te EE 34 4 5 10 Streamflow Transformation ccccccccecceesceceeeeeceeeeeeaeeeeeeeceeeeeceaeeeeaaeseeeeeseeeestaeeeeeeeeneeeseas 34 4 5 11 Data Base Eetractton NENNEN nee ei 34 4 5 12 Help and BC EE 34 5 SYSTEM EDITOR SS ereescht 37 5 1 Getting Starile d arr ra amara keete eegene 38 5 2 Working in the System Editor uunnssssnnnsnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 40 EE e ne WEE A0 572 2 FING RE ban alien ate dia ie ink ear a Aa ea 40 5 2 3 Functions under the View Menu ccccesccccecesecceeeeeeceeeeeseceeeeseeeeesaseeeeeeeaeeesseeeeeesneeaeeeenees 41 5 2 3 1 Zoom Ins ZOOM TEE 41 5 2 3 2 eelere Eed EE eege ege EE Ee E 42 5 2 3 3 Background Image Manage Background anne nn 42 5 2734 Ee ul 42 5 3 EEN RE A4 523 1 lt Creating a New System File Ree EENS CERRA EKEN 44 5 3 2 Editing an Existing System File 44 5 3 3 Saving a System Files geegent paavin anahi ean aaa Nei ENEE 45 5 3 4 Printing a System File 45 5 4 NOGES EE 46 5 4 1 Creating Editing Nodes nenn 46 EN leie RE 47 5 4 3 Deleting Undeleting Nodes ceecccceessececeeeeeceeeeeseeeeeeseeceeeense
175. e a logarithmic scale for the y axis particularly if the range is very large By ticking the Logarithmic scale check box the user selects to have the y axis with a logarithmic scale base 10 The Top Panel Y Axis block has the same operations as that of the main panel except for one difference the user is able to select the height of the top panel as a percentage of the total height of the plot By clicking on the up down arrows the user can set the required ratio to the total plot Clicking on in Figure 8 9 accepts the changes and shows them on the time series plot Figure 8 6 Clicking on Cancel returns the user to the same dialog box but without accepting the changes if any Format Time Series Plot Axes x Axis Start Seas Start Yr End Seas End yr A Cep rey Cep Main Panel Y Axis Top Panel Y Axis Auto Auto Minimum V Minimum Iv Maximum V Maximum IV Logarithmic scale T Logarithmic scale T Height of panel CS total 65 E Cancel Figure 8 9 Format Time Series Plot Axes Dialog Box If the variables have been selected for plotting only in the main panel then the Top Panel Y Axis block is inactive Similarly if the variables have been selected only in the top panel then the Main Panel Y Axis block is inactive 8 1 3 4 TOGGLE GRATICULES ON OFF Toggle graticules on off allows the user to make use of the graticules in order to read the plot easily By either selecting the Forma
176. e historical data The more segments referred to in REALM as bins the FDCs are split into the more precisely the shape of the FDC for the transformed Period A data matches the shape of the FDC for Period B However the more segments Period B flow data are split into the less data points per segment and therefore the greater the risk that the smaller sample size is unrepresentative of the hydrological conditions The number of data points in Period B or Period A whichever is the lesser is the upper limit for the number of segments Where the number of data points in a period Period A or Period B is not exactly divisible by the number of bins specified some data points will be shared between bins These data points are referred to as partials For example if there were 492 streamflow data in Period A and 10 bins specified each bin would contain 49 2 data points The streamflow data are ranked from lowest to highest and the 50 data point is split between bin 1 and bin 2 the 99 data point is split between bin 2 and bin 3 etc Partials are transformed by multiplying by a weighted average of the conversion factors for the two bins that the data point is shared between This can be seen in the last line of Figure 8 98 which shows the details of the transformation of a partial data point split 20 into bin 1 and 80 into bin 2 For all the other data points in the file the bin number is an integer from 1 to 10 a
177. e of such error message is Cannot solve division equation with near zero denominator in variable capacity carrier name of problem carrier Check carrier problem carrier number Result set to zero 161 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 7 2 OUTPUT FILES REALM creates several sets of output files They can be categorised into three sets of files as follows e Log files e REALM format output files as selected from REALM Setup S see Section 6 66 5 5 e Other output files 7 2 1 LOG FILES Depending on whether the check box Log error message to separate file in the Files Output tab under Run Options settings Section 4 4 7 5 is selected or not REALM produces for each run two separate log files normal log and other for run time errors or a single log file including the run time errors The log file summarises the input and output files and system changes used for the run The optional simulation summary is also written to the log file if requested during REALM setup Figure 6 6 The optional simulation summary is the starting point for analysing the system performance It highlights minimum reservoir levels demand shortfalls restriction frequency carrier flows etc It can also be used to confirm that an overall water balance for the entire simulation period has been achieved An example of a log file is shown in Figure 7 3 The log file is divided into three segments as follows e A
178. e run is shown in Figure 7 7 The number of streamflow replicates used in this REALM run was 4 169 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 RESERVOIR STORAGE test log Time 14 45 36 Date 06 Dec 90 run 70 existing us cowwarr and ds glenmaggie F4 0 2F6 0 1 12 2 7 SEASON YEAR REPLICATE BLUE ROCK ESTO MOONDARRA ESTO THOMSON ESTO GLENMAGGIE ESTO I 1989 200000 P 833012 370000 989 d 200000 782199 Sea 989 200000 e 778017 333 193 989 2 200000 778415 322842 989 A 200000 833352 366929 989 7 98671 e 772591 29269 989 3 95800 769210 307475 989 k 96256 766542 284297 989 99996 z 829299 352206 989 z 94471 764354 263884 989 P 89912 758430 280646 989 88488 e 755490 254840 989 98470 842599 370000 989 x 90271 754638 247503 989 81392 747706 265195 989 78890 744538 239964 989 200000 s 886149 370000 87347 755033 250702 77192 P 745482 294698 74152 P 735840 237774 200000 z 937549 370000 83356 R 758733 280782 72992 744384 328178 76305 741840 260954 I I Is 2 2 PR 2 35 3 ES 3 4 4 4 4 Ds 5 Di 5 6 6 6 6 Figure 7 7 Reservoir Storage Volume Output File for a Multiple Replicate Run The column names of the output files are assembled from the system file s relevant to the system components e g reservoirs demands and carriers and suffixed with the four letter e
179. e sorted data in Period B is name of input file _transformed_stB_ column number of relevant variable in the input file txt Each sorted file also lists which bin each data point has been sorted into and identifies how many data points are in each bin Each data point is identified as full fully in one bin or partial shared between two bins 8 11 5 RUN TRANSFORMATION Hit the Ntta kena Oan a button to run the streamflow transformation and write the outputs to the specified files When the calculations are complete the Output Viewing box is displayed REALM produces 2 output files in addition to the Optional Outputs specified in Section 8 11 4 e REALM Output File A streamflow file containing the transformed flows Note that the transformed streamflows have the same variable names as the original streamflows The naming convention for the output file with the relevant variables transformed is name of input file _transformed e Flow Duration Curve A file containing probability of exceedence values for o the original streamflows during Period A PER A ORIGINAL o the original streamflows during Period B PER B ORIGINAL o the transformed streamflows during Period A PER A TRANSFORMED J Note that Year and Season are dummy variables The naming convention for the output file is name of input file _transformed_FDC For hints on plotting the outputs click on the relevant butt
180. e stored in the data base The required output files can then be extracted from the data base whenever they are required During REALM Setup the user can specify that all output is to be sent to a data base Section 6 6 Then during simulation a data base file with its log filename and extension of bdb is created Select Utilities Data Base Extraction which displays a standard browsing window Browse through the directories to select the required data base file for creating the required output files Once the required data base file is selected click the Si button This displays the Select data sets to be extracted dialog box Figure 8 100 This dialog box allows the user to select the required output files This dialog box is similar to Figure 6 22 Section 6 6 Select data sets to be extracted x Options selection e Select individually C Select all C De select all te Reservoir data Demand data Gravity diversion data Iv Storages Iw Unrestricted P M Spills V Restricted ja Targets F Shortfalls E I Inflows Rationing Water quality data Evaporation Iw Restriction level m Releases Iw Actually supplied Levels Carrier data v Flows Losses Iw Capacity Sub Equation Results Stream junction inflows Select Carriers Settings Re set Cancel Figure 8 100 Select Data Sets to be Extracted Window The output selections in Figure 8 100 can then be selected as in Section 6 5 to create v
181. e that the default file extension is wmf Windows metafile Other file 196 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 types are available in the drop down list Save as type The plot can be saved in any other directory through standard Windows browsing Enter the appropriate filename and type and save the plot by clicking on the button After saving the REALM Plotting window will be displayed again Clicking on returns the user to the Plotting window without saving 8 1 7 PRINT PLOT The current time series plot or scatter plot can be printed from the REALM Plotting window Another option is to save the plot as a file Section 8 1 6 import it to another Microsoft Windows application such as Word and print it from there Printing plots can be done by selecting the File Print menu item or clicking on the 8f Send plot file to printer button on the toolbar This displays the standard Page Setup dialog box found in Windows applications Click on the button to print the plot or click on to return to the REALM Plotting window 8 1 8 EXPORT PLOT The data contained within the current time series plot or scatter plot can be saved using the Export function This allows the user to save the data as a DAT file This file can be opened and edited if necessary through a standard editor such as Notepad in Windows or the Text Editor Section 4 3 2 in REALM This is done by selecting the File Export menu item or clicking on the Si Export plot
182. e value of sub equations in other carriers in the current time step It is also possible to reference sub equation results from any carrier in previous time steps When referencing the sub equation results of other carriers it is very important to note the order of the carriers As for any reference in REALM to the capacity of another carrier in the current time step the numbering of the carriers is very important A reference to a lower numbered carrier will result in the value from the current iteration being used Referring to a higher numbered carrier will result in its value from the previous iteration being used For this reason it is very important to check that all cross referencing is referring to the intended result and that the model results are stable from iteration to iteration The naming convention used to refer to any sub equation result is described below Variable Type Description Name Carrier 1 nn_A The result for sub equation A of carrier 1 for previous time step lagged by nn time steps Carrier 2 nnZZ The result for sub equation ZZ of carrier 2 for previous time step lagged by nn time steps An example is shown in the table below Variable Type Description Name Carrier 3 00_A The result for sub equation A of carrier 3 for previous time step lagged by 0 time step i e current time ste p tage y D D Carrier 4 99ZZ The result for sub equation ZZ of carrier 4 for previou
183. earch for the required variable when there is a large list of variables When the DEZ button is clicked the Text Search dialog box appears Enter the text string contained in the name of the variable at least the first few letters characters of the variable to search for the variable Click on to return to the Time Series Plot dialog box Figure 8 5 highlighting the variables with the relevant text string Note that the search string is not case sensitive Sometimes it may be necessary to find the other variable names in the same data file with the same text string The user can then click on the button in Figure 8 5 to continue the search thus highlighting a different variable with the same text string 177 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 Time series plot Select file C realm 4STRM1 DAT Select variable Top panel Main plot area e Include file descriptor in plot variable names ox Note After exiting this dialog to change displayed time period you can click_and_drag either end of shaded bar click mouse to left right of shaded bar or else click_and_drag the centre of the shaded bar Figure 8 5 Time Series Plot Dialog Box Clickon in Time Series Plot dialog box Figure 8 5 to produce the time series graph with the selected variables shown as separate coloured lines Figure 8 6 Clicking on returns the user to the REALM Plotting window without generating a graph 178 REALM User Man
184. ed below e Zero if the capacity has not been calculated at all this happens during the first iteration e Capacity calculated from the previous iteration for subsequent iterations Water Quality The water quality types are useful in specifying the operating rules related to flow rejection mixing or periodic flushing The reservoir names and carrier names can be accompanied by water quality types The types depend on the pseudo water quality names in the realm set file or water quality tab in Run Options For example the realm set file may have the water quality parameters as 94 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 w qual name 1 SALN w qual name 2 TURB w qual name 3 COLR Water quality pseudo names should not start with the letters AF AC RC and RE This will result in a type conflict Summing and Previous Value Types RF RC AF AC xxx xxx xxx and xxx This group provides many useful tools for controlling operations For example it may be necessary to stop supply if the flow through a carrier over the previous 12 month period was greater than a certain quota RF12 gives the total flow over the previous 12 time steps Similarly RC60 gives the total carrier capacity over the previous 60 time steps RC60 can be used to compute the 5 year moving yearly average by dividing the RC60 value by 5 The RFxx and RCxx can be used with any simulation time step such as daily or monthly These Summing an
185. ed Monthly Capacities or Variable Capacities This selection will change the colour of the relevant tabs For example if the Variable Capacities radio button is selected the Fixed Monthly Capacities tab is greyed out and the Variable Capacities tab becomes active Figure 5 28 The default carrier capacity is Fixed Monthly Capacities which means that the carrier s maximum capacity is defined by fixed monthly values When Variable Capacities is selected the maximum capacity of the variable capacity carrier depends upon one or more system variables and is computed during each time step of the simulation based on the values of these system variables The maximum capacity can be used to simulate the real physical capacity of the carriers aS well as operational considerations The most common carrier type has a physical maximum capacity that is the same for all months in the year This situation is modelled as Fixed Monthly Capacities In other cases it is necessary to have different maximum but fixed flows in different months due to operational considerations Again this situation is modelled with Fixed Monthly Capacities Variable Capacities is used to model a situation where the maximum capacity of a carrier is not fixed but instead depends upon one or more system variables due to operational considerations One example of a variable capacity carrier would be a carrier representi
186. ed by global adjustments local equations is to be written to the output file There are four options provided in the drop down boxes e by replacing the specific column in the input file Replace column e by appending the new data columns to the input file Append as new column e by having only a single column with new data New file Output column only e by having only the input and output columns New file Input amp output columns Whenever a global local adjustment is made to a column a new column name must be specified for that particular column where the global local adjustments are made Any global adjustment is performed first and then the local adjustments are done on the results of the global adjustment Note that the global adjustment is applied to all selected column in the same way but the local adjustment is specific to the column where the local equation adjustment is made 210 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 Note also that negative values created by global and or local adjustments can be to be set to zero by selecting the check box Negative values to zero for both local and global equations and adjustments 8 5 1 2 CALCULATE VALUES FROM LOCAL EQUATION ADJUSTMENT The Calculate a Value from a local equation adjustment block allows the user to test the equation for the first data item in the specified row by instantly calculating and displaying the output on the screen T
187. ed in an equation in the second time step of the run ie 23 x 10 20 It will take 24 time steps of the model run for this running total value to become independent of the initialised value 2 Similarly a running total variable that references the capacity of a carrier from 3 time steps previously would have variable type 003 If this variable is initialised with a value of 10 it will return that value for the first three time steps of the model run when called in an equation In the fourth time step it will return the capacity value of the relevant carrier from the first time step 6 5 2 INITIAL RESERVOIR VOLUMES To specify initial reservoir volumes Click on the Initialisation Reservoirs menu item of the REALM Setup window Figure 6 3 or Click on the Si Initialise reservoir volumes button The Initial Reservoir Volumes dialog box Figure 6 14 is displayed There are three options available to specify the initial reservoir volumes as follows 1 Use of reservoir initialisation file 2 Specification of initial reservoir volumes 3 Setting initial volumes to full supply capacity The initial storage volumes of all reservoirs included in the system file or in the first system file in case of multiple system files of the current REALM application should be specified using the above options The initial storage volumes of new reservoirs in the second and subsequent system files of multiple system file runs are assumed
188. elevant water quality parameter e g ec and use the 150 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 button to locate the corresponding water quality initialisation file Select the file Specification of salinity start levels Initialisation file aie EA II Browse Cancel Figure 6 18 Water Quality Start Level Specification Dialog Box The water quality initialisation files are also in standard REALM format A sample initial concentration file for water quality variable of ec is shown in Figure 6 19 In this file 200 ec units are considered as the initial concentration of Reservoir 1 There can be any number of reservoirs in this file which are compatible with the system file or the first system file in case of multiple system files Any missing reservoirs or mis spelled reservoirs are assigned zero initial concentrations Therefore it is necessary to correctly spell including case the reservoir names in these files as in system file For multiple system file runs the initial concentrations of new reservoirs in second and subsequent system files are considered zero Similar to the reservoir initialisation file and initial irrigation delivery file the REPLICATE column is optional for single replicate REALM runs but necessary for multiple replicate runs startec Electrical conductivity Prepared by Chris Perera TEST DATA DATE 20 JUL 1990 F6 0 F12 2 2 REPLICATE Reservoir 1 1 200 00 Fig
189. en The user can exit without updating the ans_file dat by clicking on DEEL button In this case the changes done to the scenario will not be saved into the ans_file dat which will eventually force REALM simulation to run according to the previous settings saved under the same file Instead of exiting or saving the user can return back to the Setup window to do more changes by clicking on the SAA E31 button 158 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 Chapter 7 7 SIMULATION AND OUTPUT FILES 159 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 7 1 SIMULATION Once the run time parameters are set up through REALM Setup S as in Chapter 6 the user is now ready to run the REALM simulation To run the REALM simulation Click on the Run Model menu item Figure 7 1 or Click on E Run REALM button of the REALM Program Manager Figure 4 1 REALM then reads the setup information from the file ans_file dat that was created by REALM Setup opens the required input and output files and finally runs the simulation As simulation progresses each completed year is displayed on the Run progress box together with the system file used Section 7 1 1 details the common run time error messages that may occur during simulation REALM Program Manager Project System Rive Utilities Help Exit Setup Model File viewer DOS executable DOS prompt Options Figure 7 1 Run Menu Items of the REALM Program Manager At the end of the
190. en in the Other convergence field In this case the Arc convergence abs can be set in absolute values Then during the simulation flows in carriers are considered to be converged if the flows in the carriers satisfy one of the above two criteria namely Other convergence or Arc convergence Again the user is advised to use LP dump and diagnostics programs Section 8 8 to investigate the cause for non convergence at this simulation time step before changing these tolerances Sometimes complex daily models need extra iterations to ensure convergence The Do convergence twice check box allows an extra iteration during a simulation to ensure convergence When this check box is checked REALM compares the results of three successive iterations for convergence before it moves on to the next simulation time step If the check box is not checked REALM compares the results of two successive iterations 4 4 74 DYNAMIC MEMORY REALM software can be used to model any water supply system with any complex operating rules without recompiling the source code unless the water supply system is modelled with a very large number of nodes and carriers This has been achieved through the use of dynamic memory capabilities on maximum number of replicates in using generated data in the application MAXREP maximum number of data rows in 29 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 streamflow and demand files MAXP and maximum number of wa
191. enario Menu Create a New Scenario Dialog Box Simulation Specification Dialog Box LP Diagnostics Dump Dialog Box System File Specification Multiple System File Selection Streamflow Files Dialog Box with a Streamflow File Example Irrigation Demand Model Input File Variable Initialisation Dialog Box Example Variable Initialisation File Initial Reservoir Volume Dialog Box Format of a Reservoir Initialisation File Initial Irrigation Deliveries Dialog Box Format of Irrigation Delivery File Water Quality Start Level Specification Dialog Box Initial Concentration File for a Water Quality Parameter Carryover Initialisation Dialog Box Format of Carryover Initialisation File Select Data Sets to be Saved Dialog Box Selection of Carriers Dialog Box Output Scenario Selection Dialog Box Run Menu Items of the REALM Program Manager End Run Dialog Box Example of a REALM Simulation Log File Naming Convention of Output Files Reservoir Storage Volume Output File Reservoir Water Quality Turb Output File Reservoir Storage Volume Output File for a Multiple Replicate Run Sample Sub equation Output File Utility Menu Listing of REALM Program Manager REALM Plotting Window Open Files Dialog Box with two files specified Close File Dialog Box Time Series Plot Dialog Box Example of a Time Series Plot Format Time Series Data Dialog Box Format Plot Titles Dialog Box Format Time Series Plot Axes Dialog Box Example of a Time Series Plot
192. ep Carrier name AFxx Sum of flow over a MOKOAN MOKOAN maximum period of OUTLET and OUTLET is a previous 11 months AF05 carrier in the from the current system file month up to the AF05 gives the reference month of sum of flows in xx reference and this carrier current month flows over the are not included previous 11 This sum is reset to 0 months every 12 months in excluding the first month after May the reference month This Type is valid only for monthly simulation time step Carrier name ACxx Sum of capacity over a maximum period of previous 11 months from the current month up to the reference month of xx reference and current month capacities are not included This sum is reset to 0 every 12 months in the first month after the reference month This Type is valid only for monthly simulation time step 91 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 Variable Sub group Type Type Description Variable Remarks Name Name amp Type Carrier name xxx Sum of flow over the previous xxx time steps similar to RFxx but allows for 3 digits instead of 2 This Type is valid for any simulation time step Carrier name xxx Sum of capacity over the previous xxx time steps similar to RCxx but allows for 3 digits instead of 2 This Type is valid for any simulation time step Carrier name XXX Flow corresponding to a previous time step lagged by
193. er 3 4 O0 99999999 0 5 Demand Ecn 7 5 50001000 2700 0 6 Demand Ecn 4 6 2000000 100000000 0 7 Bypass Ecn 6 7 0 100000000 0 Node Details 1 Strm Junction 1 416 nl 2 Strm Junction 2 416 2 3 Strm Junction 3 0 3 4 Stream Terminator 0 4 5 DEMAND 1 2700 5 6 Ecn Node 1868 6 7 Ecn Node 0 7 0 sum of node requirements Solution with diagnostic arcs Arc Details 1 Pipe 1 1 3 0 100 100 2 Pipe 2 2 3 0 100 100 3 Pipe 3 3 5 0 99999999 200 4 River 3 4 D 99999999 0 5 Demand Ecn 2 5 50001000 2700 1868 6 Demand Ecn 4 6 2000000 100000000 0 7 Bypass Ecn 6 7 0 100000000 1868 8 diagnostic arcs 1 8 90000000 99999999 316 9 diagnostic arcs 2 8 90000000 99999999 316 10 diagnostic arcs 3 8 90000000 99999999 0 11 diagnostic arcs 4 8 90000000 99999999 0 12 diagnostic arcs 8 5 90000000 99999999 632 13 diagnostic arcs 6 8 90000000 99999999 0 14 diagnostic arcs 7 8 90000000 99999999 0 Node Details 1 Strm Junction 1 416 1 2 Strm Junction 2 416 2 3 Strm Junction 3 0 3 4 Stream Terminator 0 4 5 DEMAND 1 2700 sl 6 Ecn Node 1868 6 7 Ecn Node 0 7 8 0 8 0 sum of node requirements ADU PBPWNHEH OD JO OD vs GA At La tatata 3 DWwN H OL Figure 8 74 LP Solver Output Showing an Infeasible Solution 246 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 Run LP Solver again but this time increasing the capacity of the bottleneck carriers downstream of the nodes 1 and 2 This is done through the LP Solver Edit Arc Details dialog box of Figure 8 75 Note that t
194. eration and subsequent simulation is built in to REALM and can be set during REALM Setup Section 6 3 1 Multi replicate run with seasonal streamflow and demand files that contain replicate data During simulation REALM does the simulation for a simulation time step for all replicates and then moves to the next time step and so on until it reaches the end of the simulation In both cases the output files except the log file are REALM format files and have data corresponding to replicates A part of a multi replicate streamflow file is shown Figure 8 54 which has 10 replicates The REALM format output files are similar The log file contains average values with respect to the simulation time step and the number of replicates In some cases it is necessary to extract data corresponding to certain replicates from these multi replicate input and output files In other cases it may be necessary to analyse these multi replicate data to get the statistical parameters of certain decision variables Both extraction and analysis of multi replicate data can be done using the Replicate Analysis utility To analyse multi replicate data Select the Ultilities Replicate Analysis menu item The Replicate Utilities dialog box Figure 8 55 is displayed Enter the multi replicate input filename and the output filenames for the Replicate Analysis The input file can be a user prepared file such as streamflow file of Figure 8 54 or an outpu
195. erations flow in this carrier has not converged to a single value but it was within the tolerance specified in Figure 8 69 LP Extractor Select Arcs Select arcs below No Node Name To RESATOST A 1 RES BTO STB 2 RES ATO CITY 1 A RESBTOCITY 2 5 RESERVOIR CONNECTOR 6lReservoir Ecn Reservoir Ecn 9 Reseroir Een 10 Reservoir Ecn 1 1 Reservoir Ecn 6 1 6 2000000 2000000 55000010 15 Demand Ecn 16 Demand Ecn 5 17 Losses Ecn 6 1 6 6 lLosses Ecn 55000020 19 Losses Ecn 55000030 20 Losses Een 6 55000040 55000050 Ze DES H 5 3 2 6 1 6 1 2 6 11jReservoir Ecn 6 2 12 Reservoir Ecn 2 6 13 Reservair Ecn 6 2 14Demand Een H 3 4 6 6 4 5 3 3 2 21lLosses Ecn 6 Figure 8 80 LP Extract Select Arcs Window lpextr Multi iteration LP dump extract Flows and capacities 3212 2 3 ITERATION RESERVOIR CONNE CAPC RESERVOIR CONNE FLOW 1 00 100 00 100 00 2 00 6078 00 6078 00 3 00 6078 00 5940 00 4 00 6078 00 5151 00 5 00 6078 00 5081 00 Figure 8 81 Output File from LP Extract 251 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 8 11 STREAMFLOW TRANSFORMATION The Streamflow Transformation utility allows the user to alter input flows such that streamflow properties that occur in one period of the flow record are replicated throughout the entire flow record Similarly climatic variables rainfall evaporation can be
196. erformed by the user when creating the new variables The Variables partition at the bottom contains Variable X and Variable Y where the selected variable s for a particular operation are stored until they are transferred to the Temporary variables list The Temporary variable list contains the new or temporary variable s The operations required to create new or temporary variables are described in more detail below 1 Create temporary variables File variables C realm DEM2 DAT C realm SF3 DAT Operations Temporary variables C Accumulate x C Add NA Sum variables Accum STREAM1 Log STREAMZ2 C Log transform X C Subtract X Y a DEMAND 1 3 DEMAND 2 b C Add constant X a C Multiply x Y STREAM1 STREAM2 STREAM1 DEMAND Transform ar Dh C Divide Sr SEASONPIYEAR DEMAND J DEMAND Variables Variable x Add gt Variable Y a e lt Delete Save as Note after exiting this dialog temporary variables are available for plotting by selecting tempvar dat file under Select file Find OK Cancel drop down menu in the time series and scatter plot dialogs Figure 8 24 Create Temporary Variables Dialog Box 8 1 5 1 ACCUMULATE X Accumulate X accumulates the values of the selected variable over the whole period of the time series producing cumulative data with respect to each time step The cumulative data series is useful in producing mass curves The u
197. eries and scatter plotting Once the user has clicked on on the Open Files dialog box Figure 8 3 the Close menu item in the File menu as well as the EY Close button on the toolbar becomes active Clicking on File Close menu item or the EI Close button displays Figure 8 4 and allows the user to selectively close individual files that are no longer required for plotting and data transformation By clicking on the button corresponding to the file the user eliminates the file from the plotting dialog box Open files File 1 C realm Realm1 STRM DAT a File 2 C realm Realm1 Wanuevap rv A File 3 File 4 Figure 8 3 Open Files Dialog Box with two files specified Close file Figure 8 4 Close File Dialog Box Once the files have been selected the PS Do time series plot button EE Do scatter plot button and the Transform create new variables button on the toolbar become active Figure 8 2 8 1 3 TIME SERIES PLOTTING The user can graph any combination of variables from the specific files in the Select file list and they can be plotted in the main plot area on the bottom panel or in the top panel 176 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 To plot a time series Click on the Plot Time series menu item or Click on the BI Do time series plot button The Time Series Plot dialog box is displayed Figure 8 5 Select the relevant file from the Select file
198. erlap the start or end of a month by the proportion of days within the month The model is hard coded to define the start of the irrigation year and therefore the first time step as July 1st The second time step starts on July 8th and so on In a normal year this leaves one day left over two days in a leap year at the end of the year June 30th No calculations are undertaken for this day as it assumed that this period is so far outside the irrigation season that there will be no demands Because of these limitations the DOS version of PRIDE in REALM can only be used for monthly models REALM will not permit system files containing DOS PRIDE models to be run at a weekly or daily time step It is also strongly recommended that REALM models containing DOS PRIDE models be set up so that the first time step of the run is July and the last time step is June The input data for the DOS version of PRIDE is entered in similar dialog boxes as for versions w2 0 and w1 1 There are a few differences which are noted below e Under the Model Setup tab the user must enter one evaporation timeseries and two rainfall timeseries A factor of 0 5 is automatically applied to each rainfall timeseries If the user only wants to use a single timeseries the same column name should be entered in both fields e Under the Parameters tab the user must define the distribution of annual pasture in each sub area This distribution is assumed to be u
199. ervoir evaporation losses and the 8 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 names of so called climatic index variables or climatic indices columns used in generating monthly demands from annual demands to allow for the climatic conditions During the simulation REALM matches these names with the information given in the system file Therefore it is necessary to enter these names in the streamflow file exactly same including the case as in the system file If these names could not be matched the simulation terminates during run time with an error message of missing data Figure 2 1 shows a part of a streamflow file There are eight data items each data item occupying 12 digits including 2 decimals and decimal point They are real numbers and referred as Floating Point Values and hence the F format It should be noted that the data are always right justified within the allocated columns That is in Figure 2 1 all data items end at the columns defined by multiples of 12 The FORTRAN format statement for this case is 8F12 2 Alternatively this can be written as F12 2 F12 2 F12 2 F12 2 F12 2 F12 2 F12 2 F12 2 or even 4F12 2 4F12 2 2 FILE MANIP UTILITY OUTPUT FILE 18 columns transferred from 1 input file Time 12 11 03 Date 1 JUN 90 812 2 8 SEASON YEAR EILDON STOR INFLOW COLIBAN STOR INFLOW EPPALOCK BELOW COLI CAMPASPE WEIR BELOW LODDON ABOVE LAANE CASEY S FLOW 1 00 1893 31366 S d 00 2838 00 18
200. es 2000 200 rnd 0 The above example generates a random number between 2000 and 2200 INT amp NINT Functions The equation parser in REALM always computes real numbers The functions INT and NINT convert real numbers into integers The resultant integer number is then converted back to a real number as the final result at the end of operations in the equation The function INT rounds down to its integer part while NINT rounds off to the nearest integer ELS Ei Comment operator To add a comment directly into the equation field should be placed at the end of the equation text Entries following the are ignored The is useful where the equation determining the capacity of a carrier has changed and the user wishes to retain the old equation as a comment Do not confuse the use of the in REALM with the use of the exclamation mark in mathematics to denote the factorial operation Examples N1 10 9999 1 10 sqrt 2 this is a test case only Use of Brackets The REALM equation parser uses simple rules It does not use the standard BODMAS rule Although it is simple the complex equations can be formulated based on the following rules 1 The equation is processed from left to right However the contents within brackets are computed first as in standard mathematical expressions 1 2 3 result is 9 not 7 However the equation 1 2 3 will result in 7 2 If there are expressions within fu
201. ese files or a sub set of the full period In any case both streamflow and demand files should have concurrent data for the simulation period During the run time the simulation extracts the correct streamflow and demand data corresponding to the simulation time step For case 2 where the demand file is defined by annual data streamflow data are considered to be sample data and therefore the YEAR column in streamflow file can be anything The YEAR column of the streamflow files do not have to match with the YEAR column of the demand files i e REALM does not use the YEAR column of the streamflow files However the streamflow records in the streamflow file should be for full calendar years Further the demand files should have the YEAR column of data to reflect the future planning years The simulation period can be the full period defined by the demand file or a sub set of the full period Furthermore the simulation period may start from any month of the year and finish in any month of the year as long as the starting and finishing years are defined in the demand files The simulation accesses the correct annual demand data from the demand files corresponding to the first year of simulation and disaggregates the annual demand into monthly demands However the simulation accesses the first year of streamflow data from streamflow file s REALM then performs the simulation for the first year or part of the first year with extracted month
202. esting STRM2 DAT el Enter the output file name for monthly data CAREALM utilitytesting STRM2_MultiRep el Enter the output file name for annual data Analysis Only CAREALM testing STRM2_MultiRep_Annual IS Extract Replicates Cancel Analyse Replicates Figure 8 63 Replicate Utilities Dialog Box with Input and Output Files Entered to Compute Replicate Statistics Replicate Analysis Analyse Replicates Monthly Statistics Iv Annual Statistics E Start of water year Jul e Note Water year labeled as the year of the starting month Select column for multiple statistical outputs ALL SITES v Statistical Options Percentiles Average iz P1 1 0000 FY Pe 5 000 Minimum SE Bs P3 P8 soot Maximum m P4 25 000 P9 99 000 Percentage of zeros P5 00 P10 100 01 Parone nm Note Percentiles less than zero ie 1 are not calculated OK Cancel Figure 8 64 Replicate Analysis Analyse Replicates Dialog Box 226 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 As can be seen from Figure 8 64 either monthly or annual statistics or both can be selected from Figure 8 64 and computed with respect to multiple replicates When Annual Statistics is selected it is also necessary to enter the Start of water year If the Start of water year is a month other than January then the years in the annual output file are defined as below for an example of an input file which has replicate data from 1996
203. f the irrigation season Low values of Fraction may give early restrictions which do not happen in practice As a guide in determining Fraction it is possible to analyse the irrigation delivery records for the year which had the maximum delivery and determine Fraction by trial and error in such a way that it reflects the water usage in that year The Limit is known for this year which is the total delivery for irrigation season Several values of Fraction in the limit equation can be considered by trial and error so that the deliveries in the early months of the irrigation season i e during unrestricted period is fully supplied and the restricted demand is supplied during the restricted period A Fraction value of 30 has been used when simulating the demands in the Goulburn Murray irrigation system and as a guide this value can be used if no other values are available As stated earlier in REALM the limit curve equation i e Equation 5 4 computes the cumulative restricted demand from start of the irrigation season to the end of the current month for the announced allocation The restricted demand for the current month is then computed as the difference between the above cumulative demand and the demand supplied so far during the irrigation season up to the current month For the irrigation areas with different types of crops both the percentage allocation to limit relationship and the percentage fraction should
204. f5 ystem Fixed v Iw Log error messages to seperate file Cancel Figure 4 12 Files Output Tab in REALM Options The check box Short LP dump list gives a LP dump for each simulation time step only for the arcs that have non zero flows Tick the check box System File Backup to automatically generate a backup of the system file when it is opened called sys bak without the changes made since the system file was last saved Note to open this backup file in the REALM System Editor first change the file extension to SYS in Windows Explorer Tick the check box Log error message to separate file to separate run time error messages Section 7 1 1 from the main log file and create a separate error log file The error log file will be named as Log file name _error log If this is not ticked the error messages if any will be included in the log file itself 4 4 7 6 WATER QUALITY REALM can model up to 4 water quality parameters REALM uses simple mixing at nodes and transports loads through carriers but does not consider any dispersion Conservative water quality constituents such as salinity and turbidity can be modelled explicitly with REALM Non conservative constituents e g biodegradable materials temperature etc can be innovatively modelled using variable capacity carriers The user is referred to the following paper for theory of REALM water quality modelling and an application Theor
205. first and click on the A button of the Variable X partition This step must be continued until all required variables have been registered in the Variable X partition Once all the required variables have been added in the Variable X partition the user must click on the MEER button of the Temporary variables partition to create the new or temporary variable This new variable appears as Sum xvars where x represents the number of existing variables present in the Temporary variables partition This operation should be used for the addition of more than two variables and can be used to create any number of temporary variables However if the same number of variables are used in creating temporary variables they will appear in the Temporary variables partition with the same name For example two temporary variables each created by summing three different variables will both have the name Sum O03vars in the Temporary variables partition However these names can be changed using the button in the Temporary variables partition Notes e The user should be aware that it is possible to access the temporary variables created within the session in order to form another temporary variable This is made possible by selecting the variable from the Temporary variable partition as opposed to selecting the variable from the list of variables from File variables e Even if the temporary v
206. formation menu item of the REALM Program Manager Figure 4 1 The function of this utility is explained in Section 8 11 4 5 11 DATA BASE EXTRACTION This utility extracts the required REALM output results from a database of results created from a previous REALM run The data base extraction utility can be accessed through the Utilities Data Base Extraction menu item of the REALM Program Manager Figure 4 1 The function of this utility is explained in Section 8 12 4 5 12 HELP AND EXIT The Help menu item of the REALM Program Manager Figure 4 1 is partitioned as follows 34 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 e General e About e View Licence The Help General menu item at this stage does not contain any help The user is referred to REALM manuals for help The manuals are listed below e REALM Getting Started Manual VU DSE 2005 e REALM User Manual VU DSE 2012 e REALM Worked Examples Manual VU DSE 2005 The Help About menu item shows the details of contact persons for e REALM use and license Note that this person may also be contacted for copies of any of the technical papers mentioned in this User Manual e REALM support and maintenance e PRIDE use and license In addition it acknowledges the REALM program development by the original developer and the Windows conversion The Help View Licence menu item contains a copy of the Licence Agreement The user must agree to the terms of this agreement to succe
207. g box will appear asking the user to confirm the change Click to change the type of demand node or Nf to cancel Note that when a DC2 node is converted to a DC1 node some information e g limit curve carryover may be lost 53 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 5 5 1 URBAN DEMAND NODE DCH The DC1 node represents an urban demand This may include residential industrial and institutional water demands which consist of both in house and outdoor consumption The Add Urban Demand Centre or Edit Urban Demand Centre dialog box will appear once the user creates a new urban demand centre or double clicks on an existing urban demand centre or right clicks on an existing urban demand centre Note that these two dialog boxes are exactly the same except the header This dialog box is shown in Figure 5 11 5 5 1 1 BASIC PROPERTIES Three basic properties define the urban demand node as unique identifiable object in the system as described below Node Number This is an auto generated number to identify the node in the system file The user has no control over this field Node Size This is a scale between 0 1 and 10 0 It sets the size of the node displayed on the workspace If a larger node is required the user can select a higher value and vice versa for a smaller node This information does not have an impact on the simulation Name of Urban Demand Centre The name of the urban demand centre should be entered in the N
208. g on the ES button of the Variable X partition registers the selected variable in Variable X list The user must then specify the numeric value of the constant in the field a Then the user must click on the ME button of the Temporary Variables partition to create the new or temporary variable This new variable appears as a X where X is the selected variable 8 1 5 4 TRANSFORM AT XB Transform a X b creates a new variable through this function where a and V are constants The user must click on the Transform a X b check box before selecting the required variable from the File variables partition Clicking on the IGE button of the Variable X partition registers the selected variable in Variable X partition The user must then specify the numeric values for both constants in the fields a and b Then the user must click on the IE button of the Temporary Variables partition to create the new or temporary variable This new variable appears as a X b where X is the selected variable 8 1 5 5 ADD KAN Add X Y allows the user to create a new variable by adding two selected variables over the whole period of the time series The user must click on the Add X Y check box before selecting the required variables from the File variables partition Clicking on the NG button of the Variable X partition registers the selected variable in
209. g the flows in the network General Options Dynamic Memory Files Output Water Quality Time step Formats Convergence lteration Output format Utility format 112 0 Simulation format 12 0 Input streamflow and demand data Cancel Figure4 9 Formats Tab in REALM Options 4 4 7 3 CONVERGENCE TOLERANCES AND ITERATIONS REALM uses several iterations at each time step to converge to the solution i e flows in the carriers and final storage volumes of the reservoirs This is required because of the assumed values for certain variables at the start of each simulation time step and the dependence of carrier capacities on flows of other carriers Several convergence criteria are considered in REALM and their tolerances can be changed from the default values to suit the current application Click on the Convergence Iteration tab of Run Options to change the tolerances of convergence criteria and information on iterations The dialog box shown in Figure 4 10 is displayed The user is advised to retain the Minimum iteration count as at least 3 so that there will not be any premature convergence The default maximum iteration count is set at 51 If the solution is not converged for a particular simulation time step with the maximum iteration count this is recorded in the simulation log file Section 7 2 1 In this case the user may want to change the Maximum iteration count However the user is then advised to use LP dump a
210. ggregating them to monthly If this box is not ticked the reverse occurs i e REALM rounds off the daily unrestricted demand values to two decimal places before aggregating them to monthly This check box was added in order to be able to exactly replicate results from standalone PRIDE models It will only change results for monthly REALM models and the difference in model results whether the box is ticked or not will be minimal typically in the order of 1 ML per month To apply a constant factor to the PRIDE results enter the factor in the Conversion factor applied to PRIDE output field This factor is applied after the PRIDE results are rounded to decimal places Additionally a timeseries factor can be applied to the PRIDE output by ticking the Use timeseries conversion factor check box The name of the timeseries corresponding to the name of a column in the crop model data input files should then be specified in 69 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 the Timeseries field PRIDE Version 1 0 DOS The DOS version of PRIDE is significantly different to the Windows version both in terms of algorithm and input data Because this version has been superseded for several years it should only be used in cases where it is necessary to replicate within REALM data produced using the DOS version of PRIDE The DOS version of PRIDE runs on a seven day week time step Results are accumulated to monthly by factoring the weeks that ov
211. given in the variable capacity carrier and then uses the information on Figure 5 37 to compute the restricted demand 110 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 Urban Restrictions This urban demand group is set to be calculated by a carrier Only base and percent restrictable columns will be used Figure 5 40 Message Showing Urban Restriction Modelling Through a Carrier 5 7 1 5 IRRIGATION DEMAND RESTRICTIONS BY MENUS In the Edit Demand Groups tab under the Edit Restriction Policy block enter the relevant demand group in the Demand group field using the the drop down list Figure 5 41 In Figure 5 41 Demand group 1 has been selected for editing Note the text DC Rural appears next to the Demand group drop down box indicating that the demand group selected consists of irrigation nodes Restrictions x Restrictions and Demand Groups Edit Demand Groups Assign Reservoirs to a Demand Group Edit Restriction Policy Hae ue Demand group 1 DC2 Rural MELTON RESERVOIR T T T MERR_IRR WW Fl N Wi DEES Get Policy for this group by Carrier MERR_URB Ca j nes u T wein IECH wen svs ummy ston P T Restriction Options Number of Planning Periods MS Edit Planning Period 1 e EDIT Figure 5 41 Edit Demand Groups Tab of Restrictions Dialog Box DC2 Rural demand Click on the radio button Set Policy for this group by Menus
212. hare first 2 High reliability e Evaporation loss of carried over water DS Spill group H Figure 5 23 Carryover Tab in Edit Rural Demand Centre Dialog Box REALM enables two types of carryover limit to be modelled 1 Capped volume of carryover no spillable water account The user specifies a limit on the maximum volume of carryover If the sum of last year s carryover plus this year s allocation exceeds the limit the excess carryover is forfeit This forfeit water returns to the common pool for allocation 2 Carryover with spillable water account Under this option REALM automatically places an upper limit on the total volume of water i e carryover plus current year s allocation that may be held in storage without risk of loss to spills This limit is equivalent to 100 of entitlement Any allocation in excess of 100 of entitlement is transferred to the spillable water account This excess carryover may be partially or wholly spilt if a trigger is reached The volume that may be transferred to the spillable water account is either a Limited to a percentage of entitlement there is an upper limit typically 100 of entitlement on how much water may be carried over at the end of each water year b Unlimited the volume that may accrue in the spillable water account is limited only by the available of space to store the water The parameters to be entered differ depending upon i whether or not
213. has been added Descriptions of the fields in the Add Reservoir Edit Reservoir dialog box are provided in the following sections 5 4 4 1 BASIC PROPERTIES Three basic properties define the reservoir node as unique identifiable object in the system as described below Node Number This is an auto generated number to identify the node in the system file The user has no control over this field Node Size Node size gives a perspective view to the system This is a scale between 0 1 and 10 0 It sets the size of the node displayed on the workspace If a larger node is required the user can select a higher value and vice versa for a smaller node This information does not have an impact on the simulation 48 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 Name of Reservoir The reservoir node name should be entered in the text field Name of Reservoir It is advisable to use a meaningful name for the node This name is used in collating the output An error message Duplicate node name 1st 15 chars is displayed on the screen if a node name that has been previously used is entered 5 4 4 2 RESERVOIR DETAILS The basic details of the reservoir node can be entered in the Details tab of the Edit Reservoir dialog box under the fields described below Note that the Details tab is the default Description An optional comment can be entered in this field describing the reservoir This information does not have an
214. he Arc Capacity has changed from 100 Figure 8 73 to 1000 to eliminate the bottleneck The output from LP Solver for the network with changed arc capacities is given in Figure 8 76 Note that Figure 8 76 has the comment LP SOLUTION OK NSTOP 17 which states that the solution has reached for the corrected network which has increased capacities for the two bottleneck carriers Pipe 1 and Pipe 2 Iteration for Analysis no iterations Edit the arc details below No Arc Name To Fram Arc Cost Arc Capactity 0 1000 0 1000 0 99999999 D 99999999 50001000 2700 2000000 100000000 0 100000000 Pipe 1 Pipe 2 Pipe 3 River Demand Ecn Demand Ecn slo on s wl rm oj s al wl wl ro wj om oo 2 oo oo oo Bypass Ecn Save and Edit New Iteration Cancel Save and Exit Figure 8 75 Changing Arc Capacity in LP Solver Edit Arcs Dialog Box 247 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK Zb SOLVER 2 KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK File C REALM GetStart Test LP Dump Test log Date 07 37 15 10 2005 Comment Use of LP Solver LP Dump Infeasible solution LP SOLUTION OK NSTOP 17 Arc Details 1 Pipe 1 T 3 0 1000 416 1 2 Pipe 2 2 3 0 1000 416 2 3 Pipe 3 3 5 D 99999999 832 3 4 River 3 4 0 99999999 0 4 5 Demand Ecn a 5 50001000 2700 1868 5 6 Demand Ecn 4 6 2000000 100000000 0
215. he GES button of the Variable X partition registers the selected variable in Variable X partition Then the user must select the second required variable and click on the zk button of the Variable Y partition Then the user must click on the MEEI button of the Temporary variables partition to create the new or temporary variable This new variable appears as X Y where X and Y are the selected variables 8 1 5 8 DIVIDE X Y Divide X Y allows the user to create a new variable by dividing two selected variables The user must click on the Divide X Y check box before selecting the required variables from the File variables partition Clicking on the SS button of the Variable X partition registers the selected variable in Variable X partition Then the user must select the second required variable and click on the button of the Variable Y partition Click on the Gezei button of the Temporary variables partition to create the new or temporary variable This new variable appears as X Y where X and Y are the selected variables 8 1 5 9 SUM X VARIABLES Sum X Variables allows the user to create a new variable by adding several selected variables over the whole period of the time series The user must click on the Sum X variables check box before selecting the required variables from the File variables artition For each variable the user must select the variable
216. he unrestricted and restricted demands are the same The restricted demand may be further reduced if the total demand is higher than the total storage plus inflow This reduced demand is known as the rationed demand RATN The rationed demand will equal the restricted demand if there is no rationing which in turn will equal the unrestricted demand if there are no restrictions The rationed demand is used in the REALM network in solving for flows in the system Failure to satisfy the rationed demand leads to shortfalls SHRT The shortfalls are usually due to transfer constraints of the carriers The amount of demand actually supplied SUPP is the rationed demand minus the shortfall Carrier Capacity When the capacity of a variable capacity carrier i e the dependent carrier is dependent on the capacity of another variable capacity carrier i e the independent carrier then it is recommended that the carrier number of the dependent carrier is higher than the carrier number of the independent carrier The reason for this is that the capacities of variable capacity carriers are computed one at a time searching for variable capacity carriers from the lowest carrier number to the highest number If a variable capacity carrier is defined using a higher numbered carrier then it accesses a carrier capacity which has not been calculated However in such situations REALM uses one of the options for the capacity of the higher numbered carrier as list
217. he user through the Convergence Iteration tab of Run Options Section 4 4 7 3 The minimum and the maximum iteration counts are stored in realm set file in the project directory and also listed in the top part of the standard and dump log files The seven flags with their description are as follows DO_FF_AGAIN indicates whether or not capacity of variable capacity carriers have converged DO_S_AGAIN indicates whether or not downstream spills from reservoirs have converged DO_L_AGAIN indicates whether or not carrier losses have converged DO_B_AGAIN indicates whether or not reservoir storage volumes have converged DO_CS_AGAIN indicates whether or not capacity of capacity shared carriers have converged DO_AT_LEAST_AGAIN indicates whether or not a minimum number of iterations has been reached DO_GD_CAP_AGAIN indicates whether or not capacity related to gravity diversion has converged however the facility to create gravity diversion nodes is no longer supported in REALM although the facility exists to edit them If the solution has not converged it also gives a hint on where it has not converged LP Dump created by an infeasible solution When an infeasible solution occurs in REALM at a particular time step and a particular replicate REALM dumps LP data or results for this time step and replicate This LP dump can then be analysed to investigate the cause of the infeasible solution Some causes for infeasible solut
218. hown in Figure 8 66 However in this case Start of water year has been selected as July The file contents will be similar for the other statistics i e Minimum Maximum Percentage of zeros and Percentiles P1 to P10 in both monthly and annual output files 221 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 AVEG REALM GETTING STARTED TUTORIAL EXAMPLE MONTHLY STATISTICS FROM MONTHLY REPS Time 06 05 Date 31 10 2005 t 712 2 Fi YEAR SEASON INFLOW1 INFLOW2 CLINX RAIN EVAP m PRP CO wO JO GA aha Oo AU bs AH ta Figure 8 65 Monthly Statistics Output File Showing Average of Multiple Replicate Data jot ALL SITES A part of the monthly statistics output file showing the average the minimum and the maximum of replicates for the column INFLOW2 is shown in Figure 8 67 In this case column INFLOW2 and Average Minimum and Maximum have been selected in Figure 8 64 and the input data file of Figure 8 54 has been used The corresponding annual statistics file is shown in Figure 8 68 However in this case Start of water year has been selected as July The file contents will be similar for the other statistics i e Percentage of zeros and Percentiles P1 to P10 in both monthly and annual output files 228 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 AVEG REALM GETTING STARTED TUTORIAL EXAMPLE ANNUAL STATISTICS FROM MONTHLY REPS lst MONTH WATER YEAR Time 06 05 Date 31 10 2005 6 12 2 6 YEAR INFLOW1 INFLOW2 CLINX RAIN EVAP
219. i e untransformed flow to the output file for data points in any season bin where flows in Period B are greater than in Period A Seasonal Transformation Optional Outputs These output options are active when the user has selected Transformation by seasonal factors in the Please select Transformation Type dialog box Comparison File Tick this check box to generate a separate Comparison File for each variable that has undergone streamflow transformation Part of an example Comparison File is shown in Figure 8 97 Note that the original flow and transformed flow are given enabling the user to easily plot timeseries of both on the 268 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 same axes for comparison The naming convention for Comparison Files generated by seasonal transformation is name of input file _transformed_cmpSEA_l column number of relevant variable in the input file txt 2 Original and Transformed flow series This file relates only to column 10 FLYNNS CK Created for REALM by utility Streamflow Transformation Based on original file D Workstation Configuration Documents and Settings ab82 Desktop LATRflow_07_08_hist fmn Transformed flows based on the following Period A 19570100 to 19971200 Period B 19980100 to 20070600 Number of Seasons 2 LST AT 812 0 2112 2 212 0 7 SEASON YEAR PERIOD ORIGINAL FLOW SEASON USER DEFINED CONVERSION FACTOR TRANSFORMED FLOWS t 195 7 A 29 t 0 41 23 2
220. ied in subsequent system files have initial deliveries of zero To specify the irrigation deliveries initialisation file Follow the instructions as for the Initial reservoir volume dialog box Figure 6 14 to use an irrigation delivery initialisation file to input initial irrigation deliveries The irrigation delivery initialisation file is a REALM format file and is similar to the 149 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 reservoir initialisation file of Figure 6 15 Also it has the similar structure to the End Irrigation Delivery file i e enddems which is created from a REALM simulation run The enddems file is described in Section 7 2 3 Therefore the easiest way to prepare the irrigation delivery initialisation file is to modify an enddems file created from a previous REALM application preferably for the same system A typical irrigation delivery initialisation file is shown in Figure 6 17 As in Figure 6 15 the first two column names in Figure 6 17 are optional for a single replicate run However the REPLICATE column is necessary for multiple replicate runs The irrigation demand names in the irrigation delivery initialisation file should be correctly spelled including case as in the system files of the application EALM CUMULATIVE CURRENT SEASONS IRRIGATION DEMANDS ealm Worked Example Manual Tutorial 7 Irrigation restriction policy Date 19 08 49 11 20 98 R R 2F6 0 3F9 0 5 REPLICA
221. ify transformation by Seasonal Factors Select the Transformation by seasonal factors radio button on the Please select Transformation Type dialog box Clicking the button displays the Define Seasons dialog box Figure 8 92 Specify the seasonal regime by selecting the appropriate radio button on the Define Seasons dialog box 262 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 Define Seasons x Please specify seasonal regime C One season Two Seasons C 4 Seasons C 12 Seasons C Other please specify January July February August March September HURR April October May November June December Cancel Figure 8 92 Define Seasons Dialog Box Note that the when a seasonal regime has been specified the fields in the Seasons Definition block show into which seasonal group each month falls In Figure 8 92 Two Seasons has been selected The months December to May inclusive fall into season 1 and the months June to November inclusive fall into season 2 If the Other please specify radio button is selected the fields next to the months in the Season Definition block are activated allowing the user to group the months into user defined seasons Hitting the button generates a Summary of Inputs and User Warning box Figure 8 93 Note that the location and name of the output file can be changed from the default by using the browse button 263 REALM U
222. ill be used for the REALM simulation To specify the simulation period Click on the Simulation System specification menu item or Click on the 3 Specify system files and dates button of the REALM Setup window Figure 6 3 This displays the System File Dialog box Figure 6 8 Specify the simulation period from Start Date to End Date by entering numeric values in the Season and Year fields The Season may be in days weeks or months For a simulation with a monthly simulation time step if the run is to be started from January 1990 the Season is indicated by 1 whereas the Year is indicated by 1990 Ina daily model if the simulation is to be started from 15 March 1990 the Season is entered as 76 138 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 System File Dialog Simulation period Season Year Season Year Start Date DW EH End Date W H System file option C Multiple system files for augmentation options External processing option Use external routine at the end of each time step ES iteration m Cancel Figure 6 8 System File Specification To specify the system file s In most REALM simulations only one system file is used However there are cases where it is necessary to use several system files at different times of the simulation period Multiple system files can be used to simulate the system behaviour with new augmentations and or system changes including changes t
223. ime step for the run and then C Realm1 EX3D SYS from January 1995 Click on and return to the REALM Setup window Figure 6 3 The button takes the user back to the REALM Setup window without saving the entered information To include external processing The External processing option links REALM with external executables It is an advanced function that requires coding in programming languages such as FORTRAN and is not detailed in this User Manual Multiple system file selection Start Season Start Year Filename ci 990 Els Realm1 Ex2e sys 1995 Sk Realm1SEX3D SYS ji HE KR D 5 D 8 E lt CH Kei Browse Cancel Figure 6 9 Multiple System File Selection 6 4 DATA FILES Similar to system files it is necessary to specify streamflow and demand file s as well as any crop model data files that are to be used in a simulation 140 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 6 4 1 STREAMFLOW FILES Note that streamflow files include files with actual streamflow data and files containing climatic data such as rainfall and evaporation To specify the streamflow file s Click on the Files Streamflows menu item from the REALM Setup window Figure 6 3 or Click on the D i Specify flow files button The Flow files dialog box Figure 6 10 is displayed Click on row 1 and then on the button to browse through to the required directory Note that the above operation takes
224. in the Edit Restriction Policy block change depending on the type of demand group DC1 or DC2 and how restriction policy is set by Menus or Carrier Then click on the appropriate radio button to select how restrictions are to be modelled i e via Menus or Carrier Restrictions x Restrictions and Demand Groups Edit Demand Groups Assign Reservoirs to a Demand Group Edit Restriction Policy 1 a 232 222088 LAKE MOKOAN Tri ri rl Demand group DC1 Urban CAMPASPE SUPPLEMENT is S LAKE EPPALOCK IM Fy T Set Policy for this group by Menus MALMSBURY RES EES EE SE LAURISTON RES EI ITT et Policy for this group by Carrier UP COLIBAN RES MIT MCCAY RES ERR S HURST RES 4u E S GULLY RES ee i CAIRN C RES E Ti a EDIT LAAN WEIR n s F E 8 Figure 5 36 Edit Demand Group Tab of Restrictions Dialog Box DC1 Urban demand 5 7 1 3 URBAN INDUSTRIAL DC1 RESTRICTIONS BY MENUS Figure 5 36 shows the selection for this case where DC1 urban demand nodes are 106 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 considered in the demand group and restrictions are to be modelled by Menus Note that the demand group 2 is being edited in Figure 5 36 Click on the button in the Edit Restriction Policy block Figure 5 36 This will display the dialog box as shown in Figure 5 37 which features Menus that enable the user to enter the required demand restriction parameters for this group such as the b
225. individually Also the user can enter a local adjustment to the columns of data which have been already generated by the global adjustment Note also the user can set the negative values generated by global local adjustments to zero by clicking on the check box Negative values to zero The adjustment information i e operators and adjustment syntax is given in Figure 8 49 8 6 MERGER The Merger utility allows REALM format data files to be merged to create a new REALM format file To merge files Click on the Utility Merger menu item 216 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 The Merger File Utility dialog box Figure 8 50 is displayed Up to four input files can be entered using the standard browsing facility The output filename also should be entered Click on to display the Merger File Column Selection dialog box This dialog box allows the user to select data columns from the input files and merge them to create the new output file Click on the Select input files to select columns for merge combo box to select the required input file and columns to be merged Numeric entries should be used in to select the column names Different numeric entries will produce the data columns as separate items in the output file Use the same digit to add two or more columns of data Similarly use the same digit with the negative sign preceding to subtract the columns of data Some selections are shown in In it is intended
226. ing Selected Variables C lrealm WorkedExamples Figure 8 20 Example of a Scatter Plot with Graticules Format Legend I Display legend Series Label ISF2 DAT SEASON SF2 DAT STREAM SF2 DAT LOCAL RAIN DEM2 DAT DEMAND 1 Cancel Figure 8 21 Format Legend Dialog Box 8 1 4 6 VIEW DISPLAYED PLOT DATA View displayed plot data allows the user to view the data used in the creation of the plot This functionality is same as in time series plotting and is explained in Section 8 1 3 6 However in the case of scatter plots unlike in time series plotting the whole data set is shown always irrespective of whether the plot uses only a section of the data through Format Plot Axis Section 0 or the whole data set 8 1 4 7 VIEW DATA FILE View data file allows the user to look at the data files and the data contained in these 191 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 files in the project directory or in any other directory This functionality is same as in time series plotting and is explained in Section 8 1 3 7 8 1 4 8 DIGITISE DATA ON PLOT Digitise data on plot allows the user to view data related to a point of the plot pointed by the mouse By either selecting the Tools Digitise points menu item or clicking on the ZfDigitise data on plot button on the toolbar in the REALM Plotting window Figure 8 2 the user is presented with the information
227. ins the end volume of carryover water for each irrigation demand node with carryover In case of nodes for which carryover rules with Spillable Water Account are applicable volume of total actual carryover ATCV is recorded and the volumes of carryover from allocation against high reliability water share CVRH and low reliability water share CVRL are not relevant and recorded as zeroes For nodes with carryover but without Spillable Water Account the volumes of carryover from allocation against high reliability water share CVRH and low reliability water share CVRL are recorded and the volume of total actual carryover ATCV is not relevant and recorded as zeroes Refer to Section 6 5 5 for further details on how to interpret the endcarry file End Running Total Variables file the file called endrtot contains the end values for the running total variables in the system file listed by variable name i e carrier name and variable type Table 6 1 in Section 6 5 1 details the running total variable types End Water Quality file If water quality is modelled REALM generates a separate file with the name endaaaa for each water quality parameter where aaaa is the name of the relevant water quality parameter listed in realm set file in the project directory The name of each water quality parameter contains a maximum of four characters These files contain the end concentrations of the relevant water quality parameter for all reservoir node
228. ion can be used in conjunction with other operators A further example 5000 1 SQRT 2 IF 3 10 20 30 MIN 4 10 N1 and BIO functions The function N1 returns a 1 0 if the argument is negative Otherwise it returns a Zero The P1 function returns a 1 0 if the argument is positive Otherwise it returns a zero These functions are useful in setting up switches and triggers Examples N1 10 9999999 In the above example N1 10 gives a zero and therefore the result of the equation is zero N1 10 9999999 P1 10 In the above example the result is 9999999 since the argument of N1 is negative and the argument of P1 is positive Both N1 10 and P1 10 give 1 0 P1 5000 2 2000 In the above example if the value of the system independent variable represented by the reference number 2 is greater than 5000 P1 evaluates to zero and the equation then returns a zero On the hand if 2 is less than 5000 then P1 evaluates to 1 and the equation returns 2000 as the result RND O Function This function generates a random number between 0 and 1 0 An argument must be supplied e g rnd 0 but the value of the argument is not important The realm set file contains an entry random seed to control the seed If this entry is set to 0 or 1 99 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 different random number sets are generated each time rnd 0 is used while any other number will fix the random number set Exampl
229. ions are given below e A capacity constraint of a carrier that results in a bottleneck in the system may cause an infeasible solution If this is suspected then examine carrier capacities especially the variable capacity carriers If the user is satisfied with these carriers then check the carriers where flow equals capacity and see whether any of these carriers act as a bottleneck carrier This could be the case where a carrier connects to a stream terminator 239 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 e Infeasible solutions are also generated when total inflows at a node are greater than total outflows The outflows can be demands In the event of an infeasible solution REALM generates the LP dump in two parts the first part with physical nodes system nodes physical carriers and system arcs as in Figure 8 69 and the second part containing bottleneck debug arcs These bottleneck arcs effectively eliminate the bottlenecks and provide a solution A flow in one of these arcs indicates that there is a bottleneck in the vicinity of this arc of the network The users should therefore look for flows in the bottleneck arcs as a starting point Follow the network looking for physical carriers where flow equals the capacity in the vicinity of these arcs Carefully examine all such carriers Such a LP dump which is created by REALM because of a bottleneck in the system is shown in Figure 8 70 HHHHH HHHHHHHH HHHHHH H HHH
230. ir node a name of a demand node a name of a carrier a column name of a streamflow or a column name of demand file These names should be exactly same including the case as in system streamflow and demand files relevant to the application In addition two key words TOTAL STORAGE and TOTAL DEMAND can also be used The variable name of the system variable s is matched in REALM during run time The matching sequence is as follows Keywords Node names Carrier names Column names streamflow files Column names of demand files Edit Capacity Relationship x Capacity Relationship Equation A 2 mi Sub Eqns Variables in Above Equation Transformation Table r Calculation Option I vaene Te 2 m peon e Independent Variable Capacity pooo P 04000 3650 250000 15000 May Re caloulate 52000 Re calculate g 355160 Re calculate Re calculate 622235 2710320 3049110 2785050 3387900 5517900 4000000 5517900 Add Previous Flow Solution to Capacity Initialising Capacity at each Time Step 0 e Cancel OK i Figure 5 31 Edit Capacity Relationship Dialog Box If variable names are not found an error message of the form shown below is displayed No arc capacity operator found for big lake type SALN see carrier 87 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 outlet The variable names and type then should be set again to correct values using the System Editor In all above c
231. is possible to have different climatic index variables for different DC nodes 5 5 1 3 DEMAND MODELLING Even though demand modelling is available for DC1 nodes this function is not generally used Demand modelling for DC1 nodes is the same as for DC2 nodes Refer to Section 5 5 2 3 5 5 2 IRRIGATION OR RURAL DEMAND NODE DCH The DC2 node represents an irrigation or rural demand where water is generally used for irrigation purposes The DC1 and DC2 nodes are similar from the viewpoint of water consumption but differ with respect to the imposition of restrictions Water restrictions in DC1 nodes are determined through the urban restriction rule curves while in DC2 nodes they are determined through the allocation and limit curves The major difference in the restriction philosophy is that with urban type demands DC1 the restrictions apply to the demand of each month regardless of what has been supplied previously and the severity of restrictions can increase or decrease throughout the year With irrigation demands DC2 the amount of restrictions of the current month is dependent on the annual volume of allocation of the irrigation season and the progressive supplies from the start of the irrigation season to the current season The dialog box shown in Figure 5 12 is displayed when an existing DC2 node in the system network is edited enabling the user to edit the details of the DC2 node Similarly if the user wishes to create a DC2 node
232. ks Node name Rural demand DC2 DCVR ATCV Desired carryover ML Total actual carryover ML RODNEY and LALL RODNEY is a rural demand node DC2 name in the system file CVRH Actual high reliability share carryover ML CVRL Actual low reliability share carryover ML LALL Adjusted low reliability share limit ML Adjusted high reliability share limit ML Volume of carried over water lost to evaporation ML Total volume transferred into spillable water account ML Adjusted spillable water account ML HALL CEVP VSWA AVSW SWAL Available allocation ML Adjusted limit ML Effective allocation ML ADJL ALML ALVL Effective allocation 5 5 3 PIPE JUNCTION NODE PJ The pipe junction node PJ represents a junction of pipe carriers where no natural streamflow can enter the water supply system at this junction It can be a junction of several inflow and outflow pipes or one inflow and one outflow pipe with different capacities Figure 5 25 is displayed when the PJ node is created or edited allowing the user to enter or edit the following information As in other nodes the only difference between the editing and creating pipe junctions node dialog box is the header 76 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 5 5 3 1 BASIC PROPERTIES Three basic properties define the pipe junction node as unique identifiable object in the
233. laces but as it can only operate with integers in allocating water within the water supply system through the Network Linear Programming algorithm it needs to convert decimals to integers The Input streamflow and demand data block allows the user to specify how REALM will round the decimal fraction It is recommended to use the Round all input data prior to LP option This option allows REALM to utilise decimals that may be included in input files in calculations prior to use in the LP such as in variable capacity carriers At the point where integers are necessary for use in the network 27 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 linear programming solution all values are rounded to the nearest integer If the Round all input data prior to LP option is not selected one of two other rounding options must be selected The Round down option is very similar to the Round all input data prior to LP option in that decimals are rounded just prior to use in the LP However Round down converts decimals to whole numbers by taking the integer portion of the number i e rounding down whereas Round all input data prior to LP rounds decimals to the near integer rounding up or down The Round to nearest integer option rounds the streamflow and demand data in streamflow and demand files to the nearest integer before they are used in other calculations such as variable capacity carriers and then used in solvin
234. lance log for that time step to a separate file in the 137 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 working directory called log filename _waterBalance txt The water balance log file can be opened in the Text Editor File Viewer The water balance log file contains the following for the time step of interest e Start and end storage volume for each reservoir node and for the total system and change in total storage volume e Total inflows to stream junctions e Inflows net evaporation and spills for each reservoir node and for the total system e Supply to demands and outflows including losses in carriers e Total water balance error and water balance error as a percentage of total inflow To Dump LP diagnostics and water balance In Figure 6 6 click on the Dump LP diagnostics and water balance and any other required check boxes and hit OK The LP Diagnostics Dump Dialog box is displayed then Figure 6 7 Enter the season year and replicate for which an LP dump and water balance is requested The season can be a day a week or a month entered as a numeric value which is discussed in Section 6 3 2 After entering the required information in Figure 6 7 clicking on the button takes the user back to the REALM Setup window Figure 6 3 Clicking on the button takes the user back to Figure 6 6 without saving entered information in Figure 6 7 6 3 2 SYSTEM FILES It is necessary to specify the REALM system file s that w
235. lations is not possible when the capacities of the variable capacity carriers depend on water quality variables In such situations the REALM simulation when running R Chapter 7 is aborted showing an error message Dump LP diagnostics and water balance Ticking this check box enables two separate but related REALM functions to be performed for a given time step e Dump of LP diagnostics e Water balance Dump of LP diagnostics REALM uses Network Linear Programming LP to solve the flows in the network of nodes and carriers arcs during a simulation time step In some cases the user may want to analyse the solution from LP for a particular time step and a streamflow replicate in case of multiple replicate runs When the Dump LP diagnostics and water balance check box is ticked details of nodes and carriers including Equivalent Component Network ECN nodes and arcs are written to the log file which can be used for debugging a solution Section 8 8 details how to interpret an LP dump The model run continues after dumping the LP solution for the time step of interest LP Diagnostics Dump Dialog Season Year Replicate Dump date ag I Hd I H Cancel Figure 6 7 LP Diagnostics Dump Dialog Box Water balance The user may also be interested in the water balance for a particular time step Note that the dump of LP diagnostics for the specified time step is written to the log file but REALM writes the water ba
236. ld allow for the delivery efficiency of the irrigation area Therefore 100 allocation will produce a limit which is higher than 100 HRWS entitlement However if the delivery losses are modelled as a loss in the supply carrier to the demand node then 100 allocation should relate to the volume of entitlement within the irrigation area at 100 allocation Wdoird Water Usage MiL 100 an am Dh Garne Aller aan Figure 5 14 Development of Percentage Allocation Limit Relationship One other feature of irrigation deliveries especially in pasture growing areas is that the farmers do not generally restrict their irrigation deliveries until the middle of the irrigation season This is because the allocation relates to a volume of entitlement for the whole irrigation season and it is economical to use the water early in the season and hope that the inflows will improve and the allocation will increase later in the irrigation season For example if the irrigation season is from August to April the irrigation usage is generally not restricted until about December This has to be reflected in modelling of irrigation restrictions It is modelled through the limit curve equation Equation 5 4 which determines the cumulative restricted demand from the start of the irrigation season to the current month which is under consideration in REALM simulation As can be seen from Equation 5 4 the cumulative restricted demand is a function of 60 RE
237. licking on Output menu item of the REALM Setup window Figure 6 3 Alternatively the user may click on the Fa Select output 153 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 options button The Select data sets to be saved dialog box Figure 6 22 is displayed Before displaying this dialog box the REALM Setup S has already read the system file s and identified the types of nodes in the system file s for which output files can be generated during the REALM simulation For example the data compartment for water quality in Figure 6 22 is inactive since the system file used in the current REALM setup does not model water quality As can be seen there are 4 options in the radio button panel at the top of this dialog box as listed below e Select individually e Select all e De select all e Output all to data base Clicking on the radio button Select individually allows the user to select the required output files individually for the REALM run Click on only the required file items For example clicking on the Restriction level item in the Demand data compartment will create an output file when REALM is run which contains the demand restriction level information Select data sets to be saved x Options selection Select all De select all C Output all to data base Reservoir data Demand data Gravity diversion data Iw Storages Iw Unrestricted E Iw Spills Iw Restricted D Iw Targets Iw Shortfalls P
238. lity is explained in Section 8 2 4 5 3 RANK This utility allows the user to rank any selected data columns of a REALM format file from highest to lowest Rank can be accessed through the Utilities Rank menu item of the REALM Program Manager Figure 4 1 The function of this utility is explained in Section 8 3 4 5 4 FORMAT CONVERSION Format conversion provides a facility for converting one column of a standard REALM time series file into a matrix of values It also provides a facility to change the field width of selected columns Format conversion can be accessed through the Utilities Format conversion menu item of the REALM Program Manager Figure 4 1 The function of this utility is explained in Section 8 4 4 5 5 CALCULATOR This utility allows new data columns to be created in REALM format files These new data columns can be of constant value or new data can be created by manipulating i e adding subtracting and multiplying or dividing existing data columns 33 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 Calculator can be accessed through the Utilities Calculator menu item of the REALM Program Manager Figure 4 1 The function of this utility is explained in Section 8 5 4 5 6 MERGER This utility allows REALM format data files to be merged to create a new REALM format file Merger can be accessed through the Utilities Merger menu item of the REALM Program Manager Figure 4 1 The function of this utility is explained in
239. lthough zeros are shown to two decimal places indicating that that data point is wholly in a single bin The value 1 80 is shown for the bin number for the last data point indicating that it is shared between bin 1 and bin 2 Similarly the conversion factor is 0 86 which has been derived thus CONVERSION FACTOR for bin 1 1 05 CONVERSION FACTOR for bin 2 0 81 Not shown in example file CONVERSION FACTOR for partial 20 x 1 05 80 x 0 81 0 86 Sinclair Knight Merz 2008 Streamflow Transformation for Climate Change User Guide examines in detail how different streamflow transformations perform and may be downloaded by following the instructions under Section 1 5 3 To specify transformation by comparison of FDCs Select the Transformation by comparison of Flow Duration Curves radio button on the Please select Transformation Type dialog box Clicking the button displays the Streamflow Transformation Enter number of segments dialog box Figure 8 94 Enter the number of segments in the Specify number of segments field Hit the 0X button 265 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 Streamflow Transformation Enter number of segments x Please enter the number of segments to split the Flow Duration Curvels into For example for factoring by decile enter 10 for factoring by percentile enter 100 S Periods amp and B info Period 4 to be transformed Stat Date 19570100 Subject
240. ly streamflow and annual demand data Then the next year is considered and so on until the simulation is completed When multiple replicates of streamflow are considered in REALM simulation the demand files can be prepared either as in case 1 or 2 above The use of REALM with multiple replicates of streamflow for case 1 is same as for the single replicate case In addition if required a less number of replicates can be considered in the simulation than what is given in the streamflow and demand files and in this case only replicates that appear first in the data files will be used The use of REALM with multiple replicates of streamflow for case 2 can take two forms as follows e Streamflow data are given as one replicate In this case REALM uses the recycled historical streamflow sequences approach of McMahon and Mein 1986 to generate the streamflow replicates The recycled streamflow sequences are 12 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 generated by concatenating the historical streamflow sequence by itself and considering each sequence as starting with a new year of the historical record but continuing for N number of years where N is the number of years in historic streamflow data sequence This method can generate a maximum of N streamflow replicates which are different to each other The user can perform the simulation for a less number of replicates than N and can be set up during REALM Set up Section 6 3 1 e
241. mation describing the streamflow file and data The sixth line shows the FORTRAN format of data The FORTRAN format of data for the streamflow file used in this example is explained later The next line should show the number of data items in the file and should be entered within the first 4 columns of the line The headings of the data items should appear next each heading on a separate line and limiting the length of the heading to 20 characters The number of headings should match the number of data items The headings should represent the data items and therefore the headings should be in the same order as the corresponding data items which are in the form of columns of data The first two lines of headings contain two important key words SEASON and YEAR which indicate the time reference SEASON denotes the month the week or the day while YEAR denotes the year The presence of both keywords indicates the seasonal i e monthly weekly or daily data whereas the presence of YEAR alone indicates the annual data The keyword REPLICATE is optional and is used if a number of streamflow replicates is used REPLICATE when used is in the third line of data item labels All keywords should be spelled correctly with upper case letters The other headings are the names of data columns of streamflow into the system through reservoirs and stream junctions the names of climatic data columns e g evaporation and rainfall used in computing the res
242. me 000000001 5 6 Node Name 000000001 6 7 Node Name 000000001 7 8 Node Name 000000001 8 Figure 8 78 Template lps File 8 10 LP EXTRACT LP Extract takes from the LP dump file the capacities and flows in the specified arc s for each iteration and writes them to a new output file By examining an LP Extract output file the user can easily see how a problem carrier is behaving from iteration to iteration LP Extractor Enter the name of the LP Dump file CAREALM GetStart Test LP Dump Testlog mj Enter the name of output file CAREALM est LP Dump LP Extract Output ES OK Cancel Figure 8 79 LP Extract Window Click OA in the LP Extractor window Figure 8 79 to display the LP Extractor Select Arcs dialog box Figure 8 80 By ticking the Select check box next to each relevant arc the user can specify which arcs to investigate in terms of flow and 250 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 capacity on an iteration by iteration basis In Figure 8 80 only one arc has been selected although several arcs can be selected for investigation in one LP Extract run Click to Figure 8 80 which allows the user to view the output file The output file corresponding to the selection in Figure 8 80 is shown in Figure 8 81 Note that the input file used in this case was the LP dump file shown in Figure 8 69 and the number of iterations in this dump file was 5 Within 5 it
243. me Dialog Box 196 Filter Output Screen 198 Monthly Filter Dialog Box 199 Filter Output File View Confirmation Message Box 199 Numeric Filter Dialog Box 200 Sample Output File of a Numeric Filter using Data Value Greater than 30 for the Column PAN EVAP 201 Rank Data Dialog Box 201 Rank and Sort Data Dialog Box 203 View Output File Confirmation Message Box 203 Sample Output File of Rank Data 204 Sample Output File of Rank Data Option 2 204 Format Conversion Dialog Box 205 Matrix Input Dialog Box 206 Conversion Summary Dialog Box 206 Output File of Matrix of Monthly Values 207 Output File of File Compression Utility 208 Calculator Utility Dialog Box 209 Global Adjustments and Local Equations Dialog Box 210 Results of a Global adjustments local equations or calculate a value Operation211 Add Time Column 212 Append a Time Reference Dialog Box 212 Curve Calculations Dialog Box 213 Create a Multi Replicate File Dialog Box 214 Example of a Multi Replicate Output File from Calculator 215 Multi Replicate with Growth Dialog Box 216 Merger File Utility Dialog Box 217 Merger File Column Selection Dialog Box 218 Merger Output File Corresponding to Selection 219 Message Box Displayed for SEASON Incompatibility in Input Files 219 Part of a Multi Replicate Streamflow File 221 Replicate Utilities Dialog Box 221 Replicate Extraction Dialog Box Showing the selection of one replicate at all sites 222 Multi Replicate Output File Showing Data for All Dat
244. message as shown in Figure 8 22 Accept it by clicking on the button Clicking on the plot and holding the left mouse button produces a little box containing the information about that particular point as shown in Figure 8 23 Releasing the left mouse button returns the user to the scatter plot Information 1 Place cursor over point and hold down left mouse button Figure 8 22 Information Dialog Box for Digitising Data on Scatter Plots REALM Plotting z elei Zelt E Scatter Plot 5 99 y 2812 55 m 0 a m i gt o H b oO D Wu F2 DAT SEASON C realm WorkedExamples Figure 8 23 Digitise Data on Plot Dialog Box 8 1 5 TRANSFORMATION OF VARIABLES Once the required files are loaded the time series plotting scatter plotting and data transformation menu items and their respective buttons become active The user is then able to transform variables of REALM format files by selecting the Plot Transform variables menu item or clicking on the o Transform create new variables f x button on the toolbar of the REALM Plotting window Figure 8 2 This displays the Create temporary variables dialog box Figure 8 24 which 192 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 allows the user to create new variables from the existing variables of the selected data files The dialog box shows the data file s selected by the user The dialog box also shows the nine different operations which can be p
245. mined from available irrigation data outside REALM When recorded irrigation deliveries during the irrigation season are plotted against the allocation for different years generally the plot takes the form of Figure 5 14 The percentage allocation to limit relationship is defined from this figure as the upper envelope curve which gives the maximum total delivery for the irrigation season for different allocations The straight line portion of the curve indicates that the utilisation of water is high almost 100 In this region the announced allocation converted to the amount of 59 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 water that can be used by this demand node is fully utilised Above 100 allocation the rate of utilisation decreases and the curve flattens For the case of the historical entitlement framework of the water right with sales the amount of water that can be used is computed by multiplying the percentage allocation by the water right The 100 allocation provides 100 water right as the amount of water that can be used It can also be used for current framework of high and low reliability water share HRWS and LRWS entitlements 0 to 100 allocation being for HRWS entitlements and 100 to 200 allocation for LRWS entitlements If the demand node is used to model the supply at an irrigation district offtake and there are delivery losses within the irrigation supply system then the limit column in the above relationship shou
246. mn name in a streamflow file Keywords Demand DEMD Demand data froma ROCHESTER ROCHESTER demand file and DEMD is a column name in a demand file Constant NUMB Number 999999 and Alternatively NUMB this number can be entered directly in the equations Node and arc Physical amp NECN Nodal requirement number ECN Nodes Node and arc Physical AECN Flow number carriers and ECN arcs 93 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 Notes Related to Table 5 1 Reservoir Nodes During each iteration of the simulation REALM computes the total system storage and then the preferred individual storage volume of each reservoir This preferred storage volume is defined as the REALM computed target storage TARG for each reservoir Similarly in setting up the network for use in Network Linear Programming REALM computes a temporary variable called Available Water AWAT for each reservoir as the difference of the sum of start storage volume and inflow to the reservoir and the sum of end storage volume and evaporation losses when evaporation is modelled using the default option of REALM Figure 5 8 Demand Nodes The unrestricted demand UNRS is generally the demand in the demand file The unrestricted demand may be reduced as a result of implementing the REALM restriction policy with different restriction levels LVLS and the resulting demand is known as the restricted demand REST If there are no restrictions t
247. month of the irrigation season by the adding usage from the start of the irrigation season to the current month after adjusting with its delivery efficiency These computations are necessary since the Allocation Curve defined in Figure 5 43 Available Resource Vs Allocation table is defined as at the start of the irrigation season Once the available water is computed at the start of irrigation season allocation is computed to be announced for the current month in simulation During an irrigation season the allocation can change generally the allocation increases as the season progresses since the inflows to storages are greater than those assumed to compute the announced allocation Irrigation Restrictions At each simulation time step within the irrigation season Limit for each demand zone under this demand group is computed corresponding to the announced allocation Limit is explained in Section 5 5 2 As stated in Section 5 5 2 in REALM the limit curve equation i e Equation 5 4 computes the cumulative restricted demand from start of the irrigation season to the end of the current month for the announced allocation The restricted demand for the current month is then computed as the difference between the above cumulative demand and the demand supplied so far during the irrigation up to the current irrigation season There may be cases where there will be large flows in the river in the vicinity of the demand zone which ca
248. n River system This REALM model is a composite model of Goulburn Campaspe Loddon and Broken river systems serving a large irrigation area and some rural towns Both urban and irrigation restriction policies are considered The environmental flows are also modelled e Melbourne system The REALM model of Melbourne s water supply system is a large model It models the water demands of Melbourne s three retail water companies and the supplies to regional water authorities The model mainly includes urban demands but also represents private diversion demands and farm dam impacts in water supply catchments The environmental flows are modelled and the modelling undertaken by Melbourne Water for future planning of the system is based on recycled historical streamflow sequences e Werribee system This system model considers both urban and irrigation demand restriction policies The capacity sharing of water resources between three users are considered in the model with water usage accounting The environmental flows are also modelled 1 5 INSTALLATION OF REALM This section provides details on installing REALM on Windows 95 98 or 2000 NT XP operating systems 1 5 1 DOWNLOADING amp INSTALLING REALM SOFTWARE AND MANUALS Downloading procedure is same for both Windows 95 98 and 2000 NT XP systems Follow the steps given below to download REALM software and manuals 1 Access the Water home page of the Victorian Department of Environmen
249. n be used as off quota deliveries which are considered in the annual volume of water entitled to this demand zone in restricting the demand Therefore these off quota supplies or deliveries are added to the cumulative restricted demand at this simulation time step to show the total irrigation delivery entitled to this demand zone These concepts are shown in Figure 5 44 to illustrate how irrigation restrictions are computed in this demand zone In Figure 5 44 the announced allocation is 130 from August to October During this period the computed cumulative unrestricted demand is less than the cumulative restricted demand with respect to 130 announced allocation and therefore the demand is not restricted Note that 130 announced allocation gives a curve for 114 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 cumulative restricted demand with respect to months in the irrigation season Due to increased water resources available for release the allocation is increased to 180 in November and as can be seen from Figure 5 44 it gives a different curve for cumulative restricted demand and also there are no restrictions for November In December off quota supplies or deliveries are announced off quota supplies are not considered in determining restrictions Therefore to model this effect the additional curve which is parallel to the 180 limit curve is considered as the new limit curve The gap between these two parallel curves is the
250. n priority should be provided for each system and each target group 5 9 LABEL The system file label describing the system can be included or edited using the al Edit the system file label button on the toolbar Figure 5 1 Alternatively the user can use Edit System Label menu item to display the same dialog box When this button is clicked the System File Label dialog box Figure 5 50 appears which allows the user to enter or edit the file description System File Label Current system Silvan losses 2 GL a DRP RRCs MOL 520 GL Figure 5 50 System File Label Dialog Box 120 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 5 10 EXIT To exit from SE hence to return to REALM Program Manager either use File Exit menu item or Click on the T Exit System Editor button or Click on the amp Close button in the top right corner of the System Editor window If the current system file has been changed since the last save then a message box will appear prompting the user to confirm whether to save the changes to the file Click on to save the changes or iXf to exit the System Editor with saving changes By clicking on button the user can return to SE without exiting 5 11 SYSTEM LISTING PROGRAM The system files created by System Editor SE are text or ASCII files However the user may not be able to interpret the data in these file since there are no captions attached to these data items The REALM System Listing
251. n season from the start of the irrigation season to the start of simulation which is also within the irrigation season Note that the definition of the irrigation season is different to the season terminology used in REALM which is days weeks and months The irrigation season is the period from the start of irrigation to the end of irrigation For example the irrigation season in Victoria is from August to May 148 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 To specify initial irrigation deliveries Click on the Initialisation Irrigation demands menu item of the REALM Setup window Figure 6 3 or Click on the m Initialise y t d irrigation deliveries button The Initial deliveries to date for irrigation demands dialog box is displayed Figure 6 16 This dialog box lists the names names of all DC2 nodes Figure 6 16 This list is assembled from the system file or the first system file where multiple system files are used Initial deliveries to date for irrigation demands Use initialisation file FT Ze Specify demands below Delivery to date 1 eM IRRIGATION 2 BOUTS SALES 3 FEROERDERG OV Cancel Figure 6 16 Initial Irrigation Deliveries Dialog Box There are two options to specify the start up deliveries as follows 1 Use of an irrigation delivery initialisation file 2 Specification of initial irrigation deliveries In simulations with multiple system files new DC2 nodes specif
252. nctions e g in min max mth if etc brackets must be used Min 8 7 6 2 10 result is 2 the 10 is ignored However the equation min 8 7 6 2 10 will result in 6 3 Functions within functions must be written within brackets Min 1 2 if 3 100 200 300 this will not work In the above example the if should be within brackets It should be written as min 1 2 if 3 100 200 300 In this equation first if is computed and returns a single value either 100 200 or 300 This value is then used in min 100 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 if 3 min 1 1000 2 200 300 this will not work It should be if 3 min 1 1000 2 200 300 Calculator utility Section 8 5 The REALM Calculator utility has the same functionality as the equation parser in REALM in computing capacity of variable capacity carriers The users can use the Calculator utility to test the equations that will be used in variable capacity carriers 5 6 4 6 SUB EQUATIONS Entering Sub equations Sub equations are accessed via the button within the Edit Capacity Relationship dialog box for variable capacity carriers Figure 5 32 Edit Capacity Relationship Capacity Relationship Equation IF 1 79 0 0 1 MIN 2 F 13 f d Variables in Above Equation Transformation Table Calculation Option 1 Variable Name 4 Type 4 Independent Variable 0
253. nd diagnostics programs Section 8 8 to investigate the cause for non convergence at this time step before changing the Maximum iteration count 28 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 General Options Dynamic Memory Files Output Water Quality Time step Formats i Convergence lteration i Maximum iteration count Minimum iteration count Storage convergence 10 Other convergence ST Are convergence abs Do convergence twice Figure 4 10 Convergence Iteration Tab in REALM Options The convergence for storage volume of each reservoir is governed by a fine tolerance 0 1 as the default from one iteration to the other in Figure 4 10 Experience shows that it is necessary to have a fine tolerance for storage volumes although it can be changed There are other aspects of convergences required such as when the capacity of a carrier depends on the flow of another carrier or when the transmission losses of carriers are expressed as percentages of their flows In both above examples it is assumed that the flows in these carriers change from one iteration to another during a simulation time step These tolerances can be set through the Other convergence field Note that this tolerance is generally a coarser tolerance compared with the Storage convergence tolerance However still there may be cases especially with large systems with complex operating rules where certain carriers do not converge with the tolerance giv
254. nd year do not coincide with dates in streamflow file s INFEASIBLE LP SOLUTION Network Linear Program has failed to provide a solution for the NSTOP 16 network This is usually caused by carrier capacity constraints and therefore it is necessary to investigate these bottleneck carriers Errors other than NSTOP 16 are possible All streamflow files must have 2 on the first line similarly the demand files should have 3 The named dependent variable s for a variable capacity carrier have not been found Demand data column missing Every demand node name in the system file s should be Bee matched with a column name in the demand file s streamflow file s Missing RV evaporation input The named evaporation variable has not been found in the streamflow file s Same comment applies to the rainfall variable Invalid calculation is encountered The capacity calculation for a variable capacity carrier has in a carrier equation Such invalid resulted in an invalid calculation To overcome this error the operations include division with a relevant carrier equation needs to be edited to remove the denominator of or close to zero occurrence of such calculations If appropriate this can be done square root of a number less than with an IF statement for example if the denominator of a division zero and logarithmic of a number is equal to zero then set the equation to zero less than or equial to zero An exampl
255. ng hydropower releases which depend on the hydraulic head of the reservoir above the outlet These variable capacity carriers can be turned off if required 5 6 4 3 FIXED MONTHLY CAPACITY CARRIERS Click on the Fixed Monthly Capacities tab to enter the details of fixed capacity carriers This will display a dialog box Figure 5 29 which allows the user to enter the required details 83 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 Carrier Number 193 Name of Pipe TO F5 FARMDAMS Details Fixed Monthly Capacities Water Quality Penalty 55000000 Monthly Minimum Flow and Capacities Loss 0 9999999 Note losses denoted by a positive number 9999999 represent a loss while those denoted by a 3999999 negative number represent a fixed or constant loss 9909599 Capacity Sharing Group 9999999 9999999 Group ID 0 9999999 9999999 Share 0 00 9999999 9999999 Note share denoted by a positive number 9999999 represents a whole number share while those _ 99998839 denoted by a negative number represents a share 9999999 with two decimal places Figure 5 29 Fixed Monthly Capacities Tab of Edit Create Carrier Dialog Box Penalty The Penalty or cost field is used to allocate water within the water supply system These penalties are used in Network Linear Programming module in allocating water If there is more than one carrier between two nodes the lowest penalty carrier is used first When the capacity constraint of this car
256. nges and show them in the scatter plot Click on to return to the scatter plot without applying the changes if any Format Scatter Plot Data Series rr ee Lt Blue Lt Green EE Cancel Figure 8 17 Format Scatter Plot Data Series Dialog Box 8 1 4 2 FORMAT PLOT TITLES Format plot titles allows the user to alter the titles appearing on the plot By either selecting the Format Titles menu item or clicking on the E Format plot titles button on the toolbar in the REALM Plotting window Figure 8 2 the user is presented with the Format Scatter Plot Titles dialog box Figure 8 18 The text fields labelled Main title x axis and y axis allow the user to alter the overall title for the plot the x axis title and the y axis title s respectively Clicking on accepts the changes and displays them on the scatter plot Click on to return to the scatter plot without applying the changes if any 8 1 4 3 FORMAT PLOT AXES Format plot axes allows the user to alter the domain and or range of the plot s By either selecting the Format Axes menu item or clicking on the Zei Foot plot axes button on the toolbar in the REALM Plotting window Figure 8 2 the user is presented with the Format Scatter Plot Axes dialog box Figure 8 19 There are two tabs labelled X Axes and Y Axes 188 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 Format Scatter Plot Titles Main title x axis SF2 DAT SEASON
257. niform in version w2 0 and wll of PRIDE but can be specified in the DOS version Note that the distributions are entered as percentages and must sum to 100 e Under the Season tab the start and end dates of the irrigation season and other key dates must be entered as week numbers As an example the week starting July 1st is week 1 and the week starting July 8th is week 2 In a normal year the week starting June 23rd June 22nd in a leap year is week 52 e As for PRIDE version w1 1 the first crop type specified in the Crop Data tab is considered to be annual pasture and is subject to an additional autumn watering subroutine e Under the Factors tab the Perform rounding after accumulation to monthly check box is not available because the rounding is automatically done prior to accumulation This emulates how the standalone version of DOS PRIDE works Crop Model Data Files Refer to Section 6 4 3 70 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 5 5 2 4 MODELLING CARRYOVER IN REALM The carryover function enables the user to configure rural demand nodes DC2 such that unused water allocations are held in storage and carried over for use the following year The capacity to model carryover in REALM has been developed to inform water policy in Victoria As a result the terms used to define the carryover function may be unfamiliar to many REALM users Key terms are defined below The carryover algorithm in REALM has two main
258. nnnnnnnnnnnnn 252 8 11 1 Break Point Date Analysis reur aur atanan eA RA Ta Rd aT E L EROT AKRI FAAA RAKAT ADRE AR 255 8 11 1 1 Single Mass Curve Analysis sursssunssennnnnnennnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnen 256 8 11 1 2 Ratio Of Averages Analysis ccccccceesceceeeeeeceeeeeaeeceeeeeceaeeeeaaeeeeeeeseeeeesaeeetaeeeeeeeees 257 8 11 2 Defining Periods AS ET 259 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 8 11 3 Recent Lu DR e 261 8 11 4 ODER EAR AER dh aleeecadendenstetazess 267 8 11 5 Run Transiormaton ananuna tanaan tuaa nn Eunana nnan Eann anaana nannaa 271 8 12 Database Extr ction cn san nenne 273 OH REPERENGES EE EE 275 vii REALM User Manual LIST OF FIGURES Figure 1 1 Basic Structure of REALM 3 Figure 2 1 Part of a Streamflow File F Format 9 Figure 2 2 Part of a Streamflow File Format 10 Figure 2 3 Number of Columns Occupied by Data Items to Define FORTRAN Format Statement 10 Figure 2 4 Part of a Streamflow File with Multiple Replicate Data 11 Figure 3 1 Part of a Demand File 17 Figure 4 1 REALM Program Manager 19 Figure 4 2 REALM Program Manager Tools 20 Figure 4 3 REALM Program Manager Showing Previous Project Directories 21 Figure 4 4 Setting up a New Project Directory a Menu Option for Creation b Assignment of Name amp Location for the New Project Directory c Permission to Create a Folder in the File System d Confirmation Screen 21 Figure 4 5 Select Existing Project Directory a Men
259. nt Date Analysis dialog box A File Creation Successful message will appear directing the user where to access the newly created ROA fan file Exit the Streamflow Transformation utility In the Plot utility use the time series plot function to generate a Ratio of Averages curve from the ROA fan file Choose a Break Point Date from the Ratio of Averages curve Navigate back to the Streamflow Transformation Enter Break Point Date dialog box and enter the chosen Break Point Date 8 11 2 DEFINING PERIODS A amp B To apply a Break Point Date Standard Method Select the Apply a Brake Point Date standard method radio button and populate the Month Year and Day if appropriate fields of Break Point Date with the date that is considered to correspond to a step change in climatic conditions In Figure 8 83 January the 1st month of 1998 has been selected as the Break Point Date Note the a warning that Period B may be too short will appear if the Break Point Date selected results in a Period B of less than 10 years However no warning will appear if Period A is less than 10 years The user needs to take care to ensure that Period A is of adequate length 259 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 Hit the button The Please select Transformation Type dialog box will appear This is explained in Section 8 11 3 To use Customised Settings In the Streamflow Transformation
260. nuals can be read via an Acrobat Reader 1 5 2 REALM SETUP ON NETWORKS As long as the directions specified above are followed for the different operating systems then no special steps are required to install the files on a network 1 5 3 DOWNLOADING REALM MANUALS In order to download the REALM software manuals only first follow steps 1 to 4 of Section 1 5 1 Then click on Download REALM Manuals This opens a window listing all of the available REALM manuals Click on the name of the relevant manual Follow the instructions to view the contents of the manuals through Acrobat Reader and then to save 1 6 LAYOUT OF MANUAL Chapter 2 describes the preparation of streamflow input data files Chapter 3 describes the preparation of demand input data files Chapter 4 provides an overview of the REALM Program Manager which allows the access to various REALM operations This chapter introduces Project directory and its use in REALM Chapter 5 describes the System Editor in detail Chapter 6 presents details of setting up a simulation with Program Setup S in REALM Chapter 7 presents details of running a REALM simulation once input data files i e streamflow demand system and setup files are prepared This section also describes the output files of aREALM simulation Chapter 8 discusses REALM output utilities REALM User Manual Version 6 28 Chapter 2 2 STREAMFLOW FILES REALM User Manual Version 6 28 2
261. o calculate a value Select the column to be examined from the drop down box Column Note that the selected column should have at least local equation adjustment field of the global adjustments and local equation adjustments compartment The user may select to do global adjustments or setting negative values to zero after global local adjustments Similar to global local adjustments above the global adjustment are done first and then the local adjustments are done on the results of the global adjustments Figure 8 43 shows the results for one such operation CALC F STREAMFLOW DATA FILE HISTORICAL MONTHLY STREAMFLOW DATAFILE TEST DATA Time 20 44 Date 15 09 2005 3 12 2 3 YEAR SEASON N_STREAM1 1982 1982 1982 1982 1982 1982 1982 1982 1982 1982 1982 1982 1983 1983 1983 1983 1983 1983 1983 PH FPOWUDIDUAWNE Figure 8 43 Results of a Global adjustments local equations or calculate a value Operation 8 5 2 APPEND A TIME REFERENCE TO AN INPUT FILE This option is used to generate SEASON and YEAR columns in data files the input files may or may not already have those columns 211 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 To append a time reference to an input file Click on the Append a time reference to an input file radio button Figure 8 41 This displays the Add Time Column dialog box Figure 8 44 Type the name of the new time reference columns in
262. o make this node visible in the workspace Once the node is created click on the R Select and edit a node or a carrier button to return to normal SE mode 46 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 To edit a node Click on the RI Select and edit a node or a carrier button Double click on the node to be edited or Click the right mouse button on the node to be edited then select Edit Edit the relevant parameter s in the Edit node dialog box Add Reservoir Node Number o eee 1 000 Name of Reservoir PYKES CK RES Details Evaporation Rating Table Water Quality Description Pykes Creek Reservior Reservoir Inflow Data Iw Use Inflow Data Inflow Record Name PYKES CK INFLOWS Enable Downstream Spills m Storages with Downstream Spills enabled must have a iver type carrier connected to a downstream node Minimum Storage Capacity 1190 Maximum Storage Capacity 23920 Number of Above Target Zones Number of Below Target Zones Figure 5 7 Add Reservoir Dialog Box 5 4 2 MOVING NODES Sometimes it is necessary to move a node to a different location to avoid congestion of nodes and carriers in the network screen To move a node click on the sl Select and move a node or a carrier button The mouse pointer will be changed to the 3 hand Click on the node and drag it to the desired position All carriers connected to this node will also move accordingly Once the node is moved
263. o operating rules For multiple system file runs REALM accesses each system file at the time specified during simulation Matching the reservoir names in various system files allows the storage volumes of reservoirs of a system file to be carried over to the reservoirs in the next system file Similarly the carrier names are matched so that carriers can be investigated across several system changes If a single system file is to be used click on the Single system file radio button Enter the system filename with the appropriate path or Use the browser button next to the Single system file field to locate the required system file Click on the required system file and hit JZS Click on and return to the REALM Setup window Figure 6 3 If multiple system files are to be used click on the Multiple system files for augmentation options radio button Click on YA The Multiple system file selection dialog box will be displayed Figure 6 9 Enter Start Season and Start Year for the first system file Click on the first row in the Filename column and enter the system filename with the 139 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 appropriate path or Use the IWNI button to locate the first system file Click on the required system file and hit Sl Fill in similar information for the other system files For example in Figure 6 9 the system file C Realm1 Ex2e sys is used from January 1990 assuming a monthly t
264. of re setting the physical network to avoid the problem 241 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 Re run REALM after making such changes to see if the infeasible solution still exists Alternatively if the user suspects a particular carrier run LP Solver after changing the capacity of this carrier to a large value in the log file In this case the log file is used as the input file in LP Solver Section 8 9 242 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 8 9 LP SOLVER The utility LP Solver can be used in two ways as follows e With a LP dump file generated by REALM as a result of an infeasible solution or with a LP dump file created as a result of the request of the user These LP dump files are created as the log file e With an input file prepared by the user for a particular network In both cases the dialog boxes for entering data are the same However in the former case the input file is a REALM log file with LP dump information while in the latter case it is a user prepared input file which has the format of template lps stored c realm WorkedExamples directory In both cases LP Solver attempts to solve the network considering user inputs on nodes and carriers arcs which can be edited when using LP Solver 8 9 1 USE OF LP SOLVER WITH LP DUMP FILES CREATED BY AN INFEASIBLE SOLUTION Figure 8 70 shows a log file which was created as a result of an infeasible solution This file is used as input to LP Solver in this example
265. of shortfall zones distributes the demand shortfalls among the demand nodes This shortfall distribution is discussed under the next heading of Number of Demand Shortfall Zones The shortfalls are usually due to the capacity constraints of the system Each demand zone should have a different shortfall priority to eliminate the ambiguity in sharing the shortfalls Number of Demand Shortfall Zones Each demand is divided into a number of zones based on the number of shortfall zones The demand shortfall priority is used in conjunction with the number of shortfall zones to determine the order in which demands experience shortfalls Different or same number of shortfall zones can be assigned to different demand centres Once the shortfall is computed by REALM corresponding to a set of demand centres which experiences shortfall the first demand centre with the shortfall priority of lowest number experiences the shortfall to the size of its first zone Then the demand node with the shortfall priority of second lowest number experiences the shortfall to the size of its first zone and so on until the shortfall is distributed using the first zones of each demand centre If the shortfall is distributed by first few demand centres then the remaining demand centres do not experience any shortfalls On the other hand if the shortfall is not fully distributed yet the second zones if any in 55 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 certain demand centres a
266. off quota supply Again as can be seen from Figure 5 44 from February to April there are some restrictions For these months the deliveries from the start of irrigation season to the current month not inclusive are subtracted from the cumulative restricted demand computed from with respect to 180 announced allocation plus the off quota supplies as the restricted demand Adngelioz JTrrigakon Le iivet MIL J SOS lmit curve 150 miie Figure 5 44 Modelling of Off Quota and Changes in Allocation The unrestricted demand data is usually read from demand data file s but the unrestricted demand can also be calculated using a variable capacity carrier or by using the PRIDE demand modelling function in REALM Section 5 5 2 3 or by linking REALM with an external computer program 5 7 1 6 IRRIGATION DEMAND RESTRICTIONS BY CARRIER Click on the radio button Set Policy for this group by Carrier in the Restrictions dialog box after selecting a demand group which consists only of DC2 nodes as in of Figure 5 45 Note that this operation displays an additional field with the heading of Name of Carrier Enter the Name of Carrier or select the Name of Carrier through the combo box list This carrier is a variable capacity carrier which computes the capacity of the carrier as the announced allocation for the simulation time step The user does not need other data for this option 115 REALM User Manual Version
267. on 6 28 The volume surface area relationship is entered here The values for storage volume should range from 0 to the maximum capacity of the reservoir The storage volume and surface area are expressed in ML and ha respectively Net evaporation ML during a simulation time step is determined by multiplying the evaporation mm computed from Equation 5 1 by the surface area ha as in Equation 5 2 the surface area is computed from the volume surface area relationship corresponding to the storage volume at the start of the simulation time step 5 4 4 4 RESERVOIR RATING TABLE REALM produces the storage volumes at the end of simulation time step in ML However these storage volumes can be converted to water levels by entering the storage volume and water level relationship in the Rating Table tab of the Edit Reservoir dialog box Figure 5 9 In this table the storage volume is expressed in ML and the corresponding storage level is expressed in m with respect to a certain datum Edit Reservoir Node Number 1 Node Size 1 000 Name of Reservoir PYKES CK RES Details Evaporation Rating Table Water Quality Reservoir Rating Table Stage Storage Relationship Volume ML Reduced Level m4HD ofj ujo jas w n oj o o o o o o o o o o 5 Cancel Figure 5 9 Rating Table Tab of Edit Reservoir Dialog Box 5 4 4 5 RESERVOIR WATER QUALITY PARAMETERS W
268. on Option This column defines the way the variable capacity is computed for each month The setting can be chosen from three options for each month The functions of these values 88 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 are listed below Off makes the capacity zero Previous use the preceding month s capacity Re calculate re calculate the capacity using the equation and the values of the transformation table By default this setting is set to Re calculate Initialising Capacity at each Time Step and Add Previous Flow Simulation to Capacity Generally the user requires new capacities to be calculated for each iteration of each time step of the simulation for Variable Capacity carriers However in some cases especially if the independent variable is reservoir or total storage with the type ESTO which is the end storage at each iteration the capacity does not converge and it might even oscillate between two values In this case the capacity computed in a previous iteration requires adjustment This can be done by ticking the check box Add Previous Flow Solution to Capacity If the check box is ticked then it is necessary to enter a value in the Initialising Capacity at each Time Step field as starting value of the capacity of this carrier for iteration 1 Table 5 2 Available System Variables for Variable Capacity Carrier Modelling Variable Sub group Type Type Description Variable Remarks Name Name amp Ty
269. on and in the next dialog box click on the GES button to browse through the network to the appropriate printer Click to print If is clicked then the user will be returned to SE without printing 45 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 To print a soft copy of a system file Click on the menu item File Print System to File to create a graphic of the system file or Click on the fe Print System to File button on the toolbar Select the file type from the combo box Choose from the following standard image file types Windows Metafile CGM Bitmap Postscript or HPGL The image file created can be viewed or printed by standard Windows image viewer programs 5 4 NODES 5 4 1 CREATING EDITING NODES Six different types of nodes are available for modelling water supply systems They are represented by the items in the Add menu as well as by the buttons on the toolbar shown in Figure 5 6 SI Reservoir nodes Urban Demand nodes ai Rural Demand nodes E Pipe junction nodes E Stream junction nodes E Stream terminator nodes Figure 5 6 System Editor Add Menu To create a node Click on the appropriate node button on the toolbar or Select the appropriate node type from the Add menu The mouse pointer will change to an appropriate shape Click on the workspace Enter the relevant node parameters in the Add node dialog box that appears Figure 5 7 shows this dialog box for a reservoir node Click on the button t
270. on in the Output Viewing box Plotting the Flow Duration Curve file allows the user to examine how well the characteristics of the transformed Period A flows match those of Period B flows For example the FDCs shown in Figure 8 99 were generated using the Transformation by seasonal factors method The curves diverge at low inflows for Period B there is no inflow about 20 of the time whereas for the transformed Period A data there is no inflow about 15 of the time In this instance the distribution of transformed Period 271 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 A inflows could be made to better match the distribution of Period B inflows by using the Transformation by comparison of Flow Duration Curves method with an appropriate number of bins e PERIOD A ORIGINAL INFLOW E PERIOD A TRANSFORMED INFLOW Flow ML month PERIOD B INFLOW 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 Time flow exceeded Figure 8 99 Flow Duration Curves for comparison of the distribution of original and transformed streamflows 272 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 8 12 DATABASE EXTRACTION In most cases the simulation results of large and complex systems which require high computing time are stored in a binary data base This data base option was developed to eliminate the need to repeat several simulation runs with different output settings With the data base option all simulation results related to all output settings ar
271. ons referenced using labels from A to ZZ can be entered Normal syntax rules for REALM equations apply when specifying the sub equations There cannot be blank sub equations above defined sub equations For example if sub equation B has been entered sub equation A cannot be blank and an error message will be produced stating Blank or null equation encountered in variable capacity carrier name Check Carrier No Sub equation A Each sub equation also includes space for a detailed comment immediately to the right of the equation For clarity only the first 54 characters of the comment are shown in the dialog box The remainder of the comment can be viewed edited by either scrolling through the text or pressing the Show button immediately to the right of the comment Pressing this button opens another dialog box for easy viewing and editing of long comments Sub Equation Editor Primary Equation Variable Name 1 ITERATION UNN 79 0 0 1 MIN 2 F 13 2 GBPDEM FLOW 3 GBPRIEDEM CAFC 4 GBPR2EDEM CAFC 5 GBPR3EDEM CAPC 6 GBPR4EDEM CAFC 7 GBPR5SEDEM CAPC 8 GBPRIFLOW FLOW 9 GBPR2FLOW FLOW 10 GBPR3FLOW FLOW 11 GBPR4FLOW FLOW 12 GBPRS5FLOW FLOW 13 GBP TOTAL ACCOUNTS CAPC Sub Equations Sub Equation Comment Show 38 4 9 5 10 Ga 7 12 MAT pBCDEO 0 is require to avoid the negative value Negative value means all
272. operties between Period A and Period B The Ratio of Averages analysis focuses on only one flow property average flow For each date in the flow series the utility calculates the average flow for the preceding period and the average flow for the following period This information is written to a file ROA fan that can be plotted in REALM an example is given in Figure 8 87 The user can then manually inspect the dates under consideration as the Break Point Date to see how much greater the average flows before the date Period A are compared with the average flows after the date Period B As for the single mass curves the streamflow transformation utility calculates the ratios on an 257 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 annual basis for calendar years January to December If the aim is to pick the date that provides maximum contrast between before and after then the user should pick the date corresponding to the maximum of the Ratio of Averages plot For example in Figure 8 87 the most appropriate Break Point Date for this series is in 1998 2 5 15 AN Niece i RAT 1960 1965 1970 1975 1980 1985 1990 1995 2000 2005 Ratio of Average Flows Period A Period B Figure 8 87 Plot of a Ratio of Averages File for Flynn s Creek red and Eaglehawk Creek blue in the Latrobe Catchment The Ratio of Averages analysis has limitations as follows The periods at the
273. ormat are used to highlight important points OK Grey highlighting over white text indicates a button with that title in a dialog box Hint Descriptions of a button shown when the mouse pointer moved onto it Radio button labels or any other text in the program window xii REALM User Manual Version 6 28 Chapter 1 1 INTRODUCTION REALM User Manual Version 6 28 1 1 WHATIS REALM REALM REsource ALlocation Model is a water supply system simulation package It is general in that any water supply system can be configured as a network of nodes and carriers representing reservoirs demand centres waterways pipes etc It is flexible in that it can be used as a what if tool to address various options i e new operating rules physical system modifications etc System changes can be quickly and easily configured and investigated A wide range of operating rules can be modelled either directly or indirectly by exploiting the basic set of node and carrier types and their corresponding attributes It uses a fast network linear programming algorithm to optimise the water allocation within the network for each time step of the simulation period in accordance with user defined operating rules The user can specify the desired level of detail of output from the model Output can be presented graphically either in raw form or after post processing using a suite of utility programs separate from the simulation model Inp
274. ota supplies to this demand 20 LERDERDERG DIV allocation Frac 55 imit No off quota supplies to this demand CARRIER INFORMATION No Name Type From 1 PYKES DIV1 Pipe 3 Comment Diversions to Pykes Res from Werribee 2 PYKES DIV2 Pipe Si Comment Pykes tunnel diversion 2 from Werribee 3 UPPER WEIR OVERFLOW River 3 Comment Spill over upper Werribee Weir 4 PYKES CK SPILL River 29 Comment Pykes Ck spills below Reservior 5 WERRIBEE D S PYKES River 2 Comment Werribee River downstream of Pykes Ck 6 TO BM IRRIGATION River 8 Comment Supply channel to BM irrigation area 7 TO CSR FACTORY River 8 Comment Supply channel to CSR factory 8 BM OFFTAKE Pipe 4 Comment Irrigation offtake from above BM weir 9 WERRIBEE U S BM WEIR River 12 Comment Werribee River upstream Bacchus Marsh 0 FROM INFL BTWN WEIRS River 9 Comment Inflows between weirs to the werribee 1 TO BM OUTSIDE SALES River 8 Comment Bacchus Marsh outside district sales of 2 WERRIBEE D S BM River 4 Comment Werribee downstream of BM weir amp u s of 3 WERRIBEE U S PARWON River 6 Comment Werribee River upstream of Parwon Creek 4 WERRIBEE U S LERD River 4 Comment Werribee River upstream of Lerderderg 5 FROM INFL U S MELTON River 1 Comment Inflow upstream Melton 6 FROM PARWON CK River 3 Comment Parwon Creek 7 LERD D S GOOD River 9 Comment Lerderderg River below Goodman s Creek 8 LOWER LERD River 8 Comment Lerderderg River d s of Goodman Ck con 9 UPPER DIVERSIONS Pipe 8
275. p e Apply a Break Point Date Break Point Date standard method 1 1938 H Break Point Date Analysis Day Month Year Use customised settings Cancel Figure 8 83 Streamflow Transformation Enter Break Point Date Dialog Box The radio buttons give the user two options for specifying the Period A before step change and Period B after step change e Apply a Break Point Date standard method A Break Point Date is specified such that Period A before step change and Period B after step change are contiguous and together run for the full period of the input data file e Use customised settings Under this option the user enters the start date and the end date for Period A before step change and for Period B after step change respectively Because Period A and Period B are simply two discrete time periods there is no requirement for the periods to be contiguous or to run for the full period of the input data file Note however that Period A always precedes Period B When the il 3111982179 button is hit Figure 8 84 is displayed 254 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 Break Point Date Help x General Help This utility transforms flows by comparing the flow duration curves of two periods in the flow record Choice of Break Point Date determines the timing of these two periods Period A and Period B For example if the Break Point Date wa
276. p but representing the same physical carrier However these carriers should be assigned to a single group The share of the capacity that each user group can access is also specified If a user group does not use its share of the carrier capacity the other user groups can use the unused capacity in proportion to their defined shares There are two capacity sharing fields i e Group ID and Share Figure 5 29 The capacity sharing group field Group ID allows the user to assign each of the carriers representing a capacity share in a single physical carrier to a group with a unique identification number In the Share field enter the percentage of the carrier capacity that this particular carrier representing a user group can use It can be specified as either an integer percentage by entering a positive value or a percentage with two decimal places by entering a negative value in the Share field For example if the capacity of a carrier is to be shared by three user groups then there should be 3 capacity shared carriers each representing the same physical carrier The Group ID field of each of these carriers should have the same identification number i e same integer number but one carrier with the negative sign preceding the number to indicate the key group member The user has to enter the maximum capacity details only for the key member and this maximum capacity information is automatically con
277. p used in simulation e Output formats e Convergence tolerances and iterations e Dynamic memory e Files output e Water quality parameters These default settings are stored in a file called realm set which is stored in the project directory This file is copied to the project directory when creating a project directory using Project New Directory Section 4 2 1 These default settings stored in realm set can be changed to suit the current REALM application by clicking on Run Options This will display the General Options dialog box Figure 4 8 Note that the Time step tab is active in Figure 4 8 4 4 7 1 SIMULATION TIME STEP In most applications a monthly time step is used as the simulation time step However the REALM models using daily time step are becoming popular especially in modelling environmental flows and water quality The time step can be changed by clicking on the Time step tab of Run Options which displays the dialog box shown in Figure 4 8 Note that there are 4 time steps available daily weekly monthly and linear Click on the appropriate time step to suit the user s application Linear is any regular time step other than daily weekly and monthly such as hourly 2 hourly etc 26 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 General Options x Dynamic Memory Files Dutput Water Quality Time step Formats Convergence lteration Time step daily If restrictions on apply each time
278. pe Node name Reservoir STOR Start season storage EILDON and SSTO with evaporation ESTO taken out Node name Reservoir ESTO End season storage at the end of iteration Node name Reservoir LVLS Start water levels via SLVL RV rating table without evaporation taken out Node name Reservoir ELVL End water levels via RV rating table Node name Reservoir SARE Start of time step reservoir surface area Node name Reservoir EARE End of time step reservoir surface area Node name Reservoir INFW Inflow data from the streamflow file Node name Reservoir EVAP Evaporation loss Node name Reservoir TARG REALM calculated target value Node name Reservoir AWAT REALM calculated available water for release value Node name Reservoir SPILL Uncontrolled release over spillway 89 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 Variable Sub group Type Type Description Variable Remarks Name Name amp Type Node name Reservoir RELS Sum of water released Node name Reservoir RVSA Flow in the spill arc for debugging Node name Reservoir SALN Water quality default MOKOAN MOKOAN is a TURB parameters in and COLR reservoir in the COLR realm set file or water system file quality Node name Demand UNRS Unrestricted demand Node name Demand REST Restricted demand Node name Demand SHRT Demand shortfall Node name Demand RATN Rationed demand Node nam
279. precedence as in standard mathematical equations Several functions described later are available to compute various parameters such as square roots minima etc To set the capacity of a variable capacity carrier to a constant leave the Variable Name and Type fields blank and enter the constant in the equation field 97 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 During run time REALM computes a temporary variable based on the values of the dependent variables and the equation and uses this temporary variable to calculate the capacity of the carrier by interpolation using the values in the transformation table Figure 5 31 Operators and Functions The available operators include J The available mathematical functions are EXP LOG LN ABS MIN MAX SORT MOD COS SIN TAN RND IF P1 N1 INT NINT MTH These mathematical functions are case insensitive Most of these functions are self explanatory and the use of these functions can be seen in the following examples Examples 1 2 2300 4 5 24 exp 1 min 5000 2 3 LOG 5 24 sqrt 97 Note A comma cannot appear in front of a function That is the equation min 2000 sqrt 1 is not valid Instead the equation should be written as min 2000 sqrt 1 Functions without arguments such as rnd or if are ignored MTH Function The mth function requires the user to enter 12 values or arguments either as constants or system variables
280. program reads the data from the system file and creates a file called system_temp lis with captions on data items This file is generally called the System Listing By using a standard text editor such as Notepad in Windows the user can easily interpret the data in the system file that has been created Alternatively the user can use the REALM Text Editor facility by clicking on View Text File button Section 4 4 3 of the REALM Program Manager Figure 4 1 Select the System Listing program through System Listing from the REALM Program Manager Figure 4 1 The System Listing dialog box Figure_5 51 is displayed and select a file Tick the required information categories which should appear in the output file and click on the button to create the output file Then the View Output File dialog box will be displayed Click on M to open the file in the REALM Text Editor The file may be viewed and printed from any standard text editor program such as Notepad in Windows 121 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 System Listing System file name to open C Realm system1 sys Details to include w Node details w Carrier details IV Target details IV Restriction details V Multi system details V Capacity Sharing details w Water Quality details CG ga Figure 5 51 System Listing Dialog Box The system listing is organised in the following fashion General node details number name location
281. ptional The keywords should be spelled as above in upper case letters The REPLICATE column is not applicable when annual demand data are given in the demand files even though the multiple replicates can be considered in the simulation In this case the multiple replicates of streamflow are generated using the recycled historical streamflow sequences approach of McMahon and Mein 1986 These streamflow replicates are used in the simulation with the demands as given in the demand files considering the same annual demand for each streamflow replicate The column header names except the keywords describe the demand nodes which are given in the system files These header names should be exactly same including the case as the demand node names in the system files During simulation REALM matches these header names with demand node names If these names cannot be matched the simulation terminates during run time with an error message of missing data Data columns represent the demands in the form of either seasonal i e monthly weekly or daily or annual data depending the SEASON YEAR keyword s Several demand files can be considered in a single REALM simulation run The use of multiple files allows grouping of different types of data in separate files For example the urban demand data can be in one file while the data corresponding to irrigation or rural demands can be in a different file During simulation REALM reads
282. r MAIS Sni Details Description Figure 5 27 Adding Editing Stream Terminator Node Dialog Box 79 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 5 6 CARRIERS REALM allocates water within the water supply system i e from supply points to demand zones through a network of carriers Each carrier in the network has a maximum capacity which represents an upper limit for water flow This water flow may be less than the maximum capacity as a result of the implementation of the operating rules for that simulation time step 5 6 1 CREATING EDITING CARRIERS Two different types of carriers are available in REALM 1 River type carriers represent river sections 2 Pipe type carriers represent pipes aqueducts and general carriers which are not river sections Carriers are represented by items in the Add menu as well as by the following buttons on the toolbar N River carrier KH Pipe carrier To create a carrier Click on the appropriate carrier button on the toolbar or Select the appropriate carrier type from the Add menu The mouse pointer will change colour from white to blue river carrier or grey pipe carrier Click on the node where the carrier starts and drag the mouse to the node where the carrier ends and click on this node This will create the carrier Drawn as a single line between two nodes with an arrow head in the middle Enter the relevant parameters in the Add carrier dialog box that appears Click
283. r REALM setups This is done by clicking on the button in Figure 6 22 which displays the Output scenario selection dialog box Figure 6 24 156 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 Output scenario selection C Retain current settings Load Save up to 5 settings in Januotpt rlm Setting A v Cancel Figure 6 24 Output Scenario Selection Dialog Box The user can also load these saved settings in the database extraction utility Section 8 12 to extract certain output information from the database output To save output settings Click on the Load Save up to 5 settings in lt output filename gt rlm radio button in Figure 6 24 it is Load Save up to 5 settings in Januotpt rlm where Janu is the first four characters of the log filename and otpt is a keyword to save the current setting This will activate the field below this radio button Enter a name for the setting it is shown as Setting A in Figure 6 24 If the user wants to save the current output settings as Setting A in Januotpt rlm file under the project directory then click on the button After saving Figure 6 24 re appears with Setting A shown in the list Click on the button to take the user back to Figure 6 22 To load an output setting To load a previously saved output setting click on the button in Figure 6 22 This will display Figure 6 24 One saved setting the Setting A can be seen in this figure since it has already been saved bu
284. r example a REALM run with a simulation log filename of testing log which had requested output files for water quality parameters of saln and turb for reservoirs and carriers will generate the following output files testturb rv testturb ar testsaln rv testsaln ar 167 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 Figure 7 5 and Figure 7 6 show the REALM format output files generated for reservoir storage volume and reservoir water quality for parameter turb respectively They are text or ASCII files containing columns of data with several lines of header information They have the same format as the streamflow and demand files Chapters 2 amp 3 The structure of these files is explained in Section 7 2 2 1 RESERVOIR STORAGE ex6a log Time 14 55 01 Date 12 20 97 water quality modelling F4 0 2F6 0 1 12 2 4 SEASON YEAR REPLICATE Reservoir 1 982 982 982 982 982 982 98 3 983 984 984 984 984 984 Figure 7 5 Reservoir Storage Volume Output File RESERVOIR W QUAL ex6c log Time 07 30 37 Date 02 03 98 water quality modelling ex6b Sloss considered in reservoir F4 0 2F6 0 1 12 2 4 SEASON YEAR REPLICATE Reservoir 1 982 982 982 982 982 982 983 983 983 984 984 984 984 984 Figure 7 6 Reservoir Water Quality Turb Output File 168 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 7 2 2 1 STRUCTURE OF REALM FORMAT OUTPUT FILES The structure of the
285. r to edit the target storage curves for a specific system and target group 118 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 Target Curve Setup Edit Target Groups System 4 Target Group v Edit Targets Cancel Figure 5 48 Specification of System and Target Group for Editing Target Storage Curves Select the system number and the group number as in Figure 5 48 and click on the button This will display Figure 5 49 which allows the user to edit the target storage curve information and the drawdown priorities for reservoirs Note that the dialog box in Figure 5 49 allows the user to edit the target storage curves for system 4 and target group 3 which has been selected in Figure 5 48 Also the target storage curves are defined by 10 points as selected in Figure 5 47 The user is not able to edit minimum and maximum capacities and they are greyed out Note also that all reservoirs included in the system Figure 5 47 are extracted and their names listed as rows in Figure 5 49 In the background there is a plot of the target storage curves for this system and target group The reservoir drawdown priorities specify the order in which the reservoirs are drawn down when they go below their target volumes during simulation run time When this happens the reservoir with the lowest drawdown priority will be emptied first followed by the reservoir with the next lowest drawdown priority and so on Only the reservoirs which will go below
286. ral iterations to reach the solution in the simulation when the carrier loss is modelled as a percentage of flow A trial solution is found before the actual losses are determined The simulation module then modifies the losses and re solves the allocation This process continues until convergence is reached The convergence criteria are specified by the user by changing the corresponding values in realm set file before setting up the simulation i e use of REALM Setup S This can be done using the Convergence Iteration tab of Run Options The following convergence criteria are used in REALM in modelling the transmission losses 1 percentage difference in losses between two consecutive iterations less than a certain tolerance 2 a maximum number of iterations The solution is considered as converged when one of its criteria is satisfied The option 2 is used only to stop endless looping If this occurs a warning message related to non convergence at this simulation time step is given in the simulation log file REALM takes out the loss at the bottom end of the carriers Therefore the carrier flow output file and the log file contain flows corresponding to the upstream end i e flow without losses taken out Capacity Sharing Capacity sharing refers to a situation where the maximum capacity of a physical carrier is shared by two or more water user groups This is modelled in REALM by having a separate carrier for each user grou
287. rconnections between these subsystems Sometimes it may be necessary to model these subsystems to behave as they were single subsystems This can be modelled via the Number of systems in network in Figure 5 47 If the user wishes to model the system without reproducing the behaviour of subsystems as previously modelled then select 1 for all reservoirs shown in the Assign Reservoirs to Systems for Target Volume Calculations block of Figure 5 47 having the Number of systems in network set as 1 Otherwise select the appropriate number for each reservoir to group under different subsystems However make sure that the Number of systems in network is filled before assigning systems to the reservoirs In some cases the user may not want to include certain reservoirs in target storage calculations e g accounting reservoirs In this case these reservoirs can be assigned system zero If system zero is assigned to a reservoir this reservoir will have zero target storage volume during the whole simulation Note that in Figure 5 47 three reservoirs are assigned system zero and there are 7 systems in the network excluding system zero Target Groups Fields in the Assign Target Groups block allow the number of target groups to be defined and assign target group numbers for each of the months They do not have to be consecutive If the user requires only one set of target storage curves for each month of the year select 1
288. re e Running total variables e Initial reservoir volumes or storage volumes at the start of simulation period e Initial irrigation deliveries only when DC2 nodes are present in the system files e Water quality initialisation only for water quality modelling applications e Carrover volumes only when DC2 nodes with carryover are present in the system files 6 5 1 RUNNING TOTAL VARIABLE INITIALISATION Variable initialisation is provided to allow any variable which refers to a previous time step in a variable capacity carrier to be initialised This refers to variable types such as CAP and FLO which refer to the last time step as well as running total variables such as RFxx and xxx whose values are dependent on multiple previous time steps It should be noted that if the user does not specify initial values for these variables an initial value of 0 is adopted as default by REALM 143 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 To specify initial running totals Click on the Initialsation Running Totals menu item of REALM Setup window Figure 6 3 or Click on the Z Initialise running total variables button The Running Total Variable Initialisation dialog box Figure 6 12 is displayed There are two ways of initialising these variables The first option is to use an initialisation file To do this select the Use initialisation file radio button This allows a filename to be specified in the field below A file
289. re 8 32 Rank and Sort Data Dialog Box Figure 8 35 shows a sample output of the Rank a single column of data additional column sorting option of the Rank utility In that sample file PAN EVAP column was ranked and the other four columns were sorted accordingly Note that the ranked column is ranked from highest to lowest and the sorted columns are displayed as a record i e values corresponding to that time step corresponding to ranked values In addition the exceedance probabilities are displayed corresponding to each ranked value Ki Output file C Realm1 Output Rank we J view the Output File Figure 8 33 View Output File Confirmation Message Box 8 3 2 RANK ALL COLUMNS OF DATA NO SORTING This option can be selected from the Rank Data dialog box Figure 8 31 After selecting this option and clicking on in that dialog box will prompt the user with a message box as shown in Figure 8 33 Click on to open the output file with REALM Text Editor Click on Xf to return to the REALM Program Manager Figure 4 1 without viewing the output file 203 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 RANK F STREAMFLOW DATA FILE HISTORICAL MONTHLY STREAMFLOW DATAFILE TEST DATA Time 07 51 Date 15 09 2005 6 12 2 6 PAN EVAP RANK SEASON SORT YEAR SORT STREAM1 LOCAL RAIN EXCEEDANCE PROBAB 34 40 32 40 32 10 30 80 30 20 30 00 29 00 28 50 28 50 27 60 27 30 26 50 25 80 24 10 22 80 22 40 21 40
290. re considered as earlier This procedure is repeated until the demand shortfalls are fully distributed among the demand centres which experience shortfalls Annual to Monthly Disaggregation Factors If annual demands are given in the demand file s they are converted to monthly values using the disaggregation factors entered here The sum of the maximum factors must be exactly 1 0 Typically the monthly disaggregation will follow a summer winter trend with higher values in summer than in winter The minimum factors represent the fractions used to compute the base monthly demand typically household demand that cannot be restricted If monthly demands are given in the demand data file s these minimum and maximum aggregation factors are not used However it is necessary that sum of the maximum factors should be 1 0 to continue with editing operations In order to edit and or enter values for Annual to Monthly Disaggregation Factors and Climate Index Record Name it is necessary to tick the Enable editing of disaggregation factors check box Climate Index Record Name The Climate Index Record Name entry is used only when annual demand data is considered and is used to adjust monthly demands for climatic conditions once the annual demand is disaggregated using monthly maximum disaggregation factors The record name entered here should be a column name in a streamflow file used in the REALM application This name should
291. requirement or arc flows in the system of nodes and arcs converted by REALM corresponding to the physical network of nodes and carriers The reader is referred to the following paper for theory of the conversion of the physical network to the network of nodes and arcs and for definitions of nodal requirement and equivalent component network ECN A generalised water supply simulation computer software package by Perera B J C and James B A 2003 The node or arc number should be specified in the variable name field Changes to the network will cause specific ECN node and arc numbers to change Therefore this option is seldom used Examples Name Type 365 NECN 8 AECN 5 6 4 5 SETTING UP AN EQUATION The system variables should link with an equation to compute the variable capacities As can be seen in Figure 5 31 each independent system variable defined by Variable Name and Type is assigned a shorthand reference number e g the first reference system variable is 1 and the second item is 2 and so on These numbers can be seen on the left side of the Variable Name column These reference numbers can be mixed with operators and constants to write the equation When writing an equation it is necessary to understand how REALM processes the equation The order of processing is from left to right i e standard mathematical BODMAS is not used The bracket operator is included to control the
292. res a deleted carrier all the changes made after deleting this particular carrier will also be reversed and removed 5 6 4 RIVER CARRIERS AND PIPE CARRIERS 5 6 4 1 BASIC PROPERTIES Basic properties define the carrier as a uniquely identifiable object in the system Carrier Number This is an auto generated number to identify the carrier in the system file The user has no control over this field Name of River Pipe The carrier name should be entered in this field It is advisable to use a meaningful name for the carrier This name is used in collating the output An error message Duplicate carrier name 1 15 chars is displayed on the screen if a carrier name that has been previously used is entered 82 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 5 6 4 2 DETAILS Description of River Pipe An optional comment can be entered in this field to describe the carrier This information does not have an impact on the simulation Carrier Type In Figure 5 28 the carrier type is already selected as the River type However the opportunity exists to change the type of this carrier from River to Pipe or vice versa using the appropriate radio button Note that if the user changes the Carrier Type from River to Pipe in Figure 5 28 then the label Name of River will change to Name of Pipe Carrier Capacity Type The user can select the Carrier Capacity Type using the appropriate radio button either Fix
293. rier is reached the next lowest penalty carrier is used and so on until all demands are satisfied A high penalty tends to discourage the use of that carrier while a negative cost will maximise the use The default value is 0 If there are two carriers from one node one supplying a demand zone and the other a transfer carrier then the penalty of the former can be set at 0 while that of the latter can be set at 50 which essentially supplies the demand before any transfers from this node The relative magnitudes of carrier penalties are important in allocating water in carriers and not the absolute values of the penalties In Figure 5 29 a very high negative penalty i e 55 000 000 has been used to ensure that flows to farm dams in the catchment are always taken out of the water system before inflows from the catchment reach the reservoir Loss The Loss field represents the transmission losses The transmission losses of carriers can be specified as either a fixed quantity by entering a negative value or as a percentage of flow by entering a positive value in the Loss field For river reaches requiring both fixed and percentage losses two carriers in series can be used one with a fixed quantity and the other with a percentage of flow The transmission losses include the evaporation losses seepage losses and any other form of loss of water in the carriers 84 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 The loss relationships require seve
294. rrier into other nodes Either end of a carrier can be re assigned to another node Click on E Change the destination node of a carrier if the destination node attached to the carrier is to be changed or 81 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 Click on Change a node from which a carrier originates if the node from which a carrier originates is to be changed Click on the arrow head of the carrier to be moved The carrier will be highlighted to indicate that it is ready to be moved Click on the new destination origin node for the carrier One end of the carrier will move accordingly If both ends of the carrier are to be changed then follow the above process first with the Change the destination node of a carrier button and then with the Change a node from which a carrier originates button 5 6 3 DELETING UNDELETING CARRIERS To delete a carrier Click on the al Delete a node or carrier button or Select the menu item Edit Delete node carrier The mouse pointer will turn into an eraser Position the left edge of the mouse pointer over the carrier to be deleted and click A popup message box will appear to confirm the deletion Click to delete the carrier or N to return to the SE without deleting the carrier To undelete a carrier Click on the 21 Und all actions up to and including last delete action button or Select the menu item Edit Undo Delete Note that when the user acqui
295. rs Dialog Box Channel Efficiency Under the Channel Efficiency tab Figure 5 21 the user can define the efficiency of the irrigation supply system As this is typically modelled using REALM itself it is unlikely that this option will need to be used for a simulation where PRIDE demands are calculated within REALM however it has been included for completeness as it is an existing option in PRIDE Refer Section 5 2 5 of the PRIDE User Manual for further information on these parameters 68 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 PRIDE Parameters x Model Setup Parameters Season Crop Data Channel Efficiency Perform rouding after accumulation to monthly Conversion factor applied to PRIDE output 1 0000 Use timeseries conversion factor Timeseries Cancel Figure 5 22 Factors Tab of PRIDE Model Parameters Dialog Box Factors Under the Factors tab Figure 5 22 the user can enter various factors which can be used to modify the PRIDE model results These factors are not available in the standalone version of PRIDE but have been added to REALM to allow for the typical sorts of post processing previously undertaken on demand timeseries produced using the standalone version of PRIDE If the user is running a monthly REALM model tick the Perform rounding after accumulation to monthly check box to ensure that REALM does not round the daily unrestricted demand values produced from PRIDE before a
296. rs in the model Enter the carrier name or part of the carrier name in the Carrier Search field The case upper case or lower case must match with the case of the carrier name Use for wildcard For example e WERRIBEE returns all carrier names ending in WERRIBEE e WERRIBEE returns all carrier names starting with WERRIBEE e WERR returns all carrier names with WERR somewhere in the name Click RFR The list of carriers in the drop down box now shows only those carriers matching the search Select the relevant carrier from the list in the drop down box and click sz The user is returned to the System Editor window with the relevant carrier highlighted The process for finding a node is the same except that the Node radio button must be selected and the search term is typed into the Node Search field e Carrier Carrier Search AER Apply Carrier 1 PYKES DM e Node Search Note For searches use for wildcard eo Figure 5 3 Find Dialog Box in System Editor 5 2 3 FUNCTIONS UNDER THE VIEW MENU 5 2 3 1 ZOOM IN ZOOM OUT To zoom in or zoom out Click on the View Zoom In or View Zoom Out menu item or Click on the Zoom in or Zoom out button Jalal on the System Editor toolbar or 41 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 Scroll up with the mouse to zoom in scroll down with the mouse to zoom out 5 2 3 2 RESCALE The Rescale function allows the user to rescale the location of every node an
297. rve no restrictions are imposed If it is below the values defined by the lower rule curve then the restricted demand becomes the nominated base demand which is generally the household demand If the total system storage is in an intermediate zone described later then the demand is restricted by the corresponding percentage ie Percentage Restrictable of the intermediate zone in this case only the demand above the base demand is restricted by this percentage 107 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 Restrictions Urban Restriction Rule Curve Details Intermediate Zones Number of intermediate zones 4 E 0 0000 50 000 0 0000 50 000 0 0000 50 000 EE 0 0000 50 000 100 00 0 0000 50 000 100 00 0 0000 50 000 100 00 0 0000 50 000 100 00 0 0000 50 000 100 00 0 0000 50 000 100 00 0 0000 50 000 100 00 Base Base monthly demand of the me NB Relative Position of last level must be 100 This defines the lower restriction level View Restriction Curves absolute or a percentage 44D Lower and Upper Restriction trigger levels in terms of group storage volume Cancel OK absolute or a percentage 44D NB Negative entities will be interpreted as absolute values Figure 5 37 Edit Restriction Curve Parameters Dialog Box for DC1 Group Note that if the reservoir evaporations are modelled through the default option described in Section 5 4 4 3 the total system storage at the beginning of the month h
298. s Once the required file is opened the standard editor operations can be performed as in Notepad in Windows Note that the Text Editor needs to be closed before proceeding with other REALM operations 4 3 3 SYSTEM LISTING This program converts the system file created by the System Editor to a file called system_temp lis which has system details with header information The system_temp lis file can be easily read and the system details can be identified by the user System Listing can be accessed through the System Listing menu item of the REALM Program 24 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 Manager Figure 4 1 The details of the System Listing function are given in Section 5 11 4 4 SIMULATION RUN The Run menu is sub grouped under three partitions as follows and shown in Figure 4 7 e Setup e Model e File viewer e DOS executable e DOS prompt e Macro e Options REALM Program Manager SE Project System Utilities Help Exit Pei wir File viewer DOS executable DOS prompt Macro Options Figure 4 7 Run Menu Listing 4 4 1 SETUP This program sets the run time parameters of the simulation Setup can be accessed through the Run Setup menu item or the 3 Run REALM Setup button on the toolbar of the REALM Program Manager Figure 4 1 The details of REALM Setup S are given in Chapter 6 4 4 2 MODEL This program performs the simulation and can be accessed through the Run Model menu item or R
299. s considered to be sample data The first full streamflow year in the streamflow files is accessed first with the first annual demand defined by the start time step of the simulation defined during the simulation Setup Section 6 3 2 Each subsequent streamflow year is accessed in turn with the 11 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 subsequent annual demand until the end of the simulation This approach is used for future planning studies where the annual demand can be predicted based on factors e g population growth per capita water consumption other than future climatic data and is generally used for urban water supply planning studies In this case the streamflow files may or may not have the replicate column for single replicate runs while they have the replicate column for multiple replicate runs The demand files should not have the replicate column In this case data in streamflow files are in months When a single replicate of streamflow is considered in REALM simulation the demand files can be prepared either as in case 1 or 2 above For case 1 where the demand file is defined by seasonal i e monthly weekly daily etc data it is necessary to have some concurrent data in the streamflow and demand files although the two data sets can be of different lengths i e at least there should be a certain number of years of common data in these files The simulation period can be the full period defined by th
300. s time step lagged by 99 time steps If the user references a time step that does not exist for example in time step 2 refers to a sub equation result from 12 time steps ago the result will be zero and no error message is produced Sub equation Output Refer to Section 6 6 1 5 6 4 7 CARRIER WATER QUALITY PARAMETERS By selecting the Water Quality tab of the Add Edit Carrier dialog box Figure 5 28 the user can specify the parameters of water quality for this particular carrier Figure 5 34 As mentioned in Section 5 4 4 5 four water quality parameters can be modelled with the current version of REALM They are termed as ec Turb Siva and Norm in 103 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 Figure 5 34 but can be changed by changing these parameters in the realm set file through the Water Quality tab of Run Options Edit River Carrier Number 4 Name of River Details Fixed Monthly Capacities Water Quality Water quality blockouts No No No Cancel Figure 5 34 Water Quality Parameters Menu for Carriers Figure 5 34 can be used to block out certain flow paths for water quality modelling i e water quality calculations are turned off for blocked out water quality parameters The default is No which specifies that water quality would be modelled in this carrier This option might be useful to model water quality immediately downstream of a treatment plant
301. s corresponding to the system file or the last system file in case of multiple system files analysed These concentrations are produced for each replicate in a multiple replicate run The purpose of these end of simulation value files file is to re start a simulation from the end point of a previous run This enables long simulation runs to be performed in stages The user can use the appropriate end of simulation value files with necessary modifications if required to run a new REALM simulation For example the end values for storage volumes for one simulation could be used to initialise the next simulation In REALM Setup this is done by activating the radio button Use initialisation file Figure 6 14 and entering the relevant file path and endstors Each time REALM is run the previous end of simulation value files are overwritten 7 24 SUB EQUATION OUTPUT Results of the individual sub equations in each variable capacity carrier can be extracted from REALM The Sub Equation Results check box will be available if the current system file uses sub equations It can be checked to generate an output file called xxxxeqns ar which contains the results of each sub equation in the model for each time step A sample xxxxegns ar file is shown in Figure 7 8 It can be seen that the sub equations and primary equations in each carrier in the system file are listed The column names are composed of the carrier name and a four letter type
302. s dc testflow ar and testcapc ar respectively 166 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 unrestricted demand restricted demand demand shortfall rationed demand restriction levels supplied demand Note First 4 letters of the log file is denoted by Carriers File extensions rv Reservoirs ar arcs dc Demands gw Stream junctions Figure 7 4 Naming Convention of Output Files The filename convention for water quality parameters is slightly different The output files can be created for water quality in reservoirs and carriers An output file is created for each water parameter modelled The filename convention is shown below for these output files The first four letters are extracted from the log filename The second four letters DDDD are the water quality parameters that can be modelled with REALM The name of the water quality parameter contains a maximum of four characters If there are less than four characters defining a water quality parameter e g ec then only these characters will be in the place of Pppp Currently REALM can model only 4 water quality parameters and the names of these water quality parameters are controlled by the realm set file which is in the project directory The names of the water quality parameters which are stored in realm set file can be changed through the Water Quality tab of the Run Options menu item PPBP ro reservoir water quality BD or Cartier water quality Fo
303. s set at 08 1998 this would mean All the flows from 08 1998 onwards Period B would be unchanged by the transformation and All the flows preceding 08 1998 Period 4 would be transformed by the utility such that their collective Flow Duration Curve matched that of Period B flows the greater the number of segments used the closer the match refer to the next step of the process Two analysis tools are available to assist the user in selecting a Break Point Date go to Break Point Date Anlaysis in the previous dialogue User Warning When selecting a Break Point Date a key consideration is whether Period B is long enough The longer Period B is the greater is the chance that sufficient hydrological variability will be contained within its flows to produce meaningful results As a general guide a length of 10 years is recommended as the minimum length for Periods A or B Figure 8 84 Break Point Date Help Text Box 8 11 1 BREAK POINT DATE ANALYSIS Any date within the period of the input file may be entered as the Break Point Date REALM offers two analyses to assist the user to select an appropriate Break Point Date e Single Mass Curve Analysis e Ratio of Averages Analysis Nevertheless selection of an appropriate Break Point Date can be a complex and subjective task and may require additional statistical analysis beyond what is provided by the utility In the Streamflow Transformation
304. s the values that will be used to initialise each variable 144 REALM User Manual REALM running total variables end value Test run date 13 39 15 22 07 11 2 6 0 37 12 0 37 replicate restart rec CAMPASPE IRR LYL CAMP SUPPLY TODATE CAP GOULB TAKE 120 GOULB TAKE 108 CAMP SUPL TO WUC 120 LOD TAKE 120 CAMP SUPL TO WWC 108 LOD TAKE 108 EILDON TAKE 120 EILDON TAKE 108 CAMP SUPL TO WWC FLO LIMIT CAMP WWC CAP CAP 1 TO G ID TOT SUPP AFOS 2 TO GHID TOT SUPP AFOS GMID SHEP SUPP AFOS GOULE ALLOC CAF LAGI G_ALLOC CAP EILDON REL AFOS EILDON REL FILO LIMIT EIL CAP CAP EILDON SPILLS FL EILD FL PRE RELEASE FLO ENV FLOOD 1 MEM CAD GOULB TAKE ACOE MTH EIL INFLOW ES HTH EIL INFLOW RC24 EIL 24 MTH TRIG INF CAP G_IRR YIELD ACOE G_OTH YIELD ACOE EPP PIPE 2H AFOG EPP PIPE 2L AFDE ELEC1 PUMP AFO6 TO HEATHCOTE AFDE CAMP TO WWC TODATE CAP LODDON ALLOC CAF 1 a 200 103184 15076443 13290296 63854 787234 Figure 6 13 Example Variable Initialisation File 55274 Version 6 28 688696 Alternatively the user can select the Specify initial values below radio button in the Running Total Variable Initialisation dialog box A list of the running total variables in the system file is then provided listed by variable name i e carrier name and variable type The initial value for each running total variable can then be specified in the right
305. s where carryover is modelled with spillable water accounts Section 5 5 2 4 enter zero For nodes where carryover is modelled without spillable water accounts enter the relevant volume CVRH Actual high reliability share carryover For nodes where carryover is modelled with spillable water accounts Section 5 5 2 4 enter zero For nodes where carryover is modelled without spillable water accounts enter the relevant volume Carryover Initialisation x Use intialisation file Ee Specify initial values below i Demand Node LAWS Carryover HAWS Carryover s Fang Do BEE BEE o ina OO O RocHw o g TANDARA rr 9 DESEN Ir D DEE IO SHEP 2 TI g SHEP8 EE EE EEE es BE FE D Deel E a SE Cancel Figure 6 20 Carryover Initialisation Dialog Box 152 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 REALM carryover start value System file updated from GoulN905 sys date 13 58 18 09 07 12 2 6 0 6f12 0 8 replicate restart rec RODNEY ACVR RODNEY CVRL RODNEY CVRH TONGALA ACVR TONGALA CVRL TONGALA CVRH 0 2000 1000 300 0 0 Figure 6 21 Format of Carryover Initialisation File Alternatively if the the Specify initial values below radio button is selected the user is able to directly enter the start up carryover volumes in the Carryover Initialisation dialog box This dialog box lists the numbers and names of all nodes with carryover Figure 6 20 Note that for irriga
306. sasecncusescayerss 11 3 DEMAND FI E Ga Dabei he aaa hehe 15 3 1 General aha una 16 3 2 Struct re 0f Demand Files nssnensnn san 16 4 REALM PROGRAM MANAGER AND PROJECT DIRECTORIES 18 41 Getting RE e CT sea ea aae aaa aee e aa aa aa aa aiarar aiae 19 4 2 Project Direct ries uuusan nun ran 20 4 2 1 Creating Project Directories e seseeeeesieeeesiresissirsstissiisstisstiestnsttnnttnnstnnntnnntnntennntnn nenn nnt 20 4 2 2 Opening Existing Project Directories cccccceceesceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseaeeesaaeseeeeeeseaeeesaeeeeneeees 22 4 3 System Configuration sescccisisecsiecsccsisccisivecscsedsoeseeirsseseeensadansdsanieertaniecwtecen 23 4 3 1 REALM Syst m Editor SE en nalen 24 E dl Mt TEE 24 4 3 3 System Listing EE 24 4 4 Simulation Ro TT GE 25 LANS SOtUp EEN 25 BA MOOS EE 25 4 4 3 gt Fil VIC WO Rte E gamete ae EEHEFRUIEGESIPRERERETESTESCHEURENFESTFOTESCELPRESEHRTERTERLFEERREFE CFETESORLERTDERTEETE SEHFERR 25 4 44 DOSEXeCUtable u een Bananen ee EE 26 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 4 A5 DOS te ul e 26 SN E 70100 EE 26 4 4 7 Run Options or Default REALM Settings rs240srs40unnnennnnnennnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 26 4 4 7 1 Simulation TIME E 26 E EIDEL eee eee EE 27 4 4 7 3 Convergence Tolerances and Iterations ccceccccessescecesseceeeseeeeeeeceneeeesseeaeeeessnaees 28 4 4 7 4 Dynamic Olne 29 AA Eeer EE hee EE Ee 20 E E
307. segment containing input files system changes if multiple system files are used and streamflow replicates convergence and tolerance parameters and simulation time step e A segment containing the years of simulation If a separate error log file is not requested it will include warning and error messages found during the simulation Table 7 1 explains these error messages If a separate error log file is requested it will include a note informing that errors have occurred in the run The note will also include details of the error log file and direct user to refer to the error log file for details of the errors e A summary information segment if requested during REALM Setup As seen in Figure 7 3 the summary segment consists of summaries of reservoirs demand zones and carriers However this section also contains information on other nodes used if applicable and water quality information for relevant nodes and carriers Several other log files containing wide variety of information are given in REALM Worked Examples Manual Victoria University and Department of Sustainability and Environment 2005 In carrier modelling under REALM losses are taken at the bottom end of the carriers Therefore the log file and the carrier flow output file contains flows corresponding to the upstream end i e flow without losses 162 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 HHHHH HHHHH HHHHHH H HHHHHHHHHH H H H H H H H H HHHHHHHH HHHHH HHHHHHHH H
308. select the Use Crop Area Timeseries check box and then enter a name in the Crop Area Timeseries field that matches a column name in the crop model input data files In PRIDE version w1 1 the first crop type must always be ANNUAL PASTURE Thus there must be a column in the crop model input data files with the same name even if there is no relevant data in this column If the user does not wish to model annual pasture the crop area should be set to zero In PRIDE version w2 0 annual pasture can be any number crop in the data table however the model will run a special autumn watering sub routine for any crop type with the explicit name ANNUAL PASTURE Refer to the PRIDE User Manual Section 3 5 for further information on the autumn watering sub routine 67 REALM User Manual The crop threshold should be entered in the Threshold field Version 6 28 For further information about the meaning and use of these variables refer Sections 5 2 3 and 5 2 4 of the PRIDE User Manual PRIDE Parameters x gesungnssnsnnnsnsenssnnesugsessunnsnnssnunnnnnnn Model Setup Parameters Season Crop Data Channel Efficiency Factors Number of Channel Efficiency Ordinates 10 SS Channel Capacity 99999 o Fow ice 0 0000 1 0000 700 00 1 0000 2000 0 1 0000 soon om sono mw fe soon T0000 Ce nd m 3 soon T0000 12 Figure 5 21 Channel Efficiency Tab of PRIDE Model Paramete
309. ser Manual Version 6 28 Summary of Inputs and User Warning Specify name for output REALM file D Workstation Configuration Documents and Settings ab82 Deskt ES File to be transformed D Aworkstaton Confiauration Documents and Series to be transformed FLYNNS CK EAGLEHAWK Number of Seasons and Seasons Code 2 010101010102020202020201 Period A to be transformed Start Date 19570100 EndDate 19820100 of flow values 301 Period B Start Date 19980100 EndDate 20070600 of flow values 114 All Dates given in yyyymm PLEASE NOTE that this transformation method is intended for use in the field of water resource modelling Use in other types of hydrological studies such as Flood Frequency Analysis and Environmental Flow studies may be inappropriate The quality of the transformed results for Period amp is very highly dependant on the length and quality of the flows for Period B The shorter the length of Period B in this technique the less reliable the results of the transformation will be particularly for very high or very low flows This is because longer periods of record are more likely to capture the long term hydrological variability in a system If the transformed flows from this technique are used in studies in for example Environmental Flow Studies or Flood Hydrology Studies it is important to note the following the results obtained wll be of similar quality to those obtained using only
310. ser must click on the Accumulate X check box before selecting the required variable from the File variables partition Clicking on the ES button of the Variable X partition registers the selected variable in Variable X partition Then the user must click on the RER button of the Temporary Variables partition to create the new or temporary variable This new variable appears as Accum X where X is the selected variable 8 1 5 2 LOG TRANSFORM X Log transform X creates a new variable by transforming the data of the selected variable into the log domain over the whole period of the time series The user must 193 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 click on the Log transform X check box before selecting the required variable from the File variables partition Clicking on the EGE button of the Variable X partition registers the selected variable in Variable X partition Then the user must click on the LEP Nbutton of the Temporary Variables partition to create the new or temporary variable This new variable appears as Log X where X is the selected variable 8 1 5 3 ADD CONSTANT X A Add constant X a creates a new variable by adding a constant to the values of the selected variable over the whole period of the time series The user must click on the Add constant X a check box before selecting the required variable from the File variables partition Clickin
311. servoir data Name Start File Min Average Evapn Release Spill End Storage Inflow Storage Storage to river Storage 1 RESERVOIR A 70000 5672 45682 80290 182 K 1105 93294 2 RESERVOIR B 40000 2984 32961 58581 Os E 864 60000 110000 8656 0 138872 182 0 1969 153294 Name Unrestrict Restrict Rationed Shortfall Supplied d Ee 5880 5880 5880 0 5880 5880 5880 5880 0 5880 Name No Ave Max No Ave Max No Ave S Max Rest Rest lvl Rest lvl Ration Ration Ration Short Short Short T Ee 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Pipe River flows Name flow Capacity Min Max Loss 1 RES A TO ST A 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 RES B TO ST B 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 RES A TO CITY 2489 8 2940 2 0 0 5528 0 248 5 4 RES B TO CITY 4038 0 43416 5 1837 0 6773 0 399 6 5 RESERVOIR CONNECTOR 2190 1 8554 3 0 0 7279 0 212 6 861 Figure 8 69 Typical User Request LP Dump 238 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 The Iteration Flags shows whether the convergence has been achieved during that iteration in comparison with the previous iteration Seven flags are listed in the dump and a Y next to at least one flag indicates that the solution has not converged and therefore REALM will undertake another iteration unless the maximum iteration count is reached which is separated by the user through the Convergence Iteration tab of Run Options Section 4 4 7 3 In any case REALM runs for a minimum number of iterations which is also specified by t
312. sidered in capacity sharing of the carriers of this group during run time This maximum capacity can be modelled either with Fixed Monthly Capacities or Variable Capacities The user is referred to the paper on Modelling of Capacity Shared Water Entitlements by Barry James Kes Kesari and William Hansen for theoretical 85 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 considerations of carrier capacity sharing and modelling This paper also discusses the concept of capacity shared systems in general Minimum and Maximum capacities The minimum capacities are used to specify the minimum flow requirements to maintain environmental or river freshening flows while the maximum capacity of the carrier defines the maximum flow that is allowed in this carrier These minimum and maximum capacities can vary with the month 5 6 4 4 VARIABLE CAPACITY CARRIERS Click on the Variable Capacities tab to enter the details of variable capacity carriers This will display a dialog box Figure 5 30 which enables the user to enter the required details All details in this figure are same as the fixed capacity carriers Section 5 6 4 3 Click on to enter the specific details of the variable capacity carriers This will show the Edit Capacity Relationship dialog box Figure 5 31 Equation An equation to calculate the capacity of the carrier is entered in the Equation field This equation defines a temporary variable which is represented
313. simulation run the End run dialog box Figure 7 2 is displayed Click on 8 to view the log file which gives a broad overview and a summary of the results of the REALM simulation run End run 2 view January log Figure 7 2 End Run Dialog Box 160 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 7 1 1 RUN TIME ERRORS Table 7 1 lists common run time error messages and their meaning During a model run an error message will appear alerting the user if a run time error has occurred The run is paused while this message is displayed If the user clicks or does not respond to the message within 10 seconds the run resumes Note that this error message is only displayed the first time that an error is encountered and not displayed for water balance errors At the end of the model run if an error has been encountered the following message will be displayed There was a water balance convergence or equation error during the run Refer to the log file for more information Table 7 1 Run Time Error Messages Action Reasons Maximum iteration count reached Simulation has reached maximum number of iterations due to solution not coverging in a time step The user should investigate the extent of non convergence and its suitability for the purpose for which the model results are being used No demand data for season year Simulation run dates season and year do not coincide with dates in demand file s Simulation run dates season a
314. sonal Not available in REALM single multi replicate replicate data 13 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 Chapter 3 3 DEMAND FILES 15 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 3 1 GENERAL The demand file consists of time series demand data for various demand zones of the water supply system The demand data can be either historic water usage or predicted future demands They can be either seasonal i e monthly weekly or daily or annual If annual demands are specified in the demand files the monthly demands are generated within REALM from the annual demands using the monthly demand disaggregation factors and the climatic indices The use of demand disaggregation factors and the use of climatic indices in REALM are discussed in Section 5 5 1 Different streamflow and demand input file combinations based on the type of data i e monthly annual and streamflow replicates can be considered in REALM and are discussed in Section 2 3 3 2 STRUCTURE OF DEMAND FILES The structure of the demand file is identical to that of the streamflow file Once again the columns of demand data are preceded by the header information However the identifying label for the demand file should be 3 The presence of the YEAR keyword alone indicates annual data while both SEASON and YEAR indicate seasonal i e monthly weekly or daily data As in the streamflow files the keyword REPLICATE and associated replicate column is o
315. ssfully install the REALM software The Exit menu item or the T Exit program button of the REALM Program Manager Figure 4 1 allows the user the quit the REALM session 35 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 Chapter 5 5 SYSTEM EDITOR SE 37 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 5 1 GETTING STARTED In order to undertake modelling tasks with REALM a file describing the elements of the water supply system must be assembled This file is called a system file in REALM The system file consists of e Nodes reservoirs demands etc e Carriers pipes and channels e Operating rules restriction rules and target storage curves The System Editor SE assembles the system details according to the required format It can be used for both creating a new file and editing an existing file The System Editor has a graphical interface enabling the user to construct a diagrammatic representation of both the physical attributes of the water supply system e g reservoirs pipes and the operating rules To open the System Editor Click on the System REALM System Editor menu item of REALM Program Manager or Click on the 4 Run REALM System Editor button on the toolbar The REALM System Editor window Figure 5 1 is displayed Initially a message No system file loaded will appear in the status bar as shown in Figure 5 1 and all the tool buttons in the toolbar as well as the menu items will be inactive Figure 5 2
316. stem file or the first of multiple system files used under the opened project directory The user is now ready to run a REALM application in this project directory 4 3 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION There are three menu items listed under system e REALM System Editor e Text Editor e Listing 23 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 EIER Project FeV Run Utilities Help Exit Ge REALM System Editor P Text Editor Listing Figure 4 6 REALM System Menu List 4 3 1 REALM SYSTEM EDITOR SE SE provides a graphical interface for creating a system file or making changes to an existing system file The System Editor can be accessed through the System REALM System Editor menu item Figure 4 6 or the Run REALM System Editor button on the toolbar of the REALM Program Manager Figure 4 1 The details of SE are given in Chapter 5 4 3 2 TEXT EDITOR The Text Editor is similar to Notepad in Windows It can be used to view and edit text or ASCII files Since it is similar to Notepad in Windows the details are not given in this User Manual The Text Editor can be accessed through the System Text Editor menu item or the El View text file button on the toolbar of the REALM Program Manager Figure 4 1 This displays is a standard browser window for selecting and opening files and allows the selection of different subdirectories and also different file types as listed below e All files e REALM system files e REALM log file
317. streamflows greater than set values Figure 8 30 shows an output file generated by Numeric Filter restricting PAN EVAP column for values greater than 30 as the configuration shown in Figure 8 29 200 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 FILTER STREAMFLOW DATA FILE HISTORICAL MONTHLY STREAMFLOW DATAFILE NUMERIC FILTER Time 07 39 Date 15 09 2005 NUMERIC FILTER GT 30 0 on PAN EVAP 5 12 2 5 SEASON YEAR STREAM1 PAN EVAP LOCAL RAIN 1 00 2 00 12 00 1 00 2 00 Figure 8 30 Sample Output File of a Numeric Filter using Data Value Greater than 30 for the Column PAN EVAP 8 3 RANK The Rank utility allows the user to select any column of data and rank the values of this column from highest to lowest and also allows other data columns to be sorted re sequenced according to the ranked column This utility can also be used to rank each of the columns of the input data file When the Utility Rank menu item is selected the Rank Data dialog box Figure 8 31 is displayed Rank Data Enter name of input file Enter name of output file C Realm1 Output Rank ei Rank Options e Rank a single column of data additional column sorting C Rank all columns of data no sorting OK Cancel Figure 8 31 Rank Data Dialog Box The name of the input file can be entered by clicking on the browse button In a similar manner the output file can be specified Two options exist in ranking data shown at
318. strictions and Demand Groups Tab of Restrictions Dialog Box Assigning demands to multiple groups allows the user to model several independent demand groups each group having its separate restriction demand parameters In this case each group undergoes restrictions at different times under different severities To assign Demands to Groups Click on Restrictions and Demand Groups tab in the Restrictions dialog box Figure 5 35 to enter the restriction details of each group The number of demand groups is set using the drop down box Number of demand groups in the Multiple Demand Groups block Figure 5 35 Ignore the text separate groups for instream requests it is an artefact of earlier versions of REALM The default number of demand groups is 1 Use the arrows next to the drop down box to enter the desired number of demand groups In Figure 5 35 the user has specified 5 demand groups All of the demand nodes and their type DC1 or DC2 are listed in the Demand column of the Assign Demands to a Group block Figure 5 35 Initially the Group column will be populated with a 0 next to each demand indicating that no demand has been assigned to a restriction group yet Click on the cell in the Group column to be edited A drop down box will appear will the numbers 0 1 2 3 up to the number entered in the Number of demand groups field The value 0 is used for a demand node
319. such as urban water supply irrigation hydropower etc REALM can model almost all features of water supply systems including e Complex water transfers between various elements i e reservoirs demand zones transfer mains diversion structures etc of the system e Urban and irrigation restriction policies e Complex rules for allocating water to irrigation e g carryover e Irrigation demand modelling with PRIDE e Sharing of water resources between various bulk users i e capacity sharing e Environmental flows e Water quality e Climate change scenarios In addition external routines can be linked with REALM to model complex planning and operational issues of water supply systems As mentioned earlier there are REALM planning models for major water supply systems in Victoria South Australia and Western Australia Some Victorian REALM models are as listed below REALM User Manual Version 6 28 e River Murray system This is the largest REALM model which incorporates features such as capacity sharing and continuous accounting to keep track of water usage of two major users i e Victoria and New South Wales An external routine is linked with REALM to model the irrigation allocation issues and restriction policy The reach storage is modelled because of long travel time in the system The operational loss is also modelled Like all other REALM models the environmental flows are also modelled e Goulburn Campaspe and Broke
320. system as described below Node Number This is an auto generated number to identify the node in the system file The user has no control over this field Node Size Node size gives a perspective view to the system Node size can be represented by a real positive number between 0 1 and 10 0 Large numbers display the node as a large node in the network screen and vice versa This information does not have an impact on the simulation Name of Pipe Junction The pipe junction name should be entered in this field It is advisable to use meaningful names for each node This name is used in collating the output The error message Duplicate node name 1st 15 chars is displayed on the screen if a node name that has been previously used is entered 5 5 3 2 PIPE JUNCTION NODE DETAILS The Details tab for the pipe junction node contains only one field Description Description An optional comment can be entered in this field to describe the pipe junction This information does not have an impact on the simulation Add Pipe Junction Node Number 30 Node Size 1 000 Name of Pipe Junction EM OFFTAKE PJ Details Description Figure 5 25 Adding Editing Pipe Junction Node Dialog Box 71 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 5 5 4 STREAM JUNCTION NODE SJ The stream junction node SJ represents a junction of rivers streams It may receive natural streamflows It can be a junction of several inflow and outflo
321. t Graticules menu item or clicking on the Ef Toggle graticules on off button on the toolbar the user is presented with the 181 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 plot with graticules Figure 8 10 Clicking on the a again removes the graticules from the graph Toggle graticules on off button REALM Plotting File Plot Format Tools Yiew Help Time Series Plot Selected Variables Selected Yariables C irealm Realm1 Figure 8 10 Example of a Time Series Plot with Graticules 8 1 3 5 TOGGLE LEGEND ON OFF Toggle legend on off allows the user to display a legend as well as alter the names of the variables appearing in the legend By either selecting the Format Legend menu item or clicking on the 2 Toggle legend on off button on the toolbar the user is presented with the Format Legend dialog box Figure 8 11 Ticking the Display Legend check box displays the legend for the plot on the right hand side of the graph while the Series Label allows the user to alter the labels of the variables presented on the plot Clicking on in Figure 8 11 accepts the changes and applies them on the time series plot Figure 8 6 Clicking on Sea returns the user to the same plot but without accepting the changes if any 8 1 3 6 VIEW DISPLAYED PLOT DATA View displayed plot data allows the user to view the data used in the creation of the plot By either selecting the View Displayed data menu item or clicking on the
322. t LP Dump Testlog ES Enter the name of output file CAREALM Test LP Dump LP Dump Output Es Add Comment Line Use of LP Solver LP Dump Infeasible solution Edit Node Details ra Edit Carrier Details V Cancel Figure 8 71 LP Solver Dialog Box LP Solver Edit Nodes Iteration for Analysis no iterations Edit the arc details below Strm Junction 2 Strm Junction 3 Stream Terminator E 1 2700 EE Save and Edit New Iteration Save and Exit Figure 8 72 LP Solver Edit Nodes Dialog Box 244 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 LP Solver Edit Arc Details Iteration for Analysis no iterations Editthe arc details below No Arc Name To From Arc Cost Arc Capactity 0 100 0 100 0 99999999 Pipe 1 Pipe 2 Pipe 3 River Demand Ecn 0 99999999 50001000 2700 2000000 100000000 0 100000000 el a j wf oo rm su oo ol a oo al wo Demand Ecn Bypass Ecn Save and Edit New Iteration Cancel Save and Exit Figure 8 73 LP Solver Edit Arcs Dialog Box If the check boxes Edit Node Details and Edit Carrier Details are both ticked as in Figure 8 71 then the dialog boxes of Figure 8 72 and Figure 8 73 are displayed successively to edit node and carrier information However the user may want only to edit either nodes or carriers In this case the user can tick the appropriate
323. t and Primary Industries through http www water vic gov au 2 Click on Monitoring amp Reporting 3 Click on Surface Water Modelling 4 Click on REALM This opens a window that enables the user to download REALM software and or REALM manuals and to find out about training available for the use of REALM 5 Click on Download REALM Software 6 Follow the instructions It is necessary to download the installation file into a temporary subdirectory Go to the temporary subdirectory and double click on the downloaded file to extract or unzip the installation files including the setup file This will extract the installation files into a directory specified by the user the default is C Program Files REALM Install subdirectory REALM User Manual Version 6 28 7 Finally run the setup program in the Install subdirectory and follow the instructions to install REALM on to your computer This will install REALM in Programs List All programs with required data files and user manuals are stored in C Program Files Realm subdirectory The data files required to run the Getting Started tutorial and Worked Examples tutorials are stored in C Program Files Realm GetStart and C Program Files Realm WorkedExamples subdirectories respectively The user manuals including the Getting Started Manual REALM Manual and Worked Examples Manual are stored in C Program Files Realm Manuals subdirectory These ma
324. t file from a REALM multi replicate run Note that the field Enter the output filename for annual data Analysis Only is required only for analysing replicates to obtain the annual statistical parameters of various decision variables or column variables of the input files 220 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 2 REALM GETTING STARTED TUTORIAL EXAMPLE STREAMFLOW DATA Time 06 05 Date 31 10 2005 8 12 2 8 YEAR SEASON REPLICATE INFLOW1 INF LOW2 CLINX RAIN EVAP fan GAMO om A OU La b 3 CO OO OO OO OO OO OC Replicate Utilities Enter the name of the replicate input file CAREALM utilitytesting S TRM2 DAT Ej Enter the output file name for monthly data C REALMuutilitytesting STRM2_Multiep ES Extract Replicates Cancel Analyse Replicates Enter the output file name for annual data Analysis Only Figure 8 55 Replicate Utilities Dialog Box 8 7 1 REPLICATE EXTRACTION Enter the input filename and the output filenames The output filename for annual data is optional for replicate extraction and an output file by this filename will not be created with the Replicate Analysis utility unless Replicate Analysis Section 8 7 2 is performed Therefore the output from the replicate extraction is stored in the output filename for monthly data Click on the Extract Replicates button which displays the Figure 8 56 allowing the user to select options for replicate extr
325. t instream req s to natural flows Perform Water Quality cales 7 Dump LP diagnostics and water balance Vv Cancel Figure 6 6 Simulation Specification Dialog Box Implement restrictions The demand restrictions can be turned on or off by clicking on this field In Figure 6 6 the restrictions are on for this scenario Assemble summary data If this field is ticked the summary results of the REALM run will be given in the log file under the headings of nodes and carriers with the run time parameters used in the setup Otherwise the summary details are not given in the log file but the run 136 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 time parameters used in the setup will be given in the log file Limit instream requirements to natural flows Sometimes it is necessary to limit the minimum flows in the carriers i e instream flow requirements to natural flows This can be done by clicking on this field If left blank the full minimum flow requirements of the carriers are met if necessary through reservoir releases Perform water quality calculations When this check box is ticked REALM performs water quality calculations There is about 20 30 increase in computer execution time associated with water quality calculations Therefore this flag may be helpful in some cases to reduce the computer execution time provided that the water quality results are not required for a particular simulation However turning off water quality calcu
326. t there can be up to 5 saved settings Note that by default settings in the project directory are shown If the user wishes to load an output setting from a different directory then select the required directory and open the xxxxotpt rlm file which shows the saved output settings in this file Note that xxxx is the first four letters of a REALM log filename It is also necessary that this REALM run defined by this log file is consistent with the REALM run and system files used in the current REALM setup After selecting the required setting click on the RER button to load the setting Click on to return to Figure 6 22 with the loaded output settings To retain the current setting Clicking on the Retain current setting button will allow the user to retain the current setting displayed in Figure 6 22 but this needs to be done before clicking on the MET button 6 7 EXIT Click on Return or the IN Return to main program button of the REALM Setup Figure 6 3 to return to the REALM Program Manager Figure 4 1 This will display 157 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 the Exiting Setup dialog box Click on to use the current scenario to update the REALM setup file and to return to the REALM Program Manager This process will create the REALM setup file called ans_file dat required for running REALM simulation If the ans_file dat file already exists in the project directory then this file will be updated or overwrit
327. target are considered in this case In some cases certain reservoirs may go above target In this case the drawdown priorities are used in the reverse order The reservoir with the highest drawdown priority will be recharged first followed by the reservoir with the next highest priority and so on Only the reservoirs which will go above targets are considered in this case Reservoirs going above and below targets are modelled through Number of Above Below Target Zones More details can be found in Section 5 4 4 2 119 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 Target Curve Number 4 for Target Group 3 Title 1 Set 001 Draw down priority 18600 38000 73000 83000 e 4000 8000 10000 18000 10000 18000 19000 20000 MALMSBURY RES LAURISTON RES 1 3 1 UP COLIBAN RES 4 500 4000 36000 37000 4 MCCAY RES 700 1400 1400 1400 Cancel 0 att 2 23 4 a X Axis Figure 5 49 Editing Target Storage Curves for a System and a Target Group Enter the drawdown priorities for reservoirs and the preferred storage volumes of the reservoirs in the system in Figure 5 39 In defining the target storage curves the storage volume of individual reservoirs should be non decreasing when values are entered in the fields from left to right If more than one system and one target group is specified in Figure 5 47 the corresponding reservoir target storage curves and drawdow
328. tart T est dat Pei Compression Figure 8 36 Format Conversion Dialog Box 8 4 1 MATRIX OPERATIONS Click on the button to display the matrix input dialog box Figure 8 37 Note that the Data Type in Figure 8 37 is Monthly in this case the utility has recognised the input data file as a monthly data file If the input data file were weekly then Data Type would be shown as Weekly In the case of daily data files the Data Type is shown as Daily and the Format Options For Daily Data block is active so that the user can select either the One month per record or the One 205 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 year per record option to convert the data into a matrix 1 Format Conversion Column and Option Sel Data Type Monthly Format Options For Daily Data F Ze One year per record Select the data column for format conversion INFLOW Enter the column width 12 H Cancel Figure 8 37 Matrix Input Dialog Box The operations are similar for all time steps except that daily data can be presented in two forms of matrix Therefore only the operations related to monthly data are described below Use the drop down box to populate the Select the data column for format conversion field with the name of the data column to be presented as a matrix In Figure 8 37 INFLOW1 has been selected Note that the keywords i e SEASON YEAR and or REPLICATE are not
329. ter quality pointers MAXSALPT Water quality pointers are used in REALM to track a large number of variables for water quality calculations including all carriers to and from each node Basically the bigger the number of nodes and carriers in a REALM model with water quality calculations the bigger MAXSALPT needs to be However these default settings of these parameters can be changed by clicking on the Dynamic Memory tab of Run Options which displays the dialog box shown in Figure 4 11 General Options Formats Convergence teration Files Output Water Quality Maximum no of replicates MAXREP 100 H Maximum no of data rows MAP 1500 H Maximum no of WO pointers MAXSALPT 100000 E Cancel Figure 4 11 Dynamic Memory Tab in REALM Options 4 4 7 5 FILES OUTPUT Click on the Files Output tab of Run Options to change the Font Size Font Style and to request certain other output files for the application if required This will display Figure 4 12 Font Size and Font Style contain standard options However the user is advised to use System Fixed which is the default option to get the values properly aligned with the headings in REALM output files 30 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 General Options x Time step Formats Convergence lteration Dynamic Memory han Desiunt Water Quality Font Details System File Backup Font Size 10 Short LP dump list S Font Style
330. the New Season Column Name field and the New Year Column Name field The key words SEASON and YEAR may be used Alternatively the new columns of data must be given any names Add Time Column New Season Column Name Kee New Year Column Name Start Season Start Year 1 E 1900 BI Number of Seasons JE Cancel Figure 8 44 Add Time Column The Start Season Start Year and Number of Seasons fields must be populated For monthly data set the Number of Seasons to 12 Use 52 and 365 for weekly and daily data respectively Click ons The Append a Time Reference dialog box Figure 8 45 is displayed Click to append the new time references as the first two columns in the output file Click GI to append the new time references as the last two columns in the output file Append a Time Reference DY Insert year and season columns as First columns Figure 8 45 Append a Time Reference Dialog Box 8 5 3 CURVE TRANSFORMATION TO A COLUMN This option is used to generate a data column representing a linear or non linear translation of one of the columns of the input file Only one data item can be produced per run and it is always appended to the input file This option can be used to convert storage volumes into storage water levels via a rating curve or to 212 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 check the calculations of variable capacity carrier relationship by re t
331. the contents of all demand files until the end of the files Therefore there should not be blank lines or control characters on the last line of each demand file which will cause problems during simulation run time Furthermore the demand file should not contain negative values A sample demand data file is shown in Figure 3 1 The description of the format statement is same as in streamflow files Multiple replicate demand files have the same format as the multiple replicate streamflow files 16 REALM User Manual EEEE DEMANDS DATAFILE HISTORICAL DATA DATA ASSEMBLED AND REFORMATED ON DATE 9 JUL 1990 4F12 2 4 SEASON YEAR DEMAND 1 DEMAND 2 1 2x E 4 Oe 6 hs 8 9x 10 dia 12 13 OO vw OO JO OD vs GA 4 H Figure 3 1 Part of a Demand File Version 6 28 17 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 Chapter 4 4 REALM PROGRAM MANAGER AND PROJECT DIRECTORIES REALM User Manual Version 6 28 4 1 GETTING STARTED The REALM banner will be displayed at the start of REALM and will automatically disappear after a few seconds Click on the left mouse button anywhere outside the banner to advance to the next window The REALM Program Manager Figure 4 1 is displayed then Note the two label compartments of the status bar at the bottom of the window The left label indicates that the last project directory used in this computer was C realm1 REALM automatically re opens the last project directory Hence
332. the status bar The left label indicates the project directory in this case C REALM GetStart The scenario file is left blank since the user is creating a new scenario Scenario file selection Use scenario file EE v Null Scenario Cancel Figure 6 2 Scenario File Selection Dialog Box with Existing Files REALM Setup ls Scenario Simulation Files Initialisation Output Help Return Denge 8 Tm asaz ep C REALM GetStart Scenario file Figure 6 3 Setup Window 6 2 2 EDITING AN EXISTING SCENARIO To edit an existing scenario select the scenario file from the Use scenario file list of Figure 6 2 and click UA Note that the System file of the status bar changes to Scenario file and the field next to Scenario file contains the scenario filename just selected The button in Figure 6 2 takes the user back to REALM Program Manager Figure 4 1 Whether creating or editing a scenario file the operations are similar When creating a scenario file there is no information in the REALM Setup windows whereas when editing the information of the selected scenario is available The REALM Setup window Figure 6 3 is similar in both cases except that the right label of the status bar is blank for a new scenario whereas it contains the scenario filename to be edited when editing a scenario 6 2 3 SCENARIO FILE OPERATIONS The Scenario menu item contains two partitions as follows e Open e New
333. tion nodes where carryover is modelled with spillable water accounts only the Total Carryover field is active For nodes where carryover is modelled without spillable water accounts only the fields LRWS Carryover and HRWS Carryover are active In Figure 6 20 Rodney is the only demand node with carry over but without spillable water accounts 6 6 REALM FORMAT OUTPUT FILES REALM can generate several output files which have the same format as the streamflow and demand files The output files fall into different categories as given below e reservoirs seven output options e demands six output options e stream junctions one output option e carriers four output options e water quality two output options REALM also retains the capacity to generate three output options for gravity diversion nodes However this function is active only when the system file has been generated in an old version of REALM and includes gravity diversion nodes For each of these categories except water quality an output file is created if each option is selected However when water quality options are selected an output file is created for each water quality parameter that is modelled in REALM This is explained in detail in Section 1 1 1 The user may want to create certain output files during a REALM run or the user may want to store all results of the REALM run in a database for later use The user can select these options by c
334. tment Apply global adjustment to all columns Negative values to zero for both local and global equations and adjustments Select columns to apply global adjustment OR input column specific adjustments Global Adjust No Local Equation Adjustment New Column Name Ch gt o Ch E STREAM TB New file Qutput column on zl N_STREAM1 Calculate a Value from a local equation adjustment Equation and Adjustment Information Calculation Order Local adjustments equations are performed on the results of global Column STREAM1 Input columns to equations contain only the results of prior global adjustments not the results of their own equations Calculate Value Equation Operators 2 j Equation Functions EXP LOG LOGIO ABS MIN MAX SORT MOD COS SIN TAN MTH IF Pi NI RND Adjustments Syntax One of first 4 operators or and up to 20 digits which may include the minus sign Cancel Figure 8 42 Global Adjustments and Local Equations Dialog Box The global adjustments local equations allow the user to change one column or many columns for the input data file Global adjustments can be made for all columns by clicking on the Apply global adjustment to all columns check box or selected columns by clicking on the Global adjust check box next to the name of each data column to be transformed The Output Type field enables the user to specify how the new data creat
335. tnsstnsstnsstnnstnnsnnnsnnnsnnnnnnn nt 150 6 5 5 Carryover Initialisation 440u4440unnnennnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnen 151 6 6 REALM Format Output Files uunnnsssnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 153 GO Gamol RRERRRTFRRFTPELTIRFFERTTELPELLLETSSTIELFERPEILERTSSFELTTELFRELLFTNEFBLTTELUSETLTTPRRPLTLESPERLTTLLSRPELTTTERSCTELTPRREEFTSEFEN 155 6 6 2 Saving Loading Output Settings urs40usrsnennnnnennnnennnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnannnnnnnnnnnnnnn 156 br ef VE 157 7 SIMULATION AND OUTPUT FILES eege eege EEN 159 7 1 SIMUlalON une 160 CAA Runs Time Errors niece Bde neti de eege eege 161 7 2 QUTBUT RIES ein 162 721 ee TUTE 162 7 2 2 REALM Format Output File Sasirnane aaan aa a aaia aa a taarat 166 7 2 2 1 Structure of REALM format output files 00 eee eect ee cece cece ee eeeeeeeeeee sense seaeeesaaeeeeeeeees 169 7 2 3 End Of Simualtion Value Output files 2 0 2 cece ceeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeaaeeeeeaeseneeeseaeeetaaeeeeaeeees 170 P24 Sub eQuation lte EE 171 8 UTILITIES a ai 173 Sch REALM PISHING nee 174 fa DE Bee de Lu Le NEE 174 8 1 2 Tovopeniclose ET 175 81 3 Time Series e ug e DEEN 176 8 1 3 1 Format Data Series anasasnsanenennn ms E A A gina rannte 179 8 1 3 2 Format Plot Titles saaa aee aaa a aaa aa a aaraa 180 8 1 3 3 Format POLAK EE 180 8 1 3 4 Toggle Graticules ON OFF 2 4 2 renden 181 8 1 3 5 Toggle
336. to be zero 146 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 Initial Reservoir Volumes C Use intialisation file RESERVOIR 1 t2000 titi RESERVOIR 2 24000 0 Set all initial volumes to full supply capacity I Cancel Figure 6 14 Initial Reservoir Volume Dialog Box Use of reservoir initialisation file The reservoir initialisation file is a standard REALM format file similar to streamflow demand and REALM format output files and therefore the structure of the file is same as that of a REALM format file Figure 6 15 shows a reservoir initialisation file The easiest way to prepare this file is to edit an existing endstor file i e an output file of REALM containing end storage volumes of reservoirs of a previous simulation run The endstors file is described in Section 7 2 3 The first line of the reservoir initialisation file contains a title The next four lines contain some description of the file followed by the FORTRAN format statement as in streamflow and demand files Chapters 2 and 3 The next line indicates the number of columns in this file and is followed by the column names in the next few lines The last line contains the data according to the above FORTRAN format statement The REPLICATE column is optional for a single replicate run but necessary for multiple replicate runs The second column is optional for both single and multiple replicate runs Although Figure 6 15 was prepared for a single replicate run
337. u Selection b Open Directory Window 23 Figure 4 6 REALM System Menu List 24 Figure 4 7 Run Menu Listing 25 Figure 4 8 Time Step Tab in REALM Options 27 Figure 4 9 Formats Tab in REALM Options 28 Figure 4 10 Convergence Iteration Tab in REALM Options 29 Figure 4 11 Dynamic Memory Tab in REALM Options 30 Figure 4 12 Files Output Tab in REALM Options 31 Figure 4 13 Water Quality Tab in REALM Options 32 Figure 4 14 Utilities Menu 33 Figure 5 1 REALM System Editor Window 38 Figure 5 2 List of Buttons on the Toolbar 40 Figure 5 3 Find Dialog Box in System Editor 41 Figure 5 4 Color Management Dialog Box in System Editor 43 Figure 5 5 System Editor File Menu 45 Figure 5 6 System Editor Add Menu 46 Figure 5 7 Add Reservoir Dialog Box 47 Figure 5 8 Evaporation Tab of Reservoir Node 51 Figure 5 9 Rating Table Tab of Edit Reservoir Dialog Box 52 Figure 5 10 Water Quality Tab of Edit Reservoir Dialog Box 53 Figure 5 11 Edit Urban Demand Centre Dialog Box 55 Figure 5 12 Details Tab of Edit Rural Demand Centre Dialog Box 58 Figure 5 13 Limit Curve Based Restrictions Tab of Edit Rural Demand Centre Dialog Box 59 Figure 5 14 Development of Percentage Allocation Limit Relationship 60 Figure 5 15 Typical Irrigation Delivery Curve and Curve Fitting 61 Figure 5 16 Demand Modelling Tab of Edit Rural Demand Centre Dialog Box 63 Figure 5 17 Model Setup Tab of PRIDE Model Parameters Dialog Box 64 Figure 5 18 Parameters Tab of PRIDE Model Parameters Dialog Box 65 Fig
338. ual Version 6 28 E REALM Plotting File Plot Format Tools Yiew Help eiis pls Zei gll 3 D Time Series Plot MI DAIN Ge es ch E Af IOC LA moo OO ooooooo00o0 Selected Variables Ka v Q v oO Selected am O O a Ei oF im 9 3 C realm Realm1 Figure 8 6 Example of a Time Series Plot The shaded bar beneath the graph allows the user to zoom into the graph and observe the graph within a set domain By clicking on the mouse at either edge or both edges of the blue bar and dragging it to the required domain the graph zooms into the required domain The length of the domain can be maintained and moved to another part of the graph by clicking on over the remaining blue bar and dragging it to the new domain Once a time series plot has been created all the buttons in the REALM Plotting window become active The Print Save and Export items in the middle partition of File menu become active as do their respective buttons on the toolbar E Hl and Si buttons 8 1 3 1 FORMAT DATA SERIES Format data series allows the user to alter the appearance of the lines of the variables represented in the plot By clicking on either the Format Data series menu item or on the Format data series button on the toolbar the user is presented with the Format Time Series Data dialog box Figure 8 7 Each of the variables selected is shown in the left most column Note that the first eight
339. ual Version 6 28 Perera B J C and James B A Generalised Water Supply Simulation Computer Software package Hydrology Journal Institution of Engineers India Vol 26 No 1 2 2003 pp 67 83 Perera B J C James B and Kularathna M D U Computer Software Tool REALM for Sustainable Water Allocation and Management Journal of Environmental Management Vol 77 Issue 4 Dec 2005 291 300 James B Erlanger P D and Hansen W R Modelling a Complex Irrigation Restriction Policy Using a General Simulation Package Hydrology and Water Resources Symposium Newcastle Australia June30 July 2 1992 pp 221 226 James B Kesari K and Hansen W R Modelling of Capacity Shared Water Entitlements Hydrology and Water Resources Symposium Hobart Australia 21 24 May 1996 pp 31 36 McMahon T A and Mein R G River and Reservoir Yield Water Resources Publications USA July 1986 Victoria University of Technology and Department of Natural Resources and Environment REALM User s Manual June 2001 276
340. un REALM button on the toolbar of the REALM Program Manager Figure 4 1 The details of REALM Run R are given in Chapter 7 4 4 3 FILE VIEWER The File Viewer is identical to the Text Editor Section 4 3 2 25 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 4 4 4 DOS EXECUTABLE This option has been retained to enable the user to operate in DOS for very old REALM files Refer to the June 2001 edition of the User Manual for details of this option 4 4 5 DOS PROMPT This option has been retained to enable the user to operate in DOS Refer to the June 2001 edition of the User Manual for details of this option 4 4 6 MACRO This option enables the user to automate tasks by creating a macro script file which includes instructions to execute REALM commands It allows tasks to be undertaken such as loading a scenario file changing aspects of the scenario file including log filename input filenames start and end dates of simulations and the specified system file It also allows system file information to be changed such as the equation in any variable capacity carrier or the maximum capacity of any carrier within the given system file A user manual for the macro option may be downloaded at http www water vic gov au monitoring surface water modelling realm download_realm_manuals 4 4 7 RUN OPTIONS OR DEFAULT REALM SETTINGS There are several default settings used by REALM in performing the simulation They are related to e Time ste
341. ure 5 19 Season Tab of PRIDE Model Parameters Dialog Box 66 Figure 5 20 Crop Dara Tab of PRIDE Model Parameters Dialog Box 67 Figure 5 21 Channel Efficiency Tab of PRIDE Model Parameters Dialog Box 68 Figure 5 22 Factors Tab of PRIDE Model Parameters Dialog Box 69 Figure 5 23 Carryover Tab in Edit Rural Demand Centre Dialog Box 73 Figure 5 24 Example Desired Carryover Function 75 Figure 5 25 Adding Editing Pipe Junction Node Dialog Box 77 Figure 5 26 Adding Editing Stream Junction Node Dialog Box 78 Figure 5 27 Adding Editing Stream Terminator Node Dialog Box 79 Figure 5 28 Adding Editing River Carrier Dialog Box 81 Figure 5 29 Fixed Monthly Capacities Tab of Edit Create Carrier Dialog Box 84 Figure 5 30 Variable Capacities Type Tab of Add Edit Carrier Dialog Box 86 Figure 5 31 Edit Capacity Relationship Dialog Box 87 Figure 5 32 Edit Capacity Relationship Dialog Box 101 Figure 5 33 Sub Equations Editor Dialog Box 102 Figure 5 34 Water Quality Parameters Menu for Carriers 104 Figure 5 35 Restrictions and Demand Groups Tab of Restrictions Dialog Box 105 Figure 5 36 Edit Demand Group Tab of Restrictions Dialog Box DC1 Urban demand 106 Version 6 28 viii REALM User Manual Figure 5 37 Figure 5 38 Figure 5 39 Figure 5 40 Figure 5 41 Figure 5 42 Figure 5 43 Figure 5 44 Figure 5 45 Figure 5 46 Figure 5 47 Figure 5 48 Figure 5 49 Figure 5 50 Figure 5 51 Figure 5 52 Figure 5 53 Figure 6 1 Figure 6 2 Figure 6 3 Figure 6 4 Figure 6 5
342. ure 6 19 Initial Concentration File for a Water Quality Parameter 6 5 5 CARRYOVER INITIALISATION If there are Irrigation or Rural demand nodes i e DC2 nodes present in the system file and any of those nodes model carryover Section 5 5 2 4 it is necessary for the user to enter the initial volumes of carryover To specify initial carryover volumes Click on the Initialisation Carryover menu item of the REALM Setup window Figure 6 3 or Click on the Initialise carryover button The Carryover Initialisation dialog box is displayed Figure 6 20 As for 151 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 initialisation of other variables there are two options to specify the start up carryover volumes as follows 1 Use of an initialisation file 2 Specification of initial carryover volumes If the Use initialisation file radio button is selected the user is then able to browse to the initialisation file The carryover initialisation file must be in standard REALM format Figure 6 21 For each DC2 node with carryover 3 variables are specified ACVR Total actual carryover volume For nodes where carryover is modelled with spillable water accounts Section 5 5 2 4 enter the relevant volume taking care to ensure that the unit used e g ML is consistent with the rest of the model For nodes where carryover is modelled without spillable water accounts enter zero CVRL Actual low reliability share carryover For node
343. ut and output data files have the same format and can easily be transferred to commercially available word processing and spreadsheet packages such as Microsoft Office to enhance presentation and or to perform more detailed statistical analyses The theory of REALM is given in Perera and James 2003 1 2 CREDENTIALS OF REALM The REALM package has been developed in close conjunction with its major users and many enhancements have been made in response to suggestions and feedback from the users As a result not only it is now able to meet the needs of a diverse set of users in the water industry but also it has developed into a comprehensive tool for water supply planning and management REALM has been adopted as the modelling standard for water resource planning and management in Victoria and is the key analytical tool for reviewing and quantifying water entitlements for water authorities as part of the Victorian Reform Process There are now REALM water resource planning models of all major water supply schemes in Victoria South Australia and Western Australia It is also gaining popularity in Tasmania Australian Capital Territory and Northern Territory REALM can also be used as a teaching tool and for research purposes REALM has proved its credibility in the water industry as a user friendly reliable and powerful tool to address water supply planning and operational issues Two case studies are given in Perera James and Kularathna 2005
344. utton of the Format Conversion dialog box Figure 8 36 to create an output file that has the same information as the input file but data stored with reduced column widths Figure 8 40 shows such an output file created with the input file STRM1 DAT which is in C realm GetStart directory The original format was 5F12 2 while the new format of the output file is f4 0 f6 0 2f5 0 f4 0 Text Editor C realm GetStart Test dat File Edit Search GETTING STARTED TUTORIAL EXAMPLE STREAMFLOW DATA JULY 1997 f4 0 26 0 227 0 2 5 0 4 0 312 219 202 175 712 1015 1605 3701 1870 2350 1726 926 667 451 302 256 723 1567 90 5313 90 2646 100 2 3 4 5 6 7 5 9 PRR NH O OD JO Dm bp WON eR NUM INS Figure 8 40 Output File of File Compression Utility 8 5 CALCULATOR The Calculator utility allows the user to create new data columns by performing mathematical operations on existing data columns The input data file must be a REALM format file daily weekly or monthly which may or may not contain 208 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 replicates This utility has six calculation options All the options produce REALM format output files which can be used as streamflow or demand files or as input to other REALM utilities Click on the Utility Calculator menu item to display the Calculator Utility dialog box Figure 8 41 Use the browser
345. very start and the very end of the file do not provide reliable Ratio of Averages values This is because the stability of the ROA values decreases as the number of values in either Period A or Period B declines Although the final few years may contain the highest value of ROA this value will be based on a very short period and as such is very sensitive to an update of data say when an extra year is added in a routine REALM update The assumption that climate change can be characterised by a single step change is a crude simplification If the observed changes in flows are better characterised as a gradual change rather than a single step this may lead to a Ratio of Averages value that continually increases with time rather than coming to a global maximum An example of this is shown in Figure 8 88 This can increase the difficulty of choosing a break point and in many cases no appropriate break point date may be evident 258 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 N Ratio of Averages Period A Period B 1955 1960 1965 1970 1975 1980 1985 1990 1995 2000 Figure 8 88 Plot of a Ratio of Averages File for Hollands Creek in the Broken River Catchment In this case the successively higher peaks in ROA value make it difficult to choose a breakpoint using this method To perform Ratio of Averages Analysis Hit the button next to Ratio of averages curve on the Break Poi
346. w rivers streams or one inflow and one outflow river stream with different capacities When the SJ node is created or edited the dialog box shown in Figure 5 26 is displayed As in other nodes the only difference between the editing and creating stream junction node dialog box is the header The user is required to enter the node information as described below 5 5 4 1 BASIC PROPERTIES The information required for the fields Node Number Node size and Name of Stream Junction is analogous to that for the pipe junction PJ node Section 5 5 3 Add Stream Junction Node Number 17 Node Size 1 000 Name of Stream Junction INEWLYN RES Details Water Quality Description Stream Junction Inflow Data Use Inflow Data Extemal Data Record Name Figure 5 26 Adding Editing Stream Junction Node Dialog Box 5 5 4 2 STREAM JUNCTION NODE DETAILS The basic details of the stream junction node can be entered in the Details tab under fields mentioned below Description An optional comment can be entered in this field to describe the stream junction This information does not have an impact on the simulation External Data Record Name The stream junction may or may not receive local inflow from its catchments If it receives local inflow then tick the check box Use Inflow Data This allows the user to 78 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 enter the External Data Record Name which shoul
347. where water quality can be considered to have zero concentrations for the carrier immediately downstream of the treatment plant 5 7 DEMAND RESTRICTIONS It is a common practice to reduce the demands during periods of low storage and streamflow There are two types of demand restrictions that can be modelled in REALM namely 1 Urban restrictions which apply to urban industrial demand zones 2 Irrigation or rural restrictions which apply to irrigation demand zones It should be noted that the urban industrial and irrigation or rural demand zones are configured in REALM through DC1 Urban Demand and DC2 Rural or Irrigation Demand nodes respectively and hence can be restricted separately during low storage To implement demand restrictions Click on the Edit Restrictions menu item or Click on the Edit Restrictions button on the toolbar of the System Editor window Figure 5 1 The Restrictions dialog box Figure 5 35 is displayed 104 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 5 7 1 1 RESTRICTIONS AND DEMAND GROUPS d Edit Demand Groups Multiple Demand Groups Number of demand groups seperate groups for instream requests 5 H LOW GOULB URB DC2 i en DC1 URB ROCHESTER DO URB MALM DCT TOWWwC DC CAMPASPE IRR DC2 CAMPASPE PD2 DCH ICAMPASPE PD3B DCH Jup Sat LOCK DCT _ RURHARCOURT D I _ RURAL3 DCI Figure 5 35 Re
348. x list which models the restrictions This carrier is a variable capacity carrier which computes the capacity of the carrier as the required restriction level for the simulation time step Click on button which displays the message shown in Figure 5 40 As noted in Figure 5 40 when restrictions are modelled through a carrier only the base demand and the Percent Restrictable of the intermediate restriction zones will be used in modelling of urban restrictions Click on WA to Figure 5 40 which displays the dialog box shown in Figure 5 37 This allows the user to enter the base demand and the details of intermediate restrictions Note that the user is not required to enter any details on the lower and upper rule curves u Restrictions Restrictions and Demand Groups Edit Demand Groups Assign Reservoirs to a Demand Group Edit Restriction Policy LAKE EILDON Demandgroup 5 gt DCI Urban GOULB WEIR WARANGA BASIN Set Policy for this group by Menus GREENS LAKE LAKE EPPALOCK MALMSBURY RES LAURISTON RES UP COLIBAN RES CAMPASPE RESERVOIR CAIRN C RES LAAN WEIR lt Set Policy for this group by Carrier Name of Carrier Figure 5 39 Modelling Urban Industrial Restrictions Through a Carrier During simulation REALM computes the restriction level for the simulation time step using the information
349. xtension used in naming the output file For example in Figure 7 5 and Figure 7 7 the reservoir names have been extracted from the system file s and suffixed with ESTO The values in these files are the end storages for the simulation time steps Similarly in Figure 7 6 the reservoir name has been extracted from system file s and suffixed with turb 7 2 3 END OF SIMUALTION VALUE OUTPUT FILES After each successful REALM run default end of simulation value output files are generated as follows End Storage file the file called endstors contains the end storage volumes for all reservoir nodes corresponding to the system file or the last system file in case of multiple system files analysed The end storage volumes are produced for each replicate in a multiple replicate run End Irrigation Delivery file the file called enddems contains the cumulative irrigation deliveries that have been made for the last simulation year from the start of the irrigation season of that year for all irrigation demand nodes corresponding to the system file or the last system file in case of multiple system files analysed i e 170 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 supplied demand The irrigation deliveries are produced for each replicate in a multiple replicate run If DC2 nodes are not present in the system file s REALM generates the enddems file but with the header information only End Carryover file the file called endcarry conta
350. y of Water Quality Modelling Using REALM is described in Perera B J C and Seker M P 2000 The water quality parameter names can be changed by clicking on the Water Quality tab of Run Options which displays the dialog box in Figure 4 13 These parameter names can be considered as arbitrary and the names do not dictate the water quality processes 31 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 General Options Time step Formats Dynamic Memory Files Output Save Water quality 1 Iw Water quality 2 tub Water quality 3 an Water quality 4 norm Cancel Figure 4 13 Water Quality Tab in REALM Options In order to generate output time series files for specific water quality parameters in this case they are named as ec turb siva and norm tick the Save check box against these parameters Note that in Run Setup Ouput Section 6 5 5 only Water quality data under Reservoir and Carrier categories can be selected for output and not the specific water quality parameters These water quality parameters can be selected for output in Figure 4 13 If the log filename is entered as test log Section 6 2 1 only Reservoir is selected for output in Water quality data Section 6 5 5 and all water quality parameters are requested to be saved as in Figure 4 13 then four files namely Testec rv Testturb rv Testsiva rv and Testnorm rv will be created as output files during the RE
351. yaris E Y axis label Pai SF2 DAT STREAMI SF2 DAT LOCAL RAIN DEM2 DAT DEMAND 1 Figure 8 18 Format Scatter Plot Titles Dialog Box The X Axes tab allows the user to alter the domain for each scatterplot Click on the relevant cells in the columns headed Minimum and Maximum to manually set the scale for the x axis In the same way the Y Axes tab allows the user to manually specify the range for each scatterplot Format Scatter Plot Axes Figure 8 19 Format Scatter Plot Axes Dialog Box Ticking the check boxes in the columns MinAuto or MaxAuto results in the domain and or range being set automatically Un checking the check boxes results in the 189 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 minimum and maximum fields being activated with their respective values which can be altered manually The user may also wish to have a logarithmic scale for the axes particularly if the range of values is very large By clicking on the check box under the Log heading the user selects to have the axes with a logarithmic scale base 10 Clicking on accepts the changes and displays them on the scatter plot Clicking on Cancel returns the user to scatter plot without accepting the changes if any 8 1 4 4 TOGGLE GRATICULES ON OFF Toggle Graticules On Off allows the user to make use of the graticules in order to read the plot easily By either selecting the Format Graticules menu item or clicking on the Ef
352. yping the relationship of the system file To perform curve transformation Click on the Curve transformation to a column to generate a new column radio button in the Calculator Utility dialog box Figure 8 41 The Curve Calculations dialog box is displayed Figure 8 46 Select the input data column which becomes the independent variable in the transformation table from the drop down box Select reference column Enter the transformation table from the lowest value of the independent variable to the highest in the Indep variable x and Dep variable y fields Type the name of the output data column in the Enter new column name text box This column name becomes the dependent variable Linear interpolation is used to generate the new column between the values defined in the transformation table Click on the button to generate the new column of data The output file resembles the input file but with an additional column of transformed data appended to it Curve Calculations Select reference column ee Enter data points from lowest x to highest x Cancel Figure 8 46 Curve Calculations Dialog Box 8 5 4 OUTPUT SPREADSHEET COMPATIBLE FILE This option converts a REALM format file to spreadsheet format Click on the Output spreadsheet compatible file radio button to perform this task Figure 8 41 213 REALM User Manual Version 6 28 8 5 5 MULTI REPLICATE DATA

USER MANUAL - Department of Environment, Land, Water and

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents